JP6992317B2 - Battery packs and electrical equipment using battery packs, electrical equipment systems - Google Patents

Description

The present invention relates to an electric device having a load such as a motor and lighting, and a power supply device such as a battery pack that supplies power to such the electric device.

Electric devices such as electric tools are now driven by battery packs using secondary batteries such as lithium-ion batteries, and electric devices are becoming cordless. For example, in a hand-held electric tool in which a tip tool is driven by a motor, a battery pack containing a plurality of secondary battery cells is used, and the motor is driven by the electric energy stored in the battery pack. The battery pack is configured to be removable from the power tool body, and when the voltage drops due to discharge, the battery pack is removed from the power tool body and charged using an external charging device.

In cordless power tools and electric devices, it is required to secure a predetermined operating time and a predetermined output, and as the performance of the secondary battery is improved, the output and the voltage have been increased. In addition, with the development of electric devices powered by battery packs, battery packs of various voltages have come to be commercialized. Normally, the output voltage of the battery pack is fixed, but in Patent Document 1, a plurality of battery units are provided in a housing accommodating a battery, and whether they are output as a series connection or a parallel connection is determined by a connection means. A power supply device for an electric device has been proposed, which makes it possible to support a device having a different voltage by making it selectable.

Japanese Unexamined Patent Publication No. 2014-17954

For users, it is complicated to prepare multiple types of battery packs when using multiple power tools and electric devices, and by switching the voltage, easy-to-use batteries that support different voltage power tools and electric devices. Realization of a pack is desired. Moreover, it has been desired to realize a voltage switching type with a battery pack that can be easily attached to an electric device, instead of a power supply device that is separate from the main body of the electric device as in Patent Document 1.
In addition, according to the regulations on transportation, in a battery pack using multiple lithium-ion batteries, etc., if the total power capacity of the lithium-ion batteries, etc. connected to each other exceeds a predetermined value, special measures will be taken for transportation. There is a need. Therefore, when transporting an electric device, it is desirable to realize a battery pack capable of cutting off the mutual connection of a plurality of lithium ion batteries and the like housed in the battery pack and an electric device using the battery pack.
Further, since the power capacity of the battery pack is limited, the operating time of the electric device when the battery pack is used is limited. For example, if a power supply device that supplies commercial power with an unlimited power capacity to an electric device is used, the operating time of the electric device can be dramatically increased. Therefore, it is desirable to realize an electric device system in which a battery pack or a commercial power source can be arbitrarily selected as a power supply device for the electric device.
Further, in order to obtain a desired output from the battery pack or to improve the life of the battery pack, it is necessary to maintain the battery pack in a desired state while the battery pack is connected to the main body of the electric device. For that purpose, it is desirable to provide a plurality of terminals connected to each other in each of the battery pack and the main body of the electric device, and to realize an electric device in which different functions are given to each terminal.
Further, in order to use the electric device in a narrow place, it is desirable to provide the electric device in which both the electric device main body and the battery pack or one of them is compactly configured.
Further, in order to provide an electric device to a user at a low cost, it is desirable to provide an electric device having a simple structure of both the electric device main body and the battery pack or one of them.

The present invention has been made in view of the above background, and an object of the present invention is to provide a battery pack in which the output voltage can be switched and shared between electric devices having different voltages, and an electric device using the battery pack. To do.
Another object of the present invention is to provide a battery pack capable of easily setting a voltage according to a corresponding electric device and effectively preventing a voltage setting error, and an electric device using the battery pack. It is in.
Another object of the present invention is to provide a battery pack capable of cutting off the mutual connection of a plurality of lithium ion batteries and the like housed in the battery pack when transporting the electric device, and the electric device using the battery pack. There is something in it.
Another object of the present invention is to provide an electric device system in which a battery pack or a commercial power source can be arbitrarily selected as a power supply device for the electric device.
Another object of the present invention is to provide an electric device in which a plurality of terminals connected to each other are provided in each of the battery pack and the main body of the electric device, and different functions are given to the respective terminals.
Another object of the present invention is to provide an electric device in which an electric device main body and / or a battery pack are compactly configured.
Another object of the present invention is to provide an electric device having an electric device main body and / or a battery pack having a simple structure.

The following is a description of typical features of the invention disclosed in the present application.
According to one feature of the present invention, it is a battery pack capable of switching the connection state of a plurality of cell units, and a group of switching terminals connected to the positive electrode or the negative electrode of each cell unit are arranged adjacent to each other in a common slot. , The terminal of the electric device main body is inserted into the slot, and the switching terminal group is short-circuited by the terminal of the electric device main body, so that the connection state of a plurality of cell units can be switched. This configuration corresponds to, for example, Examples 2, 4 to 6, 8, 11, and 13. Further, the electric device main body has a short circuit element for connecting a plurality of cell units in series with each other, and when the battery pack is connected to the high voltage electric device main body, at least among the plurality of terminals constituting the switching terminal group. One of the terminals is connected to the short circuit, and a plurality of cell units are connected in series with each other. Here, the short circuit element is provided on the main body side of the electric device, and is the connection element of the second embodiment, the series-parallel switching element 683 of the fourth embodiment, the conduction terminal 734 of the fifth embodiment, and the short bar 1059 of the sixth embodiment. The short bar 1062 of the seventh embodiment, the short bar 2859 of the thirteenth embodiment, and the like are applicable. When the battery pack is not connected to the main body of a high-voltage electric device, none of the terminals constituting the switching terminal group is connected by the short circuit element, and the plurality of cell units are cut off from each other. Further, the electric device main body has an input terminal for connecting a plurality of cell units in parallel to each other, and when the battery pack is connected to the low voltage electric device main body, a plurality of terminals (for example, for example) constituting the switching terminal group. At least two terminals of the positive electrode terminals 712, 713 and the negative electrode terminals 715, 716 of Example 5; the positive electrode terminals 1162, 1172 and the negative electrode side terminals 1167, 1177 of Example 6) are connected to the input terminal, and a plurality of cells are connected. The units are connected in parallel with each other. When the battery pack is not connected to the main body of a low-voltage electric device, none of the terminals constituting the switching terminal group is connected to the input terminal, and the plurality of cell units are cut off from each other. An electric device system is composed of such a battery pack, a high-voltage electric device main body, and a low-voltage electric device main body.

According to another feature of the present invention, the battery pack has a pair of rails extending in the front-rear direction on the left and right sides of the battery pack, and first and second slots arranged horizontally between the pair of rails. The switching terminal group includes a first switching terminal group configured by arranging a plurality of positive electrode terminals connected to the positive electrodes of each cell unit constituting the plurality of cell units adjacent to each other in the first slot, and a plurality of switching terminals. It has a second switching terminal group configured by arranging a plurality of negative electrode terminals connected to the negative electrode of each cell unit constituting the cell unit adjacent to each other in the second slot. The plurality of positive electrode terminals constituting the first switching terminal group are arranged in the first slot so as to be arranged in a direction substantially orthogonal to the left-right direction, and the plurality of negative electrode terminals constituting the second switching terminal group are the first. They are arranged so as to line up in the two slots in a direction substantially orthogonal to the left-right direction. This configuration corresponds to, for example, Examples 2, 5, 6, 11, and 13. The switching terminal group connected to the positive electrode is an electrically independent upper terminal and a lower terminal, and the switching terminal group connected to the negative electrode is an electrically independent upper terminal and a lower terminal of the positive electrode. The upper terminal and the lower terminal of the negative electrode are connected to the first cell unit, and the upper terminal of the negative electrode of the lower terminal of the positive electrode is connected to the second cell unit.

According to another feature of the present invention, the battery pack is provided with a plurality of cell units and can switch the connection state of the plurality of cell units, and the switching terminal group connected to the positive electrode or the negative electrode of each cell unit is common. The terminals of the main body of the electric equipment are inserted into the slots, and the switching terminals are short-circuited by the terminals of the main body of the electric equipment, so that the connection state of multiple cell units can be switched. The switching terminal group has a positive electrode side parallel terminal group in which terminals connected to the positive electrode of each cell unit are arranged adjacent to each other, and a negative electrode side parallel terminal group in which terminals connected to the negative electrode of each cell unit are arranged adjacent to each other. Has a positive electrode side slot in which a positive electrode side parallel terminal group is arranged and a negative electrode side slot in which a negative electrode side parallel terminal group is arranged. When the positive electrode side parallel terminal group and the negative electrode side parallel terminal group are short-circuited by the terminals of the main body of the electric device, a plurality of cell units are connected in parallel. This configuration corresponds to, for example, Examples 1 to 6, 8 and 13.

According to another feature of the present invention, in the switching terminal group of the battery pack, the terminal connected to the positive electrode of one cell unit and the terminal connected to the negative electrode of another cell unit are arranged adjacent to each other in the series connection slot. It has a series connection terminal group, and the terminals of the electric device main body are inserted into the series connection slot, and when the series connection terminal group is short-circuited by the terminals of the electric device main body, a plurality of cell units are connected in series. The switching terminals are arranged so as to line up in the mounting direction to the main body of the electric device. This configuration corresponds to, for example, Examples 2, 4, and 13. When the positive electrode power input terminal and the negative electrode power input terminal of the main body of the electric device are connected to the positive electrode side terminal group and the negative electrode side parallel terminal group, respectively, the positive electrode side terminal group and the negative electrode side parallel terminal group are short-circuited. Further, a series connection terminal provided separately from the positive electrode power input terminal and the negative electrode power input terminal of the main body of the electric device is connected to the series terminal group.

According to still another feature of the present invention, the positive electrode terminal pair and the negative electrode terminal pair of the battery pack are arranged side by side in the vertical direction, and the positive electrode power receiving terminal and the negative electrode power receiving terminal of the electric device main body driven by the first voltage are positive electrodes. The terminal plate has a width that allows contact with both the terminal pair and the negative electrode terminal pair, and the positive electrode power receiving terminal of the main body of the electric device driven by the second voltage contacts only the upper side or the lower side of the positive electrode terminal pair. The width is narrowed so that the negative electrode power receiving terminal contacts only the upper side or the lower side of the negative electrode terminal pair, and the lower or upper terminals that are not contacted are wired to the series connection terminal pair, respectively. I made it. This configuration corresponds to, for example, Examples 5 to 8, 10 to 12. Further, the positive electrode terminal pair and the negative electrode terminal pair of the battery pack are arranged side by side on the front side and the back side in the connection direction of the battery pack to the electric device main body, and the positive electrode power receiving terminal is provided on the electric device main body driven by the first voltage. In the main body of the electric device driven by the second voltage, the positive electrode power receiving terminal is shortened so that it contacts only the front side of the positive electrode terminal pair, and the negative electrode power receiving terminal is provided. It may be shortened so that it contacts only the front side of the negative electrode terminal pair, and the terminals on the back side that are not contacted may be wired to the series connection terminal pair respectively. At this time, one of the series connection terminal pairs is arranged on the front side in the connection direction of the battery pack to the electric device main body, and the other is arranged so as to be separated from the back side. Alternatively, the series connection terminal pair is one side that intersects in the connection direction of the battery pack to the electric device main body, and the other side is on the other side, and they are arranged apart from each other.

According to still another feature of the present invention, a plurality of cell units are provided, and switching is possible between a state in which a plurality of cell units are connected in parallel and a state in which the plurality of cell units are connected in series, and switching connected to the positive electrode or the negative electrode of each cell unit. The terminals are arranged adjacent to each other so that parallel connection and series connection can be switched according to the state in which the terminals of the main body of the electric device are connected to the switching terminal group. Here, the switching terminal group corresponds to, for example, the series terminal group and the parallel terminal group of the second embodiment, the parallel terminal group and the series terminal group of the fourth embodiment, and the positive electrode terminal group and the negative electrode terminal group of the fifth embodiment. , And the positive electrode terminal group and the negative electrode terminal group of Examples 5, 8 and 13 correspond to each other.

According to one feature of the present invention, two cell units configured by connecting a plurality of battery cells in series and a plurality of connections connected to a device-side terminal formed in a mounting portion on the power tool main body side. It is a battery pack having terminals, and the connection terminals are configured to have a power terminal and a signal terminal, and the power terminals are configured to have an electrically independent upper terminal and a lower terminal. When the battery pack is mounted on the low voltage power tool body, the upper terminal and the lower terminal are commonly connected to the power terminal of the low voltage power tool body, and when the battery pack is mounted on the high voltage power tool body. Is connected to the power terminal of the high voltage power tool main body only by one of the upper terminal and the lower terminal, and the other terminals not connected to the power terminal are short-circuited by the short-circuiting means provided on the power tool main body side. For example, Examples 6 and 8 mainly correspond to this configuration.
The positive electrode of the upper terminal and the negative electrode of the lower terminal of the power terminal are connected to the first cell unit, the positive electrode of the lower terminal and the negative electrode of the lower terminal of the power terminal are connected to the second cell unit, and the device is connected to the power terminal. Fitting portions to be fitted so as to sandwich the side terminals are arranged side by side. The fitting portion of the upper terminal and the fitting portion of the lower terminal are arranged at different positions when viewed from the mounting direction of the battery pack. Further, the upper terminal and the lower terminal of the power terminal each have an arm assembly in which a fitting portion is formed, and are interposed in the vertical gap between the arm assembly of the upper terminal and the arm assembly of the lower terminal. A substrate cover member made of a non-conductive material was provided so as to extend so as to cover both side surfaces of the lower terminal and a part of the upper side, and to partition between the adjacent connection terminals. The substrate cover member has a vertical wall extending in the vertical direction parallel to the adjacent terminals and a horizontal wall extending in the horizontal direction so as to intervene in the gap.

According to another feature of the present invention, the upper terminal and the lower terminal of the power terminal each have two arms on which a fitting portion is formed, and the arm of the upper terminal is the arm of the lower terminal. The fitting part of the upper terminal is arranged on the front side of the fitting part of the lower terminal. On the contrary, the arm portion of the upper terminal may be shorter than the arm portion of the lower terminal, and the fitting portion of the upper terminal may be arranged on the rear side of the fitting portion of the lower terminal. The power terminal is composed of a positive electrode terminal for charging, a positive electrode terminal for discharging, and a negative electrode terminal, and has an electrically independent upper terminal and a lower terminal, respectively. Of these, the upper terminal of the positive electrode terminal for charging and the upper terminal of the positive electrode terminal for discharging are electrically connected, and the positive electrode terminal for charging and the lower terminal of the positive electrode terminal for discharging are electrically connected. The signal terminal has an upper arm portion and a lower arm portion connected to the same base portion, and the upper arm portion and the lower arm portion each have a fitting portion that fits with the device side terminal, and the upper arm portion. The fitting portion of the portion and the fitting portion of the lower arm portion are arranged at the same position when viewed in the mounting direction of the battery pack. The upper arm portion and the lower arm portion of the signal terminal have the same length, width, and thickness, and are formed so as to extend from the base portion in parallel with the mounting direction of the battery pack.

According to still another feature of the present invention, the power tool body to which the battery pack is mounted has a power receiving terminal connected to only one of the upper terminal and the lower terminal, and one of the upper terminal and the lower terminal. A short-circuiter is provided to short-circuit the side not connected to the power receiving terminal. At this time, the fitting portion of the upper terminal is arranged on the front side of the fitting portion of the lower terminal, and a notch is provided on the lower side portion of the plate-shaped power receiving terminal to avoid contact with the lower terminal. A part may be provided. On the contrary, the fitting portion of the upper terminal is arranged behind the fitting portion of the lower terminal, and a notch portion is provided on the upper side portion of the plate-shaped power receiving terminal to avoid contact with the upper terminal. May be provided.
According to still another feature of the present invention, the device side terminal having the first cell unit and the second cell unit by connecting a plurality of battery cells in series and formed in the mounting portion on the power tool main body side. It is a battery pack having a plurality of power terminals and signal terminals to be connected. Both terminals, the terminal and the lower terminal, are connected to the power supply terminal of the first power tool body, and when mounted on the second power tool body, connect to only one of the upper terminal and the lower terminal. At the same time, it is configured to short-circuit between the other terminal of the upper terminal and the lower terminal. The upper terminal has an arm assembly that sandwiches the terminal portion of the first or second power tool body, and the arm assembly of the upper terminal and the arm assembly of the lower terminal are arranged side by side in the vertical direction. By providing a battery pack mounting portion for mounting such a battery pack, an electric tool for operating a work device by driving a motor by electric power from the battery pack has been realized.

According to still another feature of the present invention, it is an electric device to which a battery pack is connected, and the battery pack has a plurality of cell units and a plurality of positive electrode terminals connected to the positive electrodes of each cell unit. It has a positive electrode terminal pair arranged adjacently in a slot and a negative electrode terminal pair in which a plurality of negative electrode terminals connected to the negative electrode of each cell unit are adjacently arranged in a second slot different from the first slot. The main body of the electric device includes a positive electrode input terminal to which one positive electrode terminal of the positive electrode terminal pair is connected, a negative electrode input terminal to which one negative electrode terminal of the negative electrode terminal pair is connected, and the other positive electrode terminal and the negative electrode terminal of the positive electrode terminal pair. It has a short circuit that electrically connects the other negative electrode terminal of the pair to each other, and when the battery pack is connected to the main body of the electric device, the cell units are connected in series to each other via the short circuit. did. Further, the battery pack is arranged so as to be adjacent to the first and second cell units, the first terminal connected to the first cell unit, and the first terminal connected to the second cell unit. Has a terminal and a single slot provided at a position corresponding to the first and second terminals, and the electric device main body is inserted into the single slot and is the first of the first and second terminals. A third terminal connected only to the first terminal and a fourth terminal inserted into a single slot and connected only to the second terminal among the first and second terminals are provided. When the battery pack is connected to the main body of the electrical device, the first and third terminals are connected to each other to become the first potential in a single slot, and the second and fourth terminals are connected to each other. Both have a second potential different from the first potential.

According to still another feature of the present invention, a plurality of battery cells are connected in series to two cell units and a terminal on the device side formed in a mounting portion on the main body side of the electric tool. A battery pack with multiple connection terminals, the connection terminal has a power terminal and a signal terminal, the power terminal has an electrically independent upper terminal and a lower terminal, and the battery pack is a low voltage power tool main body. When mounted on the high voltage power tool body, the upper terminal and the lower terminal are connected in common to the power terminal of the low voltage power tool body, and when the battery pack is mounted on the high voltage power tool body, the upper terminal and the lower terminal Only one is connected to the power terminal of the high voltage power tool body, and the other terminals not connected to the power terminal are short-circuited by the short circuit element of the high voltage power tool body. The positive electrode of the upper terminal and the negative electrode of the lower terminal of the power terminal are connected to the first cell unit, the positive electrode of the lower terminal and the negative electrode of the upper terminal of the power terminal are connected to the second cell unit, and the power terminal is connected to the second cell unit. The fitting parts to be fitted so as to sandwich the device side terminal are arranged side by side, and the fitting part of the lower terminal is located on the front side when viewed in the mounting direction of the battery pack from the fitting part of the upper terminal. Arranged like this. In this way, two sets of positive electrode terminals and two sets of negative electrode terminals are independently provided, the first cell unit is connected to one set of positive electrode terminals and negative electrode terminals, and the second set is connected to the other set of positive electrode terminals and negative electrode terminals. Cell unit is connected. When the battery pack is connected to the high voltage electric device main body, the first cell unit and the second cell unit are connected in series, and when the battery pack is connected to the low voltage electric device main body, the first cell unit and the second cell unit are connected in series. , The first cell unit and the second cell unit are connected in parallel.

According to still another feature of the present invention, it is an electric device having a battery pack and an electric device main body to which the battery pack is connected, and the battery pack is attached to a plurality of cell units and a positive electrode of each cell unit. A pair of positive electrode terminals in which a plurality of connected positive electrode terminals are adjacently arranged in the first slot, and a plurality of negative electrode terminals connected to the negative electrode of each cell unit are placed in a second slot separate from the first slot. It has a pair of negative electrode terminals arranged adjacent to each other, and the main body of the electric device has a positive electrode input terminal to which one positive electrode terminal of the positive electrode terminal pair is connected and a negative electrode input terminal to which one negative electrode terminal of the negative electrode terminal pair is connected. It has a short circuit that electrically connects the other positive electrode terminal of the positive electrode terminal pair and the other negative electrode terminal of the negative electrode terminal pair to each other, and when the battery pack is connected to the main body of the electric device, each is connected via the short circuit. The cell units were configured to be connected in series with each other.

According to still another feature of the present invention, the battery packs are connected to the first and second cell units and the first and second cell units, respectively, and arranged so as to be adjacent to each other. The device has a terminal and a single slot provided at a position corresponding to the first and second terminals, and the main body of the device is inserted into the single slot and is the first of the first and second terminals. It has a third terminal connected only to one terminal and a fourth terminal inserted into a single slot and connected only to the second terminal among the first and second terminals. The second and fourth terminals are arranged vertically offset from the first and third terminals, and the slots are configured to extend in the vertical direction. Further, a short-circuit circuit for short-circuiting between the second terminal for the positive electrode and the plurality of fourth terminals connected to the second terminal for the negative electrode is provided, and the short-circuit circuit is connected or disconnected by an operator's operation. A switch means that can be used is provided. The switch means may be controlled to be turned on or off in conjunction with the operation of the trigger lever of the electric device. Further, the switch means may be turned on with a time lag in the on operation of the trigger lever of the electric device, and may be turned off with a time lag in the off operation of the trigger lever. Furthermore, with the battery pack connected to the electrical equipment, multiple cell units remain disconnected from each other until the trigger lever is operated, and when the trigger switch is operated, multiple cell units are connected in series. .. A microcomputer for controlling the operation of the entire electric device is provided on the main body of the electric device, and the switch means functions as a main switch for starting or stopping the microcomputer of the electric device.

According to still another feature of the present invention, it is connected to two cell units configured by connecting a plurality of battery cells in series, and to a device-side terminal formed in a mounting portion on the power tool main body side. A battery pack having a positive electrode terminal and a negative electrode terminal, a slot for a positive electrode terminal penetrating a terminal on the device side, and a slot for a negative electrode terminal, and the positive electrode terminals are separated in the same slot in the insertion direction of the terminal on the device side. It has a front positive electrode terminal and a rear positive electrode terminal arranged side by side, and the negative electrode terminals are arranged side by side so as to be separated from each other in the insertion direction of the device side terminal in the same slot. The front positive electrode terminal and the rear negative electrode terminal are connected to the first cell unit, and the front negative electrode terminal and the rear positive electrode terminal are connected to the second cell unit. When the battery pack is attached to the low voltage power tool body, the front positive electrode terminal and the rear positive electrode terminal, and the front negative electrode terminal and the rear negative electrode terminal are connected by the positive electrode input terminal and the negative electrode input terminal of the low voltage power tool body, respectively. It is connected so that it is short-circuited. When the battery pack is attached to the high voltage power tool body, only one of the front positive electrode terminal and the rear positive electrode terminal is connected to the positive electrode input terminal of the high voltage power tool body, and one of the front negative electrode terminal and the rear negative electrode terminal. Only is connected to the positive electrode input terminal of the high voltage power tool body, and the other terminals are short-circuited. Here, the distance between the front positive electrode terminal and the rear positive electrode terminal, and the distance between the front negative electrode terminal and the rear negative electrode terminal are made larger than the length in the insertion direction of the electrode portion of the short-circuit element that short-circuits the terminals. The front positive electrode terminal and the front negative electrode terminal have a shape that allows the short circuit of the high voltage power tool body, or a part of the positive electrode input terminal and a part of the negative electrode input terminal of the low voltage power tool body to pass in the mounting direction. be. For example, the front positive electrode terminal and the front negative electrode terminal have an inverted Ω-shaped cross-sectional shape, have an opening extending in the left-right direction upward, and fit both sides of the plate-shaped positive electrode input terminal and the negative electrode input terminal. The front positive electrode terminal has a fitting portion sandwiched from both sides of the positive electrode input terminal of the power tool body, and the front negative electrode terminal has a fitting portion sandwiched from both sides of the negative electrode input terminal of the power tool body, and each of them is fitted. The longitudinal direction of the contact area of the part is parallel to the insertion direction of the terminal on the device side.

According to still another feature of the present invention, the front positive electrode terminal has a fitting portion sandwiched from both sides of the positive electrode input terminal of the power tool body, and the front negative electrode terminal is sandwiched from both sides of the negative electrode input terminal of the power tool body. It has fitting parts, and the longitudinal direction of the contact area of each fitting part is substantially orthogonal to the insertion direction of the terminal on the device side. The rear positive electrode terminal, the front positive electrode terminal, the rear negative electrode terminal, and the front positive electrode terminal are formed of common parts, and the common parts are connected to the circuit board by soldering. The low-voltage electrical equipment body side is fitted with a positive electrode input terminal that is long in the insertion direction so that it fits into the front positive electrode terminal and the rear positive electrode terminal at the same time when mounted, and into the front negative electrode terminal and the rear negative electrode terminal at the same time when mounted. It has a negative electrode input terminal long in the insertion direction, and operates at a voltage of parallel connection of the first cell unit and the second cell unit. The high-voltage electrical equipment body is connected to a positive electrode input terminal that is connected to only one of the front positive electrode terminal and the rear positive electrode terminal when mounted, and to only one of the front negative electrode terminal and the rear negative electrode terminal when mounted. It has a short-circuiter for short-circuiting the negative electrode input terminal, the other terminal of the front positive electrode terminal and the rear positive electrode terminal, and the other terminal of the front negative electrode terminal and the rear negative electrode terminal, and has a first cell unit and a second cell unit. It operates with the voltage of the series connection of the cell unit of. A short circuit is a short bar formed by bending a thin metal plate into a U shape, and is a connection portion that extends in the horizontal direction and a terminal that extends in the vertical direction and fits with either a positive electrode terminal or a negative electrode terminal. Has a part.

According to still another feature of the present invention, it has a plurality of power terminals and a plurality of signal terminals, and the power terminals and the signal terminals are configured to be arranged adjacent to each other in the horizontal direction, and are insulated between the plurality of terminals. A board cover with a body partition was provided. The board cover has a connecting member located on the front side of terminals arranged laterally adjacent to each other, and a plurality of vertical walls connected to the rear of the connecting member and formed so as to extend above the upper surface of the connecting member. The plurality of vertical walls adjacent to the power terminal are extended upward to a position where they partially overlap the arms on both sides of the power terminal in a side view. The vertical wall adjacent only to the signal terminal is formed to be at the same height as or lower than the vertical wall adjacent to the power terminal in a side view. The power terminal has an upper arm set and a lower arm set, and the upper end of the vertical wall adjacent to the power terminal is located above the upper end of the lower arm set. The battery pack has first and second cell units configured by connecting a plurality of cells in series, and the power terminal has an electrically independent upper terminal and a lower terminal, and the upper terminal is provided. And the legs of the lower terminal are arranged adjacent to each other in the front-rear direction, the positive electrode of the upper terminal of the power terminal and the negative electrode of the lower terminal are connected to the first cell unit, and the positive electrode and the upper side of the lower terminal of the power terminal. The negative electrode of the terminal is connected to the second cell unit, and the rear end position of the vertical wall adjacent to the power terminal is located on the rear side of the leg portion of the lower terminal. The position of the rear end of the vertical wall adjacent to the power terminal is located on the rear side of the leg of the upper terminal.

According to still another feature of the present invention, the power terminal and the signal terminal of the battery pack have a leg portion, and the leg portion is passed through the through hole formed in the circuit board and then fixed by soldering. The connecting member of the board cover is located in front of the plurality of legs, and the board cover is fixed to the circuit board with the vertical wall located between the terminals. The upper terminal and the lower terminal of the power terminal each have an arm assembly in which a fitting portion is formed, and on the vertical wall adjacent to the power terminal, the arm assembly of the upper terminal and the arm assembly of the lower terminal are provided. A horizontal wall extending so as to intervene in the vertical gap is connected. The board cover member is an integrally molded component made of an insulating material that partitions between a plurality of terminals.

According to still another feature of the present invention, in an electric device including a battery pack having a plurality of cell units and a tool body having a tool body having a plurality of series terminals configured to connect the plurality of cell units in series. When the trigger switch is connected between the series terminals of, and the battery pack is connected to the tool, the multiple cell units are kept disconnected from each other until the trigger switch is operated, and when the trigger switch is operated, It was configured so that multiple cell units were connected in series.

According to another feature of the present invention, two cell units are configured by connecting a plurality of cells in series, and a plurality of cells connected to a terminal on the device side formed in a mounting portion on the main body side of the electric device. A battery pack with connection terminals, the connection terminal has a power terminal and a signal terminal, the power terminal has an electrically independent upper terminal and a lower terminal, and the power terminal has an independent upper terminal and a lower side. Has terminals. Here, the bridge portion of the upper terminal is extended in the front-rear direction, and the bridge portion of the lower terminal is extended in the vertical direction, so that the length of the arm assembly of the upper terminal and the length of the arm assembly of the lower terminal are the same. Configured. Further, it is a battery pack having two cell units in which a plurality of cells are connected in series to each other and a plurality of connection terminals connected to the device side terminals formed in the mounting portion on the electric device main body side. The connection terminal has a power terminal and a signal terminal, and the power terminal has an electrically independent upper terminal and a lower terminal. When the lower terminal is commonly connected to the power terminal of the low voltage electric device and the battery pack is attached to the main body of the high voltage electric device, only one of the upper terminal and the lower terminal is the power terminal of the high voltage electric device. The length of the arm assembly of the upper terminal and the length of the arm assembly of the lower terminal are the same.

According to another feature of the present invention, the pinching load by the arm assembly of the upper terminal and the pinching load by the arm assembly of the lower terminal are the same. The plurality of power terminals and signal terminals are held by a circuit board included in the battery pack, and a leg portion for penetrating through a through hole formed in the circuit board is formed under the power terminal. It is joined to the circuit board on the side that penetrates the circuit board of the leg, and the battery pack is attached to the joint between the leg of the upper terminal and the circuit board rather than the joint between the leg of the lower terminal and the circuit board. It was placed on the rear side when viewed in the direction. Further, the positive electrode of the upper terminal and the negative electrode of the lower terminal of the power terminal are connected to the first cell unit, the positive electrode of the lower terminal of the power terminal and the negative electrode of the lower terminal are connected to the second cell unit, and the battery pack is installed. The upper terminal and the lower terminal are electrically independent when they are not attached to the main body of the electric device. Further, the arm assembly of the upper terminal and the arm assembly of the lower terminal have a fitting portion to be fitted so as to sandwich the device side terminal, and the arm assembly of the upper terminal is not attached to the main body of the electric device. The fitting part of the lower terminal was kept in a non-contact state, and the fitting part of the arm assembly of the lower terminal was kept in a non-contact state.

According to still another feature of the present invention, the minimum distance d1 between the arms of the upper terminal and the minimum distance d2 between the arms of the lower terminal when not attached to the main body of the electric device is set to d1 ≦ d2. .. The power receiving terminal of the main body of the electric device is plate-shaped, and when the upper terminal and the lower terminal are in contact with each other at the same time, the fitting pressure between the upper terminal and the power receiving terminal and the fitting pressure between the lower terminal and the power receiving terminal are almost the same. did. Here, the shape of the base portion to which the arm assembly of the upper terminal is connected is different from the shape of the base portion that holds the arm portion of the lower terminal, and the tip position of the arm assembly of the upper terminal is the mounting of the battery pack. Seen in the direction, they are lined up at the same position as the tip of the arm assembly of the lower terminal. Further, the connection portion between the base portion of the upper terminal and the arm assembly is substantially L-shaped in side view, and has a connection reinforcement portion whose internal angle portion is diagonally reinforced, and the base portion and arm assembly of the lower terminal are provided. The connecting portion of the above is substantially L-shaped in side view, and the outer corner portion has a cut-off portion cut off diagonally. Further, a substrate cover member made of a non-conductive material for partitioning between a plurality of terminals is provided.

According to still another feature of the present invention, it has a plurality of power terminals and a plurality of signal terminals, and the power terminal and the signal terminal are an upper arm assembly and a lower arm for fitting so as to sandwich the device side terminal. It has a set, the upper arm set and the lower arm set of the power terminal are connected to separate base parts for electrical independence, and the two separate base parts are separated and fixed in the circuit board. , The upper arm set and the lower arm set of the signal terminal are connected to a common base portion in order to be electrically the same, and the common base portion is fixed to the circuit board. The base portion of the power terminal has a substantially L-shaped shape when viewed from the side, and is configured so that the fitting pressure of the upper arm assembly of the power terminal and the fitting pressure of the lower arm assembly are the same. The upper arm assembly and the lower arm assembly of the power terminal have fitting portions bent inwardly facing each other, and the radius of curvature R1 of the inner surface of each fitting portion is equal. I did it.

According to still another feature of the present invention, the battery cell, a plurality of connection terminals connected to the device-side terminal of the mounting partner device, and the battery cell and the connection terminal are accommodated with respect to the mounting partner device. In a battery pack having a housing with a mounting part that can be attached and detached, the connection terminal has a springy arm part, and a connection part that contacts the device side terminal is formed in a part of the arm part. The connection portion has a convex shape for contacting the terminal on the device side with a linear contact portion or an elongated planar contact region, and the longitudinal direction of the contact portion or the contact region of the connection portion is changed. It is arranged so as to be oblique to the mounting direction of the device-side terminal on the surface of the device-side terminal. The connection terminal has a base portion formed by bending a metal plate into a U shape, and two arms are formed so as to extend in parallel from each part of one side surface and the other side side surface of the base portion. Will be done.

According to still another feature of the present invention, the convex outer surface shape of the connecting portion is a semi-cylindrical shape. The terminal on the device side is a metal flat plate extending in the vertical direction and the mounting direction, and the connection portion is in contact with the flat plate from both the left and right sides of the flat plate, and the upper side of the longitudinal center line of the contact portion or the contact region is the lower side. The fitting portion is formed diagonally so as to fall to the rear side or to the front side.

According to still another feature of the present invention, a circuit board having a plurality of terminal mounting holes formed is provided for fixing a plurality of connection terminals side by side in the horizontal direction, and the connection terminals are provided with one side surface of the substrate portion. A leg portion extending downward from the lower side portion of each of the other side surface is provided, and a plurality of connection terminals are fixed to the circuit board by penetrating the leg portion through the terminal mounting hole and soldering to the circuit board. Further, the connection terminals are arranged adjacent to each other in two stages in the vertical direction, and the arms of these connection terminals are arranged side by side in the vertical direction. Further, the connection terminal has two arm portions separated from the base portion in the vertical direction and extends, and a fitting portion is formed on each arm portion. The inclination direction of the longitudinal center line of the contact portion or the contact region by the upper arm portion is formed to be the same direction as or different from the inclination direction by the lower arm portion.

According to still another feature of the present invention, the arm portion includes a squeezed portion bent into a pre-squeezed shape as it moves away from the U-shaped bent base portion, and an arm portion formed at the tip of the squeezed portion and facing each other. It is formed including a fitting portion that protrudes in a convex shape toward the surface and a guide portion that is formed on the front side of the fitting portion and is formed in a divergent shape to facilitate insertion of a terminal on the device side. In order to make it possible to attach and detach the battery pack having the connection terminal formed in this way, it is possible to realize an electric device having a terminal holder for holding a plurality of device-side terminals connected to the battery pack mounting portion and the connection terminal. The work equipment was operated using the power of the pack.

According to still another feature of the present invention, an electric motor having a battery pack and a terminal holder (terminal portion) for electrically establishing a connection state with the connection terminal of the battery pack and holding a plurality of device-side terminals. It is a tool, and two parallel protrusions extending in the front-rear direction are provided in the battery pack, and each of these protrusions is provided with a rail portion that engages with the rail groove on the tool side, and is formed between these protrusions. An engaged portion that fits with the terminal holder is provided in the opening to suppress the relative movement of the terminal holder and the battery pack in the vertical direction. The battery pack has an upper surface between rail surfaces provided in parallel, a lower surface that is stepped down from the upper surface, a plurality of slits in the step portion between the upper surface and the lower surface, and an opening connecting the slits. Has. Further, the terminal holder is provided with an engaging portion for engaging with the engaged portion.

According to still another feature of the present invention, the terminal holder is a molded product of synthetic resin, and a vertical plane and a horizontal plane are formed, and a plate-shaped device-side terminal is cast so as to be orthogonal to both of these surfaces. Is fixed by. The terminal on the device side is a rectangular metal plate, and one of the long sides is in contact with the horizontal plane and one of the short sides is in contact with the vertical plane. The terminal holder is provided with protrusions protruding from both left and right ends in the left-right direction as engaging portions. Further, the terminal holder is in common contact with the other part of the long side of the terminal on the device side and is connected to the vertical surface, and forms a guide surface arranged in parallel with the horizontal plane to form a guide surface of the guide surface. Engagement portions were formed on both the left and right sides. The engaging portion is formed so as to be flush with the guide surface, for example, a recess formed directly in the case of the battery pack, and the engaging portion is located in the recess. Further, a cover member for covering the internal substrate is provided in the opening of the battery pack, an engaged portion is provided on the cover member, and the engaged portion engages with the engaged portion. A cushion material such as self-lubricating rubber that comes into contact with the outer wall surface of the battery pack may be provided on the surface of the guide surface facing the battery pack. Further, a partition of an insulating material is provided between a plurality of device-side terminals arranged side by side on the side of the plate-shaped device-side terminal of the terminal holder on the main body side. That is, a partition by an insulator is provided between the positive electrode input terminal and the negative electrode input terminal. It is preferable that a plurality of plate-shaped signal terminals are provided between the positive electrode input terminal and the negative electrode input terminal, and a partition by an insulator is provided between the signal terminal and the positive electrode input terminal. The size of the partition may be equal to or larger than the size in the vertical direction of the positive electrode input terminal, and may be manufactured by integral molding with the same material as the base of the terminal holder. In addition, the terminal on the device side is manufactured of a highly elastic material.

According to still another feature of the present invention, a battery pack having a positive terminal having two sets of arms arranged in the vertical direction and a negative terminal having two sets of arms arranged in the vertical direction, and a battery. A terminal holder that fits with the pack, and has a plate-shaped device-side upper terminal inserted between the upper arm sets and a plate-shaped device-side lower terminal inserted between the lower arm sets. It is arranged in a separated and unconnected state, and guides the upper arm assembly and the lower arm assembly between the device side upper terminal and the device side lower terminal of the terminal holder, and is made of an insulator. A first guide section was provided. Further, the terminal holder is provided with a guide portion of an insulating material that engages with the positive electrode terminal and the negative electrode terminal. Further, on the upper side of the upper terminal and the lower side of the lower terminal of the terminal holder, a second guide portion made of an insulator is provided to guide the upper arm assembly and the lower arm assembly.

According to the present invention, it is possible to automatically obtain an appropriate output voltage simply by mounting it on the main body of an electric device without relying on a mechanical switch mechanism for switching the output voltage. It became possible to share the battery pack with. In addition, since the voltage switching type battery pack can be connected to the main body of the conventional low voltage electric equipment as it is, it can be used for the main body of the high voltage electric equipment while maintaining compatibility with the conventional electric equipment main body. We were able to realize a high battery pack. In addition, the output voltage can be switched automatically just by connecting it to an electric device, and an easy-to-use battery pack can be realized. In addition, the number of parts can be reduced and the structure can be simplified, which has the effects of reducing the manufacturing cost, improving the assemblability, and reducing the size of the storage battery. In particular, since a mechanical switch mechanism is not required, the voltage switching mechanism according to this embodiment can be mounted with substantially the same size / mass as the battery pack for low voltage currently on the market. In addition, in the case of a mechanical switch mechanism, there is a possibility that dust may enter the switching mechanism or it may be damaged due to an external impact, etc., but this configuration suppresses such a risk. Can be done. Furthermore, by devising the terminal structure of the battery pack, it is possible to avoid the occurrence of poor contact with the terminal on the main body of the electric device and increase the contact resistance between the connection terminal on the main body of the electric device and the connection terminal on the battery pack side. It is possible to suppress the heat generation generated in the terminal portion when a large current flows, and it is possible to effectively prevent the connection terminal from being damaged or blown. Furthermore, since the method of attaching the battery pack to the main body of the electric device is the same as that of the conventional attachment to the main body of the electric device, it was possible to realize a battery pack compatible with two power sources having the same usability as the conventional one and an electric device using the same. ..

It is a figure for demonstrating the mounting situation of the battery pack which concerns on this invention to a power tool. It is a perspective view which shows the shape of the battery pack mounting part 10 of the power tool main body 1 of FIG. It is a figure which shows the power tool main body 30A, (1) is the side view in the state which power is supplied from the power cord 90, (2) is the bottom view of the battery pack mounting part 40, (3) is the power source. It is a figure which shows the shape of the cord 90 and the connector part 93. It is a block diagram which shows the structure of the drive control system of a motor 35. It is a figure for demonstrating the connection state of the power cord 90 to the power tool main body 30, and (1) is the connection example in the power tool main body 30A shown in FIGS. 3 and 4, (2) and. It is a figure which shows the connection example which concerns on the modification of (3). (1) is a circuit block diagram of the drive control system of the power tool main body 30B, and (2) is a circuit block diagram of the drive control system of the power tool main body 30C. It is a perspective view which shows the appearance shape of the battery pack 100 of 1st Example. It is a figure which shows the cell pack 150 housed in the battery pack 100, (1) is the perspective view, (2) is the side view of the cell pack 150 seen from the axis direction of the cell 151. (1) is a diagram showing a state near the terminal portion 20A when the battery pack 100 is mounted on a power tool main body having a rating of 36 V, and (2) is a connection circuit diagram thereof. (1) is a diagram showing a state near the terminal portion 80 when the battery pack 100 is mounted on a power tool main body having a rating of 108 V, and (2) is a connection circuit diagram thereof. It is a perspective view which shows the shape of the battery pack 200 and the terminal part connected | The state when it is connected to the electric equipment of 108V is shown. It is a connection circuit diagram of the battery pack 200 of FIG. It is a figure which shows the shape of the terminal 231 to 235 of FIG. 12, (1) is the top view, (2) is the side view of the terminal group 232 (the arrow view from the B direction of (1)). It is a figure which shows the state when the battery pack 200 is attached to the terminal part 270, 280, (1) is a 36V output state, (2) is a 108V output state. It is a figure for demonstrating the circuit diagram of the battery pack 200A for exclusive use of 108V which concerns on the modification of 2nd Example, (1) shows the case which the same terminal part 280 as FIG. 11 and FIG. ) Shows the case where the terminal portion 280A of the modified example is used. It is a schematic perspective view which shows the shape of the battery pack 300 which concerns on 3rd Embodiment of this invention, and the terminal part 370, 380 attached to the battery pack 300. It is a figure which shows the component part of the voltage switching mechanism 320 which is arranged in the inside of the battery pack 300 of FIG. It is a figure for demonstrating the voltage switching mechanism 320 using the movable guide member 330, 340 and the terminals 351 to 354, and (1) is a figure which shows the accommodation position in the battery pack 300 of the voltage switching mechanism 320. (2) is a developed view seen from the upper surface of the voltage switching mechanism 320, and (3) is a cross-sectional view of the CC portion of (1). It is explanatory drawing of the connection state of the cell pack by the voltage switching mechanism 320 when it is connected to the electric equipment with a rating of 18V, (1) is the state before the terminal part 370 is attached to the battery pack 300, and (2) is. It is a figure which shows the state after mounting. It is explanatory drawing of the connection state of the cell pack by the voltage switching mechanism 320 when it is connected to the electric equipment with a rating of 36V, (1) is the state before the terminal part 380 is attached to the battery pack 300, and (2) is. It is a figure which shows the state after mounting. It is a top view of the battery pack 600 which concerns on 4th Embodiment of this invention. It is a figure which shows the state which the terminal part 650, 680 and the battery pack 600 are connected by attaching the battery pack 600 to the electric apparatus main body, (1) shows the connection state at the time of 18V output, (2) is The connection state at the time of 36V output is shown. It is a figure which shows the shape of the battery pack cover 640 which is attached in the state that the battery pack 600 is not attached to the electric apparatus main body. It is a top view of the battery pack 600A which concerns on the modification of the 6th Example of this invention. It is a figure which shows the state which the terminal part 650, 680A is connected by attaching the battery pack 600A to the electric apparatus main body, (1) shows the connection state at the time of 18V output, (2) is the state at the time of 36V output. Indicates the connection status. It is a perspective view which shows the appearance shape of the battery pack 700 which concerns on 5th Embodiment of this invention. It is a figure which shows the state which the battery pack 700 is connected to the electric equipment main body (power tool main body) of the conventional rating of 18V, (1) is a circuit diagram at the time of connection, (2) is the upper surface of the positive electrode terminals 712, 713. It is a figure, (3) is a side view of a terminal part 720, and (4) (5) is a front view and a perspective view of a terminal part 720. It is a figure which shows the state which the battery pack 700 is connected to the electric equipment main body (power tool main body) of a rating of 36V, (1) is a circuit diagram at the time of connection, (2) is the top view of the positive electrode terminals 712, 713. Yes, (3) is a side view of the terminal portion 730, and (4) and (5) are a front view and a perspective view of the terminal portion 730. It is a figure for demonstrating the shape of the terminal part 750 which concerns on the modification 1 of the 5th Example. It is a figure for demonstrating the shape of the terminal part 770 which concerns on the modification 2 of the 5th Example. It is a figure for demonstrating the shape of the terminal part 790 which concerns on the modification 3 of the 5th Example. It is a figure for demonstrating the shape of the terminal part 800 which concerns on the modification 4 of the 5th Example. It is a figure which shows the modification 5 which changed the shape of the positive electrode terminal pair and the negative electrode terminal pair on the battery pack side of the 5th Example. It is a figure which shows the modification 6 which changed only the terminal part 750 for 36V from the modification 5 of FIG. 33. It is a figure which shows the modification 7 which changed only the terminal part 770 for 36V from the modification 5 of FIG. 33. It is a figure for demonstrating the mounting situation of the battery pack which concerns on 6th Embodiment of this invention to a power tool. It is a perspective view which shows the shape of the battery pack mounting part 1010 of the power tool main body 1001 of FIG. It is a perspective view of the battery pack 1100 which concerns on 6th Embodiment of this invention. It is a perspective view of the state where the upper case 1110 of the battery pack 1100 of FIG. 38 is removed. It is a figure which shows the single shape of the power terminal (1161 and 1171, 1162 and 1172, 1167 and 1177) of FIG. 39, (1) is the whole perspective view, (2) is the perspective view of the upper terminal component 1200. (3) is a perspective view of the lower terminal component 1220. It is a perspective view which shows the connection state of a power terminal to a power tool main body, (1) shows the state which is connected to the power tool body 1030 of this embodiment, and (2) is the state which is connected to the conventional power tool body 1001. Is shown. (1) is a perspective view of the terminal portion 1050 of the power tool main body 1030 of the sixth embodiment, and (2) is a diagram showing a connection state between the terminal portion 1050 and the power terminal of the battery pack 1100. (1) is a perspective view of the terminal portion 1020 of the conventional power tool main body 1001, and (2) is a diagram showing a connection state between the terminal portion 1020 and the power terminal of the battery pack 1100. It is a figure which shows the simple substance shape of the signal terminal component 1240 of FIG. 39, (1) is a perspective view seen from the left front, and (2) is a perspective view seen from the lower right. It is a figure which shows the fixing state of a plurality of signal terminal parts 1240 to a circuit board 1150, (1) is a figure which looked at from the front, (2) is a figure which looked at the signal terminal component 1240 from the left, (1). 3) is a bottom view seen from the lower side of (1). It is a figure which shows the shape of the connection terminal group of FIG. 39 and the board cover 1180 arranged around it, (1) is a perspective view, (2) is a front view, (3) is (2). It is a partially enlarged view of the board cover 1180. It is a perspective view of the upper case 1110 of FIG. 38. It is a perspective view for demonstrating the method of applying a resin to a circuit board 1150. It is a figure which shows the 1st modification of the 6th Embodiment, (1) is a perspective view of the upper terminal component 1260 and the lower terminal component 1280, (2) is a left side view, (3). Is a front view. It is a figure which shows the 2nd modification of the 6th Embodiment, and is the perspective view which shows the upper terminal component 1260 and the lower terminal component 1280A. It is a perspective view which shows the upper terminal part 1200A and the lower terminal part 1220 which concerns on the 3rd modification of 6th Embodiment, and (1) shows the state which these are connected to the main body side terminal of the power tool main body 1030A. It is a figure which shows, and (2) is the figure which shows the state which was connected to the main body side terminal of the conventional power tool main body 1001. It is a perspective view which shows the upper terminal part 1200 and the lower terminal part 1220A which concerns on the 4th modification of 6th Embodiment, and (1) shows the state which these are connected to the main body side terminal of the power tool main body 1030B. It is a figure which shows, and (2) is the figure which shows the state which was connected to the main body side terminal of the conventional power tool main body 1001. It is a perspective view which shows the connection state with the terminal part of the power tool main body which concerns on 5th modification of 6th Embodiment. It is an exploded perspective view which shows the battery pack 1400 which concerns on 7th Embodiment of this invention. It is a partially enlarged view of the connection terminal of FIG. 54. 54 is an enlarged view of the terminal component of FIG. 54, (1) is a perspective view, and (2) is a view for explaining the contact length in the fitting portion. It is a perspective view which shows the terminal component 1500 which concerns on the modification of the 7th Example. It is a developed perspective view of the battery pack 2100 which shows 8th Embodiment. FIG. 5 is a developed perspective view for explaining a stacking situation and a wiring method of a battery cell using the separator 2445 of FIG. 58. It is a figure which shows the simple substance shape of the positive electrode terminal pair (2162 and 2172) and the negative electrode terminal pair (2167 and 2177) used for discharge among the electric power terminals of FIG. 58. It is a figure for demonstrating the connection state of the electric apparatus main body and the power terminal of a battery pack 2100, (1) shows the connection circuit in the state of being connected to the electric tool main body 1030 of this Example, and (2) is the conventional The connection circuit connected to the power tool main body 1001 of the above is shown. (1) is a perspective view of the terminal portion 2050 of the power tool main body 1030 of this embodiment, (2) is a perspective view of the short bar 2059 alone, and (3) is a power terminal of the terminal portion 2050 and the battery pack 2100. It is a figure which shows the connection method with. (1) is a perspective view of the terminal portion 2020 of the conventional power tool main body 1001, and (2) is a diagram showing a connection state between the terminal portion 2020 and the power terminal of the battery pack 2100. It is a side view of the separator 2445 after assembling the parts of FIG. 59, (1) is a right side view, and (2) is a left side view. It is a perspective view which shows the state which the circuit board 2150 is fixed to the separator 2445 (the perspective view seen from the upper left front). It is a perspective view which shows the state which the circuit board 2150 is fixed to the separator 2445 (the perspective view seen from the right rear upper side). It is a figure for demonstrating the connection method to the drawer plate 2461, 2466, 2471, 2476 of a battery pack 2100, a positive electrode terminal (2162, 2172) and a negative electrode terminal (2167, 2177). It is a figure which shows the connection terminal group of FIG. 66 and the board cover 2180 arranged around it, (1) is the perspective view seen from the upper left front, and (2) is the perspective view seen from the upper right rear. , (3) is a front view. 68 is a view of the substrate cover 2180 alone, (1) is a perspective view seen from the upper left front, (2) is a perspective view seen from the lower right front, and (3) is a front view. It is a figure which shows the connection terminal group of FIG. 66 and the board cover 2180 arranged around it, (1) is a top view, and (2) is a rear view. It is a figure which shows the connection terminal group of FIG. 66 and the board cover 2180 arranged around it, (1) is a right side view, and (2) is a left side view. It is a figure for demonstrating the situation in which the terminal on a device side is inserted into a board cover 2180. 73 (1) and (2) are perspective views showing a terminal portion 2200 according to a ninth embodiment of the present invention. (1) and (3) are perspective views of the terminal portion 2200 from another angle, and (2) is a front view. (1) is a perspective view of the terminal portion 2050A according to the tenth embodiment of the present invention, and (2) and (3) are perspective views of the power terminal portion. It is a schematic circuit diagram of the battery pack and the electric apparatus main body which concerns on 11th Embodiment of this invention. It is a figure for demonstrating the operation of the short bar connection switch 2059d in FIG. 76, and the timing of operation of a trigger switch 2034 and a motor. It is a figure which shows the terminal holder 2500 for 18V which concerns on the twelfth embodiment of this invention, (1) is a perspective view, (2) is a front view. It is a figure which shows the terminal holder 2500 of FIG. 78, (1) and (3) are the perspective views, and (2) is a front view. It is a partial side view which shows the state which the terminal holder 2500 of FIG. 78 is connected to the conventional battery pack 1015. It is a figure which shows the shape of the terminal holder 2550 for 36V which concerns on the twelfth embodiment of this invention, (1) is the perspective view seen from the bottom, (2) is the left side view. It is a figure which shows the terminal holder 2550 of FIG. 81, (1) is a front view, (2) is a bottom view, (3) is a top view. (1) is a side view of the terminal holder 2550 of FIG. 81, and (2) is a side view of the side wall portion of the substrate cover 2180 omitted from the figure of (1). (1) is a right side view showing a state in which the terminal holder 2550 is attached to the battery pack 2100, and (2) is a cross-sectional view of the CC portion of (1). It is a figure which shows the terminal part 650 which concerns on the modification of the twelfth embodiment, (1) is the sectional view of the part corresponding to the DD part of FIG. 84, (2) is the partial enlargement of (1). It is a figure. It is a figure which shows the modification which fixes the terminal part 2650 of FIG. 85 to the substrate cover 2680, (1) is the sectional view of the part corresponding to the DD part of FIG. 84, (2) is (1). It is a single view of the terminal part 2650, and (3) is the left side view of the terminal part 2650. (1) is a modified example of the terminal portion 2650 of FIG. 85, and (2) is a left side view of the terminal portion 2650. It is a figure which shows the terminal part 2650B which concerns on the further modification of the twelfth embodiment, (1) is a front view, (2) is a left side view, (3) is the connection on the battery pack 2100 side. It is a left side view of the terminal part 2650B in a state of being fitted with a terminal. It is a perspective view for demonstrating the mounting state of the battery pack 2860 of the power tool of the thirteenth embodiment. It is a figure for demonstrating the mounting situation of the battery pack to the electric tool which concerns on 13th Embodiment. It is a perspective view which shows the connection state of a power terminal to a power tool body, (1) shows the state which the battery pack 2860 is attached to the power tool body 2801 for 18V, (2) is the power tool body 2830 for 36V. Shows the state in which the battery pack 2860 is attached. It is a figure for demonstrating the situation when the battery pack 2860 is attached to the power tool main body 2830 of a 36V specification. It is a figure for demonstrating the situation when the battery pack 2860 is attached to the power tool main body 2801 of the 18V specification. It is a top view which shows the terminal arrangement on the battery pack 2860 side, and the terminal shape and arrangement of a power tool main body 2830.

Hereinafter, the first embodiment of the present invention will be described with reference to the drawings. In the following figures, the same parts are designated by the same reference numerals, and the description of repetition will be omitted. Further, in the present specification, the front-back, left-right, up-down directions of the power tool body, the mounting direction of the battery pack, and the front-back, left-right, up-down directions of the battery pack alone will be described as the directions shown in the figure. .. Further, the mounting direction of the battery pack will be described with reference to the situation where the battery pack is moved without moving the power tool main body and the electric device main body for convenience of explanation.

FIG. 1 is a diagram for explaining a state in which a battery pack according to this embodiment is attached to a power tool. An electric tool, which is a form of an electric device, has a battery pack and is a tool for fastening bolts, nuts, screws, etc. with a tip tool such as a bit, and is a so-called impact tool. The power tool main body 30 is a tool for tightening bolts, nuts, etc. (not shown) by applying a rotational force or a striking force in the axial direction to a tip tool such as a socket wrench (not shown). These power tool bodies 1 and 30 are provided with housings 2 and 32 which are outer frames forming an outer shape, and handle portions 3 and 33 are formed in the housing 2, which is gripped by an operator with one hand or one hand. Work is performed by holding the power tool bodies 1 and 30 with the other hand. The power tool bodies 1 and 30 use the direct current supplied from the battery pack 15 or 100 as a power source to drive a motor (not shown) housed inside the housings 2 and 32. Trigger-shaped operation switches 4 and 34 are provided in the vicinity of the handle portions 3 and 33 where the index finger hits when grasped by the operator, and the battery pack 15 is provided below the handle portions 3 and 33. Battery pack mounting portions 10 and 40 for mounting 100 are formed.

The power tool main body 1 is an electric device using a battery pack 15 having a rated voltage of 36 V. Therefore, the battery pack 15 can be mounted on the battery pack mounting portion 10 of the electric device (power tool main body 1) compatible with 36 V as shown by the combination of the arrows a. On the other hand, the power tool main body 30 requires a high voltage of 108 V, which is equivalent to a commercial voltage, and as shown by arrow b1, a battery pack 100 capable of outputting 108 V is mounted on the battery pack mounting portion 40. Inside the battery pack 100 capable of outputting a high voltage, 30 cells of a lithium ion battery having a rating of 3.6 V are housed. As described above, the electric tool bodies 1 and 30 are usually equipped with dedicated battery packs 15 and 100 according to the rated voltage, but in this embodiment, the battery pack 100 is configured to support a plurality of voltages. By enabling output at a low voltage, the battery pack 100 can be attached to the 36V-compatible power tool body 1 as shown by the arrow b2. In order to enable the battery pack 100 to be mounted on the power tool bodies 1 and 30 having different voltages as shown by the arrows b1 and b2, the shapes of the battery pack mounting portions 10 and 40 should be substantially the same, and the battery pack should be formed in the same shape. It is important to be able to switch between 100 voltages. Further, when the set voltage of the battery pack 100 does not correspond to the voltage of the electric device or the electric tool to be mounted, it is important to configure the battery pack 100 so that the battery pack 100 cannot be mounted.

FIG. 2 is a perspective view showing the shape of the battery pack mounting portion 10 of the power tool main body 1. Not limited to electric tools, in all electric devices using a battery pack, a battery pack mounting portion 10 is formed according to the battery pack to be mounted, so that an incompatible battery pack cannot be mounted. The battery pack mounting portion 10 is formed with rail grooves 11a and 11b extending in parallel in the front-rear direction on the inner wall portions on both the left and right sides, and the terminal portion 20 is provided between them. The terminal portion 20 is manufactured by integrally molding a non-conductive material such as synthetic resin, and three metal terminals, that is, a positive electrode input terminal 21, a negative electrode input terminal 22, and an LD terminal 23 (abnormal signal terminal) are provided therein. It is firmly fixed by being cast. In the terminal portion 20, not only the vertical surface 20a which is the abutting surface in the mounting direction (front-back direction) but also the horizontal plane (upper surface when viewed from the terminals 21 to 23) 20b is formed, and the horizontal plane 20b is the upper stage when the battery pack 100 is mounted. It is a surface that slides on the surface 115 (described later in FIG. 3). A curved portion 12 that abuts on the raised portion 132 of the battery pack 100 is formed on the front side of the horizontal plane 20b, and a protruding portion 24 is formed near the center of the left and right sides of the curved portion 12. The protrusion 24 is a boss for screwing the housing of the power tool main body 1 formed in two in the left-right direction, and is fixed by screws 26 and nuts from the left-right direction. The protrusion 24 also serves as a stopper that limits the relative movement of the battery pack 100 in the mounting direction. The width S1 in the left-right direction of the protrusion 24 is a width corresponding to the stopper portion (described later) formed on the battery pack 100 side.

FIG. 3 is a view showing another power tool main body 30A compatible with 108V, (1) is a side view in a state where power is supplied from the power cord 90, and (2) is a bottom view of the battery pack mounting portion 40. (3) is a diagram showing the shapes of the power cord 90 and the connector portion 93. The power tool main body 30A is a brushless motor in which the motor used is a brushless motor having the same specifications as AC 100V, for example, a brushless DC motor driven by an inverter circuit (described later in FIG. 3). Therefore, the DC 108V output from the battery pack 100 is input to the inverter circuit, or a commercial power source such as an AC 100V (60Hz) is rectified by a rectifier circuit described later and then input to the inverter circuit. By increasing the output voltage of the battery pack 100 to the same level as the commercial voltage in this way, it is possible to realize a high-output power tool body 30A for both AC / DC that operates with both the battery pack and the commercial voltage. The power cord 90 attached to the power tool main body 30A holds two terminals 92a and 92b on one side of the connection cord 94, has a plug portion 91 for being attached to a commercial power outlet, and has a plug portion 91 on the other side. A connector portion 93 connected to the power tool main body 30A is formed. In this embodiment, the portion to connect the connector portion 93 is arranged in the battery pack mounting portion 40 after the battery pack 100 is removed. That is, when connecting the power cord 90 to the power tool main body 30A, it is necessary to remove the battery pack 100 from the power tool main body 30A, and conversely, when attaching the battery pack 100 to the power tool main body 30A, the power cord 90. Need to be removed.

FIG. 3 (2) is a view of the battery pack mounting portion 40 of the power tool main body 30A as viewed from below, and is an arrow view from the direction A of (1). This figure shows a state in which both the battery pack 100 and the power cord 90 are removed. The battery pack 100 is mounted on the battery pack mounting portion 40 by sliding the battery pack 100 from the rear side to the front side (from right to left in the figure). Therefore, an opening portion is formed on the mounting surface 40a on the upstream side in the mounting direction, and two rail grooves 48a and 48b are formed on the side side. Further, a recessed portion 40b formed so as to be recessed upward is formed on the upstream side (rear side portion) of the opening portion. A terminal portion 41 connected to the positive electrode terminal and the negative electrode terminal of the battery pack 100 is provided in the vicinity of the center of the portion of the mounting surface 40a sandwiched between the rail grooves 48a and 48b. In this embodiment, the AC socket 49 is provided slightly behind the terminal portion 41. The AC socket 49 is formed with a pin-shaped first terminal 49a, a second terminal 49b, and a third terminal 49c in the circumferential direction.

FIG. 3 (3) is a diagram showing the shape of the connector portion 93 of the power cord 90, the left side is a view of the connector portion 93 viewed from the outside in the longitudinal direction, and the right side is the entire power cord 90 including the connector portion 93. It is a side view which shows the shape. A male screw is formed on the outer peripheral surface of the connector main body 93a, and a cylindrical fixing screw 93b is relatively rotatable on the outer peripheral side of the male screw and is held in a state where the amount of movement in the axial direction is limited. The outer shape of the connector portion 93 is circular, and three female terminals, a first terminal 95a, a second terminal 95b, and a third terminal 95c are arranged side by side in the circumferential direction in the inner peripheral portion. Here, for commercial power supply, only two of the first terminal 49a and the second terminal 49b need to be connected, and the third terminal 49c may be in a non-wiring state in the power tool main body 30A, or may be grounded. It may be used as a line. The fixing screw 93b holds the power cord 90 so as not to come off from the power tool main body 30A, and the female screw portion on the inner peripheral side of the fixing screw 93b is a male screw portion and a screw formed on the outer peripheral surface of the AC socket 49. It fits. In this way, after inserting the connector body 93a into the AC socket 49, the power cord 90 can be fixed so as not to come off from the power tool body 30A by tightening the fixing screw 93b and screwing it with the male screw on the AC socket 49 side. ..

Next, the configuration and operation of the drive control system of the motor 35 will be described with reference to FIG. FIG. 4 is a block diagram showing the configuration of the drive control system of the motor 35. In the electric tool of the present embodiment, the direct current supplied from the battery pack 100 is generated by using the inverter circuit 70 to generate an exciting current, and the exciting current is switched to a predetermined coil of the motor 35 to be passed through the brushless motor 35. To rotate. The input from the battery pack 100 is input via the positive electrode input terminal 81 connected to the positive electrode terminal 161 of the battery pack 100 and the negative electrode input terminal 82 connected to the negative electrode terminal 162 of the battery pack 100. The motor 35 can be, for example, an inner rotor type, and has a rotor 35a including a permanent magnet containing a plurality of sets (two sets in this embodiment) of N poles and S poles. , Stator 35b consisting of star-connected three-phase stator windings U, V, W and arranged at predetermined intervals in the circumferential direction, for example, at every 60 ° angle, to detect the rotational position of the rotor 35a. It has three rotation position detecting elements (hole elements) 65. These outputs are converted into pulse trains by the rotation position detection circuit 53 and output to the calculation unit 51. The rotation speed detection circuit 54 detects the rotation speed of the motor 35 using the output of the rotation position detection circuit 53 and outputs it to the calculation unit 51. The arithmetic unit 51 uses these outputs to determine the direction and time of energization of the stator windings U, V, and W.

The control signal output circuit 52 forms a drive signal for switching the predetermined switching elements Q1 to Q6 according to the instruction of the calculation unit 51 based on the output signals of the applied voltage setting circuit 58 and the rotation position detection circuit 53, and drives the drive signal. The signal is output to the inverter circuit 70. The inverter circuit 70 includes six switching elements Q1 to Q6 such as an IGBT connected in a three-phase bridge format. Each gate of the switching elements Q1 to Q6 is connected to the control signal output circuit 52, and each emitter or each collector is connected to the stator windings U, V, W which are star-connected. As a result, the six switching elements Q1 to Q6 perform a switching operation by the switching element drive signal (drive signal such as H1 to H6) input from the control signal output circuit 52, and the battery pack applied to the inverter circuit 70. A DC voltage of 100 is applied to the stator windings U, V, W as three-phase (U-phase, V-phase and W-phase) voltages Vu, Vv, Vw.

The calculation unit 51 sets whether or not the trigger 34A (or the operation switches 4 and 34 in FIG. 1) is operated to operate the operation switch 56 by the switch operation detection circuit 57, and changes depending on the magnitude of the operation amount (stroke). The pulse width (duty ratio) of the PWM signal is changed based on the signal from the applied voltage setting circuit 58, and the gates of the six switching elements Q1 to Q6 are driven via the control signal output circuit 52. By this drive control, the amount of electric power supplied to the motor 35 is adjusted, and the start / stop and the rotation speed of the motor 35 are controlled. Here, the PWM signal is supplied to either the positive power supply side switching elements Q1 to Q3 or the negative power supply side switching elements Q4 to Q6 of the inverter circuit 70, and causes the switching elements Q1 to Q3 or the switching elements Q4 to Q6 to be switched at high speed. Thereby, the amount of power supplied to each stator winding U, V, W is controlled from the DC voltage of the battery pack 100.

Although not shown, the arithmetic unit 51 includes a processing program and a microcomputer for outputting a drive signal based on data. The arithmetic unit 51 includes a ROM for storing a processing program and control data, a RAM for temporarily storing data, a timer, and the like. The voltage across the capacitor 61 is detected by the voltage detection circuit 59 as the voltage of the input power supply and output to the calculation unit 51.

The power supply of the power tool main body 30A can be supplied by using not only the battery pack 100 but also the power cord 90, and the first terminal 49a and the second terminal of the AC socket 49 for AC input provided in the power tool main body 30A. 49b is connected to the input side of the diode bridge 60. The diode bridge 60 is a rectifying circuit that allows current to flow to only one of them by performing full-wave rectification using four rectifying diodes, and converts an AC voltage into a DC voltage. The output of the diode bridge 60 is connected to the inverter circuit 70. Since the output of the diode bridge 60 is a pulsating current, a smoothing circuit may be interposed between the diode bridge 60 and the inverter circuit 70. The magnitude of the current flowing through the inverter circuit 70 is measured by the current detection circuit 55 using the shunt resistor 62, and the value is fed back to the calculation unit 51 to apply the set drive power to the motor 35. Is adjusted to.

FIG. 5 is a diagram for explaining the connection state of the power cord 90 to the power tool main body 30A, in which (1) is an example of connection in the power tool main body 30A, and modifications thereof of (2) and (3). It is a figure which shows the connection example which concerns on an example. FIGS. (2) and (3) are views showing power tool bodies 30B and 30C according to a modified example of the present embodiment. In the embodiment of the present embodiment shown in FIG. 1 (1), since the AC socket 49 (see FIG. 3) is provided in the battery pack mounting portion 40, the power cord 90 cannot be mounted when the battery pack 100 is mounted. .. Further, when attaching the power cord 90, it is necessary to remove the battery pack 100 without fail. Since the AC socket 49 for the power cord 90 is provided at a position that cannot be accessed when the battery pack 15 is attached, the power supply from the battery pack 100 and the power supply from the power cord 90 can be reliably distinguished without mistake. be able to. Further, since the power tool main body 30 is equipped with a brushless motor having a rated input voltage of 100 V or more, it can be driven by a commercial AC power supply or a battery pack 100, which is shared by AC / DC. I was able to realize an electric tool.

The power cord 90 may be long enough to allow the operator to operate while holding the handle 33 of the power tool body 30A with one hand, but in a place where the length of the power cord 90 does not reach. For temporary work, if the power cord 90 is removed and the battery pack 100 is attached, the same work can be performed without worrying about a decrease in the output of the power tool main body 30A. Further, in the method of connecting the power cord 90 to the power tool main body 30A in the form shown in FIG. 5 (1), the weight of the power tool main body 30A becomes light because the battery pack 100 is always removed when working with the AC power supply. There is an advantage. Further, when switching from the power cord 90 to the operation using the battery pack 100, the battery pack 100 cannot be attached unless the power cord 90 is removed, so that it is possible to reliably prevent forgetting to remove the power cord 90. Further, since the AC socket 49 is not exposed to the outside when the battery pack 100 is attached, the risk of the AC socket 49 being exposed to dust, water, etc. can be significantly reduced, and a cover covering the AC socket 49 can be installed. Can be omitted.

FIG. 5 (2) is the power tool main body 30B according to the modified example of the power tool main body 30A of the same figure (1), and here, the position of the AC socket 49A is the lower surface of the housing of the power tool main body 30A. The point is formed on the front side of the battery pack 100. With this arrangement, the power cord 90 can be connected with the battery pack 100 attached. In this embodiment, since the output voltage of the battery pack 100 is 108V at the time of DC connection and the commercial AC power is 100V to 120V, both inputs can be arbitrarily used to drive the power tool body 30B. .. However, when both power sources can be used, it is preferable to use the commercial AC power supplied from the power cord 90 because the battery pack 100 can be prevented from being discharged. Therefore, in the power tool main body 30B according to FIG. 5 (2), an input automatic switching means is provided so as to use the commercial AC power side when both the battery pack 100 and the commercial AC power can be used.

FIG. 6 (1) is a circuit block diagram of a drive control system of the power tool main body 30B shown in FIG. 5 (2). The circuit is basically the same as that shown in FIG. 4, but a semiconductor switching element 66 such as an IGBT (insulated gate bipolar transistor) is interposed in the middle of the positive electrode side input line from the battery pack 100. The gate signal of the switching element 66 is connected to the control signal line 66a from the calculation unit 51, and the calculation unit 51 controls connection or disconnection between the source / drain terminals of the switching element 66. Further, a battery voltage detection circuit 67 that monitors the voltage of the battery pack 100 and a commercial power supply detection circuit 68 that monitors the presence / absence (or voltage) of the AC voltage are provided, and their respective outputs are input to the calculation unit 51. When the commercial power supply 99 is available, the arithmetic unit 51 cuts off the input circuit from the battery pack 100 by turning off the gate signal of the switching element 66. On the other hand, when the commercial power supply 99 becomes unavailable, the arithmetic unit 51 turns off the gate signal of the switching element 66 to connect the input circuit from the battery pack 100 to the connected state. With such a circuit configuration, in the power tool main body 30B, when the battery pack 100 is connected, DC 108V (rated) is supplied, and when it is connected to the AC outlet by the power cord 90 in that state, AC is automatically performed. Power is supplied, and when the power cord 90 is removed, the drive is automatically switched to the battery pack 100, so that the power tool body 30B that is easy to use can be realized. Further, since it is not necessary to worry about the attachment / detachment of the battery pack 100 and the connection state of the power cord 90, particularly the forgetting to remove the other when one is connected, the handling of attaching / detaching the battery pack 100 becomes easy.

Return to FIG. 5 again. FIG. 5 (3) is a power tool main body 30C according to another modification of this embodiment. The power tool body 30C is the same as FIGS. (1) and (2) in that both the battery pack 100 of DC 108V and the AC drive via the power cord 90 are possible, but the power cord 90 is connected to the adapter. I tried to connect via 75. Here, the connection adapter 75 is a so-called dummy case for connecting the two output lines from the power cord 90 to the positive electrode input terminal 81 and the negative electrode input terminal 82 for the battery pack 100. No battery cell is housed inside the connection adapter 75. An AC socket having the same shape as the AC socket 49 shown in FIG. 3 (2) is provided on the lower surface of the connection adapter 75, and the first terminal 49a of the AC socket 49 is connected to the positive electrode input terminal 81 by the power line 76a. The two terminals 49b are connected to the negative electrode input terminal 82 by the power line 76b. In this case, the input path of the battery pack 100 is changed in the block diagram shown in FIG. 4 so that the battery pack 100 is connected to the inverter circuit 70 via the diode bridge 60 even when the battery pack 100 is used. FIG. 6 (2) shows the circuit.

Here, the positive electrode terminal 161 and the negative electrode terminal 162 of the connection adapter 75 are mounted on the input terminals 81 and 82 of the diode bridge 60. Since the battery pack 100 has a direct current of 108 V, there is no problem even if it is connected via the diode bridge 60. Further, even if the positive electrode terminal 161 and the negative electrode terminal 162 of the connection adapter 75 are attached, the alternating current is rectified by the diode bridge 60, so that the inverter circuit 70 can be operated in the same manner to drive the motor 35. In this embodiment, the brushless DC motor is driven via the DC input of DC 108V and the inverter circuit 70, but the type of motor used is not limited to the brushless motor and is driven by about AC100 to 120V. Another motor, for example, an AC commutator motor may be used. With this configuration, it is possible to drive a power tool using an AC commutator motor with the battery pack 100, and it is possible to easily realize a power tool shared by AC / DC.

Next, the battery pack 100 capable of switching the output voltage between 36V and 108V will be described with reference to FIGS. 7 to 9. FIG. 7 is a perspective view showing the external shape of the battery pack 100. The housing of the battery pack 100 is divided in the vertical direction and is formed by a lower case 101 and an upper case 110 fixed by four screws (not shown). The upper case 110 is formed with a mounting portion in which two rails 138a and 138b are formed for mounting on the battery pack mounting portion 40. The rails 138a and 138b are formed so as to be parallel to the mounting direction of the battery pack 100 and parallel to the left and right side surfaces of the upper case 110. The rails 138a and 138b are formed corresponding to the rail grooves 48a and 48b (see FIG. 3 (2)) formed in the battery pack mounting portion 40 of the power tool main body 30, and the rails 138a and 138b are the rail grooves 48a and 48b. The battery pack 100 is fixed to the power tool main body 30 by the operation of the latch mechanism in the state of being fitted with the battery pack 100. A flat lower surface 111 is formed on the front side of the upper case 110, and an upper surface 115 formed higher than the lower surface 111 is formed near the center. The connecting portion between the lower surface 111 and the upper surface 115 becomes a step portion 112 formed in a step shape, and the region on the front side from the step portion 112 to the upper surface 115 becomes the slot group arrangement region 120 (see FIG. 7 (2)). In the slot group arrangement area 120, a plurality of slots (121 to 124) extending rearward from the front step portion 112 are formed. Here, the positive electrode terminal insertion port 121 is arranged on the side close to the rail 138b on the left side, and the negative electrode terminal insertion port 122 is formed on the side close to the rail 138a on the right side. A low voltage switching member insertion port 123 and a high voltage switching member insertion port 124 are formed in a portion sandwiched between the positive electrode terminal insertion port 121 and the negative electrode terminal insertion port 122. Inside the positive electrode terminal insertion port 121 and the negative electrode terminal insertion port 122, metal positive electrode terminals and negative electrode terminals (not visible in the figure) are arranged. Further, a voltage switching means described later is arranged in a portion (internal space of the upper case 110) that overlaps the positions of the low voltage switching member insertion port 123 and the high voltage switching member insertion port 124. In FIG. 7, the slot group arrangement area 120 is shown so as to have only four slots (121 to 124), and slots other than the four are not shown, but for accommodating other connection terminals. Slots may be formed. Further, as described above, since the terminal and the voltage switching means (for example, the switching terminal) are arranged in the internal space of the upper case 110 where the slot group arrangement area 120 is located, the slot group arrangement area 120 becomes the terminal arrangement area.

On the rear side of the upper surface 115, a raised portion 132 formed so as to be raised is formed. The outer shape of the raised portion 132 is raised above the upper surface 115, and a recessed stopper portion 131 is formed near the center thereof. The stopper portion 131 serves as an abutting surface when the battery pack 100 is mounted on the protrusion 24 (see FIG. 2) of the battery pack mounting portion 10, and the protrusion 24 on the power tool body 1 side is the stopper portion 131. When inserted until it comes into contact with the battery pack 100, the plurality of terminals 21 to 23 (see FIG. 2) arranged in the power tool main body 1 and the terminal group arranged in the battery pack 100 come into contact with each other to be in a conductive state. Inside the stopper portion 131, a slit 134, which is a cooling air intake port connected to the inside of the battery pack 100, is provided. Further, the locking portion of the latch 141 of the battery pack 100 protrudes outward in the vertical direction at the lower portion of the rails 138a and 138b due to the action of the spring, and engages with a recess (not shown) formed in the rail grooves 48a and 48b of the power tool body 30. By matching, the battery pack 100 is prevented from falling off. When the battery pack 100 is attached to the power tool main body 1, the slit 134 is covered so as not to be visible from the outside. The slit 134 is a wind window used to forcibly flow cooling air inside the battery pack 100 when the battery pack 100 is connected to a charger (not shown) for charging, and is a power tool main body. When attached to 30, the cooling air intake port 134 is closed.

In FIG. 7 (1), the terminal portion 20A on the power tool main body 1 side driven by 36 V has a metal positive electrode input terminal 21 and a negative electrode input terminal 22 fixed by a synthetic resin terminal mounting portion. be. Here, a switching protrusion 24A for switching the output of the battery pack 100 to the low voltage side is further formed. The switching protrusion 24A is a switching element integrally formed with the base portion of the terminal portion 20A and is made of synthetic resin. The switching protrusion 24A itself only moves the rotary terminal base 171 (see FIG. 9) and is not used as a terminal for transmitting electric power or a signal, so that it does not need to be made of a conductive material and the terminal portion. It may be integrally formed of the same insulating material as the base portion of the above.

FIG. 7 (2) shows a state of being mounted on the terminal portion 80 on the power tool main body 30 side driven by 108V. In the terminal portion 80, a metal positive electrode input terminal 81 and a negative electrode input terminal 82 are fixed by a base portion made of synthetic resin. Here, a switching protrusion 84 for switching the output of the battery pack 100 to the high voltage side is further formed. The switching protrusion 84 is a member integrally formed with the base portion of the terminal portion 80 and is made of synthetic resin. According to this embodiment, the appearance shape of the battery pack 100 is the same regardless of whether the battery pack 100 has an output of 36 V or an output of 108 V. The operator does not have to worry about the setting of the output voltage of the battery pack 100, and simply attaches it to the electric device main body for 36V or the electric device main body for 108V, and attaches it by the switching protrusion 24A or the switching protrusion 84. The optimum output voltage for the main body of the electrical equipment is selected (switched).

FIG. 8 is a perspective view showing the appearance of the cell pack 150, which is housed inside the battery pack 100 and in which a plurality of cells 151 are stacked and combined into one pack. FIG. 1 (1) is a perspective view, and FIG. 2 (2) is a side view of the cell 151 as viewed from the axial direction. Here, a total of 30 cells 151, which are called 14500 size and have a diameter of 14 mm and a length of 50 mm and are capable of being charged and discharged multiple times, are stacked. As for the cell 151, 10 cells were used as one unit, and three cell units 156 to 158 were formed. In each cell unit 156 to 158, the axes A1 of each cell 151 are stacked so as to be parallel to each other, and the adjacent cells 151 are arranged so as to be alternately reversed to each other, and the positive electrodes of the adjacent cells 151 are arranged. The terminals and the negative electrode terminals are connected by a thin metal plate 159 to form 10 series connections. The outermost cylindrical portion of the stacked cells 151 is covered with an insulating synthetic resin separator 152 to hold the cells 151 immobile with respect to the separator 152. When a lithium ion battery (one rated output of 3.6 V) is used as the cell 151, the rated output of 36 V can be obtained from each cell unit 156 to 158, so that the + output (plus output) of the cell units 156 to 158 is obtained. , Positive electrode) and-output (negative output, negative electrode terminal) can be used as a large capacity power supply of 36V by taking out the output from the battery pack 100 in a state of being connected in parallel. On the other hand, when the + output and the-output of the cell units 156 to 158 are connected in series, it can be used as a high voltage power supply of 108V.

When 30 cells 151 of 14500 size are stacked, the length in the axial direction is 50 mm, the width direction orthogonal to the axial direction is 124.8 mm, and the height direction orthogonal to the axial direction is 57.3 mm. Further, since the unit weight of the cell 151 is about 23 g, the total weight of the cell 151 is 690 g. In terms of volume, the volume of the portion occupied by the cell 151 was 230,907 mm3, the volume occupied by the separator 152 was 67,392 mm3, and the total volume was 298,299 mm3. Therefore, the total weight of the battery pack 100 can be contained in less than 800 g or 2 lb (pound). Currently, lithium-ion batteries widely used in battery packs for power tools are so-called 18650. The 18650 size has a diameter of 18 mm and a length of 65 mm, and is slightly more than twice the volume of 14500 cells. In terms of weight, it weighs 46 g, which is twice that of a 14500 size cell. If 30 cells of 18650 size are stacked in order to obtain DC 108V, the weight of the cells alone will be 1380 g, and the weight of the battery pack itself will be heavy, so the operator can work while grasping with one hand. The size and weight of the power tool will be impractical.

According to the experiments of the inventors, it was found that the upper limit that the operator can comfortably work with one hand is within 2 kg or 5 lb in the total weight of the power tool after the battery pack is attached. Therefore, when an output of 108 V is obtained by using 30 cells of 18650 size, it is difficult to realize a portable power tool that can be operated with one hand. In this embodiment, a high-voltage power tool can be realized while maintaining portability by stacking a lithium-ion battery of 14500 size, which is the same size as a so-called AA dry battery. In the battery pack 100 of this embodiment, the output voltage of 100 V or more, which is equivalent to that of the AC power supply, can be surely secured, and the cell weight of the cell pack 150 can be suppressed to 0.69 kg. Since a current of about 15 A can be obtained from this lithium-ion battery, the power-to-weight ratio as a battery pack is 100 V × 15 A / 0.69 kg = 2173 W / kg or more, and 100 V / 0.69 kg = 144 V / kg or more. I was able to clear.

FIG. 9 (1) is a diagram showing a state when the battery pack 100 is attached to a power tool main body or an electric device main body having a rating of 36 V. The battery pack 100 includes a voltage switching mechanism 170 for switching whether the outputs of the cell units 156 to 158 are connected in parallel or connected in series. The voltage switching mechanism 170, which is a voltage switching element that is an element for switching the output voltage of the battery pack 100, includes a rotary terminal base 171 that is pivotally supported by a swing shaft 172 fixed on the substrate 160. It is configured and is provided in the terminal arrangement area where the connection terminal for the power supply is arranged in the mounting direction of the battery pack 100. The rotary terminal base 171 is located on the inner peripheral side of the connection terminals 173a to 173d by installing a plurality of square bar-shaped connection terminals 173a to 173d on a member extending in two directions from the swing shaft 172. It is a member for short-circuiting or opening a plurality of contacts and contacts located on the outer peripheral side. The rotary terminal base 171 is made of synthetic resin, and two metal connection terminals 173a to 173d are cast on one side and the other side of the swing shaft 172 at intervals. The connection terminals 173a and 173b are arranged so as to expose one side facing the substrate 160 on the side close to the negative electrode terminal 162, and the connection terminals 173c and 173d face the substrate 160 on the side close to the positive electrode terminal 161. Arranged so as to expose one side.

The substrate 160 fixes a positive electrode terminal 161 and a negative electrode terminal 162, and a plurality of electrodes (contacts) 176a to 176j used for establishing or changing an electrical connection path from these terminals to the cell units 156 to 158. Is used to place the. A plurality of contacts 176a to 176j are provided in a region above the substrate 160 that partially overlaps the rotating region of the rotary terminal base 171 and are exposed on the lower surface of the rotary terminal base 171. When the connection terminals 173a to 173d come into contact with any of these contacts 176a to 176j, the electrical connection path from the positive electrode terminal 161 to the negative electrode terminal 162 is changed. In the power tool main body 1 for 36V, a switching protrusion 24A is formed on the terminal portion 20A. The switching protrusion 24A functions as a switching element or a connecting element for switching the output voltage, and is between the first slot 121 into which the positive electrode input terminal is inserted and the second slot 122 into which the negative electrode input terminal is inserted. It is inserted into a third slot 123 or 124. When the battery pack 100 is attached to the power tool body, the switching protrusion 24A pushes the rotary terminal base 171 at the position indicated by the arrow 25, so that the rotary terminal base 171 is counterclockwise when viewed from above. It rotates to the position shown in FIG. 9 (1). In this state, it can be understood that the connection terminal 173a short-circuits the electrodes (contacts) 176d and 176b, and the connection terminal 173b short-circuits the electrodes (contacts) 176e and 176c. Similarly, it can be seen that the connection terminal 173c shorts the contacts 176i and 176g, and the connection terminal 173d shorts the contacts 176j and 176h.

FIG. 9 (2) shows a connection state in which the rotary terminal base 171 is rotated counterclockwise in a top view by the switching protrusion 24A as in (1). The + side output of the cell unit 156 is directly connected to the positive electrode terminal 161. The + side output of the cell unit 157 is connected to the contact 176b, and the + side output of the cell unit 158 is connected to the contact 176g. The negative output of the cell unit 156 is connected to the contact 176e, the negative output of the cell unit 157 is connected to the contact 176j, and the negative output of the cell unit 158 is directly connected to the negative electrode terminal 162. In this state, the contacts 176d and 176b, the contacts 176e and 176c, the contacts 176i and 176g, and the contacts 176j and 176h are connected. As a result, the cell units 156 to 158 are connected in parallel, and a direct current rated at 36 V is output between the positive electrode terminal 161 and the negative electrode terminal 162.

FIG. 10 (1) is a diagram showing a state when the battery pack 100 is attached to a power tool main body or an electric device main body having a rating of 108 V. In the power tool having a rating of 108V, the switching protrusion 84 is formed in the terminal portion 80, and the protrusion is not formed at the position of the switching protrusion 24A in the terminal portion 20 of the 36V device. The switching protrusion 84 functions as a switching element or a connecting element for switching the output voltage, and is between the first slot 121 into which the positive electrode input terminal is inserted and the second slot 122 into which the negative electrode input terminal is inserted. It is inserted into a third slot 124. When the battery pack 100 is attached to the main body of the electric tool or the main body of the electric device in this state, the positive electrode input terminal 81 and the positive electrode terminal 161 come into contact with each other, and the negative electrode input terminal 82 and the negative electrode terminal 162 come into contact with each other. By contacting one arm of the movable terminal base 171 as shown by the arrow 84a, the rotary terminal base 171 is rotated clockwise in a top view. By this rotation, the connection relationship between the connection terminals 173a to 173d of the rotary terminal base 171 and the contacts 176a to 176j is switched. Figure (2) shows the connection status after switching. Here, by switching the position of the rotary terminal base 171 from FIG. 9 (2) to FIG. 10 (2), the contacts 176d and 176a, the contacts 176e and 176b, the contacts 176i and 176f, and the contacts 176j and 176g are connected. It becomes a state. As a result, the cell units 156 to 158 are connected in series, and a direct current rated at 108 V is output from the positive electrode terminal 161 and the negative electrode terminal 162. A click mechanism or a latch mechanism is provided on the swing shaft 172 of the rotary terminal base 171 which is a swing member, and the switching protrusion 24A or the switching protrusion 84 does not apply a rotational torque more than a predetermined value to the swing member. It is good to configure it so that it does not swing. Further, since the contacts 176a and 176f are electrodes that are not connected anywhere, by eliminating them and increasing the electrode spacing between the contacts 176b and 176c and the contacts 176g and 176h, there is a risk of a short circuit between adjacent electrodes at the time of switching. May be reduced.

According to this embodiment, even in a cordless power tool, a high voltage equivalent to that of a power tool driven by a commercial power source can be obtained from the battery pack 100, and a high-output portable power tool or electric device can be realized. Even if the number of cells is increased to increase the voltage, 30 14500 size lithium cells are used instead of 18650 size cells, so it is compact and lightweight while having high output, and has a power weight. The ratio can be increased. Further, the battery pack 100 of this embodiment is 36V by arranging a voltage switching element (voltage switching mechanism 170) for switching parallel connection and series connection inside the battery pack 100 and switching the connection of the cell units 156 to 158. Since it is possible to switch the output between and 108V, it is possible to operate a widely used electric tool or electric device with a rating of 36V. Further, in the battery pack 100 of the present embodiment, the voltage switching mechanism 170 that functions as a voltage switching element is arranged at a position substantially the same height as the position where the positive electrode terminal 161 and the negative electrode terminal 162 that function as power supply terminals are arranged. Therefore, the size of the battery pack 100 in the vertical direction can be compactly configured.

Next, a second embodiment of the present invention will be described with reference to FIGS. 11 to 14. In the second embodiment, similarly to the first embodiment, the battery pack 200 capable of switching the output voltage to two stages of 36V on the low voltage side and 108V on the high voltage side is provided. FIG. 11 is a perspective view showing the shape of the battery pack 200 and the terminal portion connected to the battery pack 200, (1) shows a state when connected to an electric device having a rating of 36V, and (2) is an electric device having a rating of 108V. Shows the state when connected to. The external shape of the battery pack 200 is basically the same as the shape of the battery pack 100 of the first embodiment shown in FIGS. 1 to 8 except for a part (shape near the arrangement area of the slot group). ..

In the battery pack 200, 30 cells 151 made of a 14500 size lithium ion battery are housed in a housing formed by joining the lower case 201 and the upper case 210. If the housing can be made larger, 18650 size may be used as the cell, or cells of other shapes and sizes may be used. The upper case 210 of the battery pack 200 is formed with a mounting mechanism for mounting on the power tool main body 1 or the power tool main body 30 side, and the configuration and shape thereof are the batteries of the first embodiment shown in FIG. It is almost the same as the shape of the pack 100. The upper case 210 is formed with a lower surface 211 for guiding the terminal portion on the electrical equipment side and an upper surface 215 arranged above the lower surface 211, and is formed at a step portion 212 which is a boundary between the lower surface 211 and the upper surface 215. , Multiple terminal insertion openings (slots) are formed. Rail portions 238a and 238b that fit with the groove rail groove on the side of the main body of the electric device are formed on the left and right side edges of the upper surface 215. Here, five terminal insertion ports are shown in the left-right direction, but the number of terminal insertion ports to be arranged is arbitrary and may be further increased. A raised portion 240 is formed on the upper side of the upper surface 215, and latch portions 241 are provided on both the left and right sides of the raised portion 240. The latch portion 241 is interlocked with the latch claw 241a.

FIG. 11 (1) shows a case where the device is connected to a 36 V rated electric device main body, a power tool main body 1, and the like. The terminal portion 270 provided on the electric device main body 1 side has a narrow width in the left-right direction, and the battery pack 200 is inserted into two terminal insertion ports 222 and 224 in which the positive electrode input terminal 271 and the negative electrode input terminal 272 are closer to the center. Moved to be done. FIG. 11 (2) shows a case where the device is connected to a 108 V rated electric device main body, a power tool main body 30, and the like. The terminal portion 280 provided on the electric device main body 130 side has a wide width in the left-right direction with respect to the terminal portion 270 of the terminal portion 280 of the power tool main body 30, and the region between them is the terminal arrangement region. The terminal arrangement region has a positive electrode input terminal 281 and a negative electrode input terminal 282 arranged near both left and right ends, and a connection element 283 is formed substantially in the center in the left-right direction. When the battery pack 200 is attached to the power tool main body 30, the positive electrode input terminal 281 and the negative electrode input terminal 282 are inserted into the terminal insertion ports 221 and 225, and the connection element 283 is inserted into the terminal insertion port 223.

FIG. 12 is a connection circuit diagram of the battery pack 200. Three cell units 156 to 158 are housed in the battery pack 200. The cell units 156 to 158 are formed as the cell pack 150 shown in FIG. 8 and are held by the separator 152, and 10 cells 151 of 14500 size lithium ion batteries are connected in series. Note that in FIG. 12, 10 cells are collectively shown as one battery. One to four connection terminals are arranged side by side in the insertion direction of the terminal portions 270 and 280 in the terminal insertion ports (slots) 221 to 225 for inserting the input terminals on the terminal portions 270 and 280, respectively. The connection terminal group arranged here serves as a voltage switching element for switching between parallel connection and series connection of the battery pack 200. The set of the terminal insertion port 222 and the terminal insertion port 224 corresponds to the terminal portion 270 for 36V, in which the switching terminal group (terminal group 232 and terminal group 234) for outputting a low voltage is arranged. To. The positive electrode input terminal 271 is mounted so as to be in contact with each of the terminal groups 232, and the negative electrode input terminal 272 is mounted so as to be in contact with each of the terminal groups 234.

The set of the terminal insertion port 221 and the terminal insertion port 225 corresponds to the terminal portion 280 for 108V, in which the switching terminal group (terminal 231 and terminal group 235) for outputting a high voltage is arranged. The positive electrode input terminal 281 is mounted so as to be in contact with the terminal 231 and the negative electrode input terminal 282 is mounted so as to be in contact with the terminal 235. A connection element 283 for switching the output voltage is further provided in the left and right center portions of the terminal portion 280. The connection element 283, which is a voltage switching element for switching between parallel connection and series connection, is inserted into the terminal insertion port 223. The connection element 283 has a conductive portion 283a on the front end side (the side closer to the battery pack 200 in the figure) and a conductive portion 283c on the rear end side, and an insulator 283b is arranged between the conductive portions 283a and 283c. As a result, the conductive portion 283a and the conductive portion 283c are electrically brought into a non-conducting state. The purpose of the conductive portions 283a and 283c is to short-circuit between predetermined terminals in the terminal group 233, and it is not necessary to wire from the conductive portions 283a and 283c on the main body side of the electric device. Therefore, the connection element 283 is manufactured by casting a metal plate forming the conduction portions 283a and 283c into the connection element base made of a non-conductor formed integrally with the terminal portion 280, or is connected by the non-conductor. It may be manufactured by attaching a metal plate to the outer peripheral surface of the element base or by conducting a conductive treatment on the outer peripheral surface by metal plating or the like. As described above, the terminal portion 280 is formed by adding a short circuit element for connecting a plurality of cell units in series to each other.

13 is a view showing the shapes of terminals 231 to 235, FIG. 13 is a top view, and FIG. 13 is a side view of the terminal group 232 (arrow view from the B direction of (1)). Here, the terminals 231 and 235 and the terminals 232a, 233a, and 234a have the same shape as the terminals widely used conventionally, the flat plate is bent into a U shape, and both side surfaces near the opening end are convex inward. The shape is dented into a shape, and the narrowest portion due to the convex portion is formed so as to be in contact with both sides of the plate-shaped terminal on the terminal portion side. The terminals 231, 235, 232a, 233a, and 234a have a shape in which the rear side is closed because the metal terminal on the fitting terminal portion side does not penetrate to the rear side. On the other hand, the other terminal groups, that is, the terminals 232b, 232c, 233b to 233d, 234b, and 234c are fitted not only on the front side but also on the front side because the metal terminals on the contact terminal side are fitted in a state of penetrating from the front to the rear. An opening is also formed on the rear side. The specific shape is shown in the side view of (2), and the terminal 232a is closed near the rear of the upper end (arrow 236a), but the terminals 232b and 232c are not only on the front side but also on the rear side (arrow 236b). The shape is such that (near the vicinity indicated by 236c) is open. Therefore, when the terminal portion 270 as shown in the figure is inserted in the direction of the arrow 265, the positive electrode input terminal 271 and the three terminals 232a to 232c are simultaneously in contact with each other, so that each of them becomes electrically conductive. This connection state is the same for the negative electrode input terminal 272 and the three terminals 234a to 234c. In this way, in one terminal insertion slot, a plurality of terminals are arranged in the same direction (parallel direction) as the mounting direction, and the connection states of the cell units 156 to 158 in the battery pack 200 are connected in parallel using the electrode plate of the terminal portion. And can be set to either of the series states.

14A and 14B are views showing a state when the battery pack 200 is attached to the terminal portion 270 and 280, where (1) is a 36V output state and (2) is a 108V output state. The terminal portion 270 at the time of 36V output shown in (1) has a positive electrode input terminal 271 and a negative electrode input terminal 272. The positive electrode input terminal 271 becomes conductive when it comes into contact with the terminals 232a, 232b, and 232c. The terminal 232a is connected to the + terminal (positive electrode) of the cell unit 156, the terminal 232b is connected to the + terminal of the cell unit 157, and the terminal 232c is connected to the + terminal of the cell unit 158. Therefore, the positive electrode input terminal 271 is connected to the + terminal of the three cell units 156 to 158. Similarly, the negative electrode input terminal 272 becomes conductive when it comes into contact with the terminals 234a, 234b, and 234c. The terminal 234a is connected to the − terminal (negative electrode) of the cell unit 156, the terminal 234b is connected to the − terminal of the cell unit 157, and the terminal 234c is connected to the − terminal of the cell unit 158. Therefore, the negative electrode input terminal 272 is connected to the − terminals of the three cell units 156 to 158. Since nothing is connected to the terminal group 233, the terminals 233a to 233d are opened. As a result, the cell units 156 to 158 are connected in parallel, that is, a direct current with a rating of 36 V is output to the positive electrode input terminal 271 and the negative electrode input terminal 272.

FIG. 14 (2) is a diagram showing a state when the battery pack 200 is attached to the terminal portion 280. The terminal portion 280 at the time of 108V output has a positive electrode input terminal 281, a negative electrode input terminal 282, and a connecting element 283. The positive electrode input terminal 281 contacts only the terminal 231 connected to the + terminal of the cell unit 156. Similarly, the negative electrode input terminal 282 contacts only the terminal 235 connected to the − terminal of the cell unit 158. Further, the connection element 283 (connection terminal) is inserted so as to be in contact with the four terminal groups (series terminal elements 233a to 233d). By this connection element 283, the terminal 233a and the terminal 233b are short-circuited by the conductive portion 283a (see FIG. 12), and the terminal 233c and the terminal 233d are short-circuited by the conductive portion 283c (see FIG. 12). Here, the space between the terminal 233b and the terminal 233c is maintained in a non-conductive state by the insulator 283b (see FIG. 12) formed on the connecting element 283. Since the terminal 233a is connected to the − terminal of the cell unit 156 and the terminal 233b is connected to the + terminal of the cell unit 157, a series connection state between the cell units 156 and 157 is established. Similarly, since the terminal 233c is connected to the − terminal of the cell unit 157 and the terminal 233d is connected to the + terminal of the cell unit 158, a series connection state between the cell units 157 and 158 is established. As a result of these conduction states, the cell units 156 to 158 are connected in series, and a direct current rated at 108 V is output from the positive electrode terminal 231 and the negative electrode terminal 235. The terminals of the terminal group 232 and the terminal group 234 are opened.

As described above, in the second embodiment, the terminal group for switching the voltage is provided, and the switching terminal group is configured by arranging the terminals extending from each of the plurality of different cell units adjacent to each other. I was able to achieve 200. In particular, since the slot 223 is connected to the positive electrode or the negative electrode of a plurality of cell units and has a series terminal group (series terminal elements 233a to 233d) for connecting the plurality of cell units in series, it is 36V. We were able to realize a battery pack 200 that can switch between and 108V. At this time, by setting the terminal portion 270 or 280 on the main body side of the electric device such as the main body of the electric tool to the shape as shown in the figure, the slot (221 or 222) into which the positive electrode input terminal is inserted and the negative electrode input terminal. A third slot (223) into which a switching element (connecting element 283) for switching the output voltage is inserted is provided separately from the slots (224 and 225) into which the battery pack 200 is inserted. The output voltage from the pack 200 side is automatically switched. Therefore, the operator does not need to pay attention to the battery voltage switching work, and there is no possibility that the electric device main body side will be damaged due to a set voltage error. Further, when the battery pack 200 is removed, the three cell units 156 to 157 are in an open state (non-connected state), so that the optimum state can be obtained during storage and transportation. In the battery pack 200 of the second embodiment, the terminal group 232, the terminal group 234, and the connection element 283 that function as voltage switching elements, and the terminals 231 and 235, the terminal group 232, and the terminal group 234 that function as power supply terminals are provided. Since they are arranged at substantially the same height in the vertical direction, the size of the battery pack 200 in the vertical direction can be compactly configured.

The structure of the battery pack 200 using the second embodiment is not limited to the voltage switching type battery pack, but can be effectively applied not only to the voltage-fixed battery pack but also to the voltage-fixed battery pack. FIG. 15 shows the structure of such a battery pack. FIG. 15 is a diagram for explaining a circuit diagram of a battery pack 200A dedicated to 108V. Here, the structure is the same as that in which the terminal groups 232 and 234 of FIG. 14 (2) are removed, and the terminal insertion ports 222 and 224 (both see FIG. 11) formed at the insertion positions of the terminal groups 232 and 234 are closed. Will be done. The main body of the electric device for 108V uses a terminal portion 280 having a positive electrode input terminal 281, a negative electrode input terminal 282, and a connecting element 283. The structure of the terminal portion 280 is the same as the structure shown in FIG. 12, and the connecting element 283 has a conductive portion 283a on the front end side and a conductive portion 283c on the rear end side, and the conductive portions 283a and 283c are insulated from each other. It is electrically connected by the body 283b in a non-conductive state. Since the series connection state of the cell units 156 to 158 is established when the terminal unit 280 is connected by using the plurality of terminal groups in this way, when the battery pack 200A is not attached to the electric device and is removed. Since the three cell units 156 to 157 are disconnected from each other, the optimum state can be obtained during storage and transportation.

FIG. 15 (2) is a circuit diagram showing another modified example battery pack 200B. In (2), the connection element 283 of (1) is divided into two in the left-right direction, and is divided into a first connection terminal 285 and a second connection terminal 286. In line with this division, the terminals 233a to 233d are separately arranged in the horizontal direction. The first connection terminal 285 is a metal plate for short-circuiting the terminal 233a connected to the + terminal side of the cell unit 157 and the terminal 233b connected to the-terminal side of the cell unit 156. Similarly, the second connection terminal 286 is a metal plate for short-circuiting the terminal 233a connected to the + terminal side of the cell unit 157 and the terminal 233b connected to the-terminal side of the cell unit 156. Even in this modification, the same effect as in (1) can be obtained, and the installation space for the terminals 233a and 233b, 223c and 233d can be small, which is advantageous for mounting on an existing battery pack. In the modified example of FIG. 15 (2), if the terminal insertion ports are provided in six rows in the horizontal direction, the terminal groups 232 and 234 (see FIG. 13) for 36V output are arranged in the configuration of (2). It is possible to realize a battery pack with a shorter terminal length in the front-rear direction.

Next, a third embodiment of the present invention will be described with reference to FIGS. 16 to 20. The battery pack 300 of the third embodiment has in common that the output voltage of the battery pack can be switched between two stages, a low voltage side and a high voltage side, as compared with the first and second embodiments. However, in the third embodiment, the voltage ratio is switched by 2 times as in 18V and 36V, instead of switching the voltage ratio by 3 times as in 36V and 108V. FIG. 16 is a schematic perspective view showing the shapes of the battery pack 300 according to the third embodiment of the present invention and the terminal portions 370 and 380 mounted on the battery pack 300. There are two types of electrical equipment that can be attached to the battery pack 300: a rated 18V device having a terminal unit 370 and a rated 36V device having a terminal unit 380. The terminal unit 370 is formed with a positive electrode input terminal 371 and a negative electrode input terminal 372, which are a first power input terminal set (device-side power supply terminal). The terminal unit 380 is formed with a positive electrode input terminal 371, which is a second power input terminal set (device-side power supply terminal), and a device-side power supply terminal of the negative electrode input terminal 382. These terminal portions 370 and 380 are provided in the battery pack mounting portion on the main body side of the electric device. The positive electrode input terminals 371 and 381 and the negative electrode input terminals 372 and 382 are formed of a metal plate-shaped member, and the base portion for fixing them is formed of a non-conductive molded product such as synthetic resin.

The battery pack 300 illustrated here is a schematic view, and a plurality of slits 321 to 324 are formed from the step portion 312 between the lower surface 311 and the upper surface 315 to the rear side. The upper shape of the battery pack 300 including the slits 321 to 324 may be substantially the same as the shape of the battery pack 100 shown in FIG. 7, but the description of the raised portion, the latch portion, etc. is omitted here. There is. The terminal portion 370 for 18V has a narrow width in the left-right direction, and the terminal portion 380 for 36V has a wide width in the left-right direction. The distance between the positive electrode input terminal 371 and the negative electrode input terminal 372 is formed narrowly, and the distance between the positive electrode input terminal 381 and the negative electrode input terminal 382 is formed wide according to the difference in the width of these terminal portions 370 and 380, for low voltage. The area occupied by the terminal set (371, 372) is arranged so as to be included in the range occupied by the terminal set (381, 382) for high voltage. The positive electrode input terminal 371 and the negative electrode input terminal 372 are inserted into the slit 322 and the slit 323, respectively, and the positive electrode input terminal 381 and the negative electrode input terminal 382 are inserted into the slit 321 and the slit 324, respectively. The positions of these terminals and slits are appropriately guided by the rail groove formed in the battery pack mounting portion on the power tool body side and the rail portion (not shown here) formed in the battery pack 300. The rail. In this way, 18V and 36V products with two patterns of slits into which clips (positive electrode input terminals 371, 381 and negative electrode input terminals 372, 382) of the terminal portion on the main body side of the electric device are inserted, and the widths of the clips of the terminal portion are different. The output can be switched by installing. An operator can obtain an appropriate output voltage from the battery pack 300 by simply attaching the battery pack 300 to the main body of an electric device such as an electric tool for 18V or the main body of an electric device for 36V.

FIG. 17 shows a voltage switching mechanism (voltage switching element) 320 arranged inside the battery pack 300, particularly on the rear side of the step portion 312 (see FIG. 17) and near the positions of the slits 321 to 324 (terminal arrangement area). It is a figure which shows the component part of. The voltage switching mechanism 320 is a changeover switch means, and has two movable guide members 330 and 340 made of synthetic resin in which a metal terminal member is cast, and these are battery packs by an urging means such as a spring 348. They are urged to separate from each other in a direction intersecting the mounting direction of the 300 electric devices. Four contact terminals (351 to 354) are provided on the left and right sides of the movable guide members 330 and 340 and on the rear side near the center. The movable guide members 330 and 340 are formed with terminal mounting portions 331 and 341 for inserting the positive electrode input terminal 371 and the negative electrode input terminal 372. The figure on the left side of FIG. 17 (1) shows the positions of the movable guide members 330 and 340 when the battery pack 300 is not attached to the main body of the electric device. In this state, the positive electrode input terminal 371 and the negative electrode input terminal 372 are used. , Can be inserted as it is into the terminal mounting portions 331 and 341. On the other hand, the situation is different when the terminal portion 380 is attached as shown in the figure on the left side of FIG. 17 (2). When the battery pack 300 is relatively moved with respect to the positive electrode input terminal 381 and the negative electrode input terminal 382, which are the connection elements of the terminal portion 380, the positive electrode input terminal 381 comes into contact with the inclined portion 332 of the movable guide member 330, and the negative electrode input terminal 382. Contact the inclined portion 342 of the movable guide member 340. This is because the parallel surfaces 333 and 343 of the movable guide members 330 and 340 are stationary at a position wider than the distance between the positive electrode input terminal 381 and the negative electrode input terminal 382 due to the action of the spring 348.

When the terminal portion 380 is pushed in as shown by the arrow 349 while the positive electrode input terminal 381 is in contact with the inclined portion 332 and the negative electrode input terminal 382 is in contact with the inclined portion 342, that is, the positive electrode input terminal 381 and the negative electrode input terminal 382 are pressed. As they are inserted into the slits 321 and 324 (see FIG. 17), the movable guide members 330 and 340 move inward in the directions of arrows 336 and 346 (directions approaching each other) while compressing the spring 348. In the description in this embodiment, the meaning of the arrow 349 shown so that the terminal portion 380 is brought closer to the battery pack 300 only means that the distance from the battery pack 300 side is shortened, and the direction is set for convenience. It is only shown and includes both the case where the battery pack 300 side is moved to the fixed electric device main body side and the case where the electric device main body side is moved to the battery pack 300 side. In this embodiment, for ease of understanding, these relative movements are described as the terminal portion 380 moving to the battery pack 300 side as shown by the arrow 349, but the state after mounting is the same regardless of which side is moved. be.

When the terminal portion 380 is further inserted while the movable guide members 330 and 340 move in the direction of the arrows 336 and 346, the spring 348 is further compressed and the movable guide members 330 and 340 are further brought closer to each other. 381 enters between the parallel surface 333 on the outside (right side) of the movable guide member 330 and the first + terminal (first positive electrode terminal) 351. Similarly, the negative electrode input terminal 382 is parallel to the outside (left side) of the movable guide member 340. It enters between the surface 343 and the second terminal (second negative electrode terminal) 354. When the battery pack 300 is moved to a predetermined position in the direction of the arrow 349 in this inserted state, the installation of the battery pack 300 is completed. By moving the movable guide members 330 and 340, the positions of the intermediate terminals 335 and 345 also move at the same time, and their closest approach points change from the "non-contact" state to the "contact" state and become conductive. Further, the contact state between the movable guide members 330 and 340 and the terminals 351 to 354 changes, and as a result, a direct current rated at 36 V is output to the terminal portion 380.

FIG. 18 is a diagram for explaining a voltage switching mechanism 320 using the movable guide member 330, 340 and terminals 351 to 354. FIG. 1 (1) is a diagram showing an accommodation position of the voltage switching mechanism 320 in the battery pack 300. In FIG. 1 (1), the voltage switching mechanism 320 is on the rear side of the step portion 312 formed by the lower surface 311 and the upper surface 315 of the battery pack, and has a plurality of slits 321 to 324 (see FIG. 17). ) Is accommodated in a position that overlaps with the placement position. The movable guide members 330 and 340 are movable members that move in the left-right direction on the terminal board 360 (see FIG. 18 (3)), and the four contact terminals (351 to 354) are fixed to the terminal board 360 and do not move. It is a non-movable member.

FIG. 18 (2) is a developed view seen from the upper surface of the voltage switching mechanism 320, and is shown at a distance so that the configuration of each component can be understood. In FIG. 2 (2), the movable guide member 330 has a basic shape as if a quadrangular member and a triangular member are connected in a top view, and the basic shape portion is manufactured of a synthetic resin such as plastic. Metal intermediate terminals 335 are cast in the synthetic resin portion, and these are firmly fixed. The intermediate terminal 335 has two contacts 335c and 335d formed on the rear side, extends forward so as to extend between the terminal mounting portions 331, and is inside to contact the positive electrode input terminal 371 of the terminal portion 370. A contact 335a bent outward from the surface is formed, and the inner portion (on the left side of the movable guide member 330 in the figure) is in contact with the contact 345b of the intermediate terminal 345 on the other movable guide member 340 side. Child 335b is formed. The movable guide member 340 and the intermediate terminal 345 cast therein are formed symmetrically with the movable guide member 330 and the intermediate terminal 335. The intermediate terminal 345 has two contacts 345c and 345d formed on the rear side, extends forward so as to extend between the terminal mounting portions 341, and is inside to contact the negative electrode input terminal 372 of the terminal portion 370. A contactor 345a bent outward from the to the outside is formed, and a contactor 345b that comes into contact with the contactor 335b of the other intermediate terminal 335 is formed in the inner portion (on the right side of the movable guide member 340 in the figure). Will be done. The contacts 335a and 345a are a low voltage terminal set that outputs a low voltage and constitute a first power supply terminal. A spring 348 (not shown in FIG. 18 (2)) is cast between the movable guide members 330 and 340, and the movable guide members 330 and 340 are connected via an elastic body at the time of molding. The spring 348 is a metal compression coil spring.

Four terminals 351 to 354 are arranged on the rear side of the intermediate terminals 335 and 345. The second + terminal (second positive electrode terminal) 352 connected to the + terminal (positive electrode terminal) of the first cell unit and the-terminal (negative electrode terminal) of the first cell unit are arranged closer to the center in the left-right direction. 1st terminal (first negative electrode terminal) 353 connected to. The second + terminal 352 is formed with contacts 352a and 352b that are convexly bent forward and arranged side by side in the left-right direction, and the first terminal 353 is bent convexly forward and arranged side by side in the left-right direction. The contacts 353a and 353b arranged in the above are formed. The contactor 335c selectively contacts any of the contacts 352a and 352b, and the contactor 345c selectively contacts any of the contacts 353a and 353b.

The first + terminal (first positive electrode terminal) 351 is arranged on the right side of the intermediate terminal 335, and the second terminal (second negative electrode terminal) 354 is arranged on the left side of the intermediate terminal 345. The first + terminal 351 is a member bent in a substantially L shape when viewed from above, and one end located on the front side is outside to contact the positive electrode input terminal 381 (see FIG. 17) of the terminal portion 380. A contactor 351a that is bent inwardly from the surface is formed, and a contact that is bent forward to contact the contactor 335d of the intermediate terminal 335 at the other end located at the rear. Child 351b is formed. The second terminal 354 has a symmetrical shape with the contactor 351b, and one end located on the front side is bent convexly to contact the negative electrode input terminal 382 (see FIG. 17) of the terminal portion 380. The formed contactor 354a is formed, and at the other end located rearward, a contactor 354b bent in a convex shape to contact the contactor 345d of the intermediate terminal 345 is formed. The contacts 351a and 354a are a high voltage terminal set that outputs a high voltage and constitute a second power supply terminal.

FIG. 18 (3) is a cross-sectional view taken along the line CC of FIG. 18 (1). The upper side of the movable guide member 330 is covered with the upper case 310 of the battery pack 300, and the lower side is held by the terminal board 360 so as to be slidable in the left-right direction. A guide rail 361 is formed on the upper surface of the terminal board 360 so as to project upward in a convex shape and extend linearly in the left-right direction. Further, a guide rail 316 provided so as to extend linearly in the left-right direction is formed on the inner side wall of the upper surface 315 of the upper case 310. On the other hand, a guide groove portion 334a continuously formed in the left-right direction is formed on the upper side surface of the movable guide member 330, and a guide groove portion 334b continuously formed in the left-right direction is formed on the lower side surface. Please note that the guide groove portion 334a of the movable guide member 330 and the guide groove portion provided on the movable guide member 340 side are not shown in the drawings other than FIG. 18 (3).

In this way, the guide groove portion 334b is guided by the guide rail 361, and the guide groove portion 334a is guided by the guide rail 316, so that the movable guide member 330 can move in the direction intersecting the mounting direction of the battery pack 300. Similarly, on the movable guide member 340 side, a guide groove portion and a guide rail are formed, and by being guided by them, the movable guide member 340 slides smoothly in the direction (left-right direction) intersecting the mounting direction of the battery pack 300. It becomes movable and does not move in the same direction (front-back direction) as the mounting direction. Since the intermediate terminal 335 is fixed to the movable guide member 330, it is arranged so as to be substantially non-contact with the terminal board 360. In the second + terminal 352, the fixing pin portion 352c is fitted inside the terminal board 360, and the connecting pin is soldered through the terminal board 360. The pin portion 352c may be soldered without separating the pin portion 352c from the pin portion 352c.

As described above, according to the third embodiment, in the terminal arrangement area on the upper surface of the terminal board 360 where the power supply terminals (positive electrode terminal and negative electrode terminal) are arranged, the battery pack 300 can be moved in a direction intersecting the mounting direction. Since it is possible to switch between connecting a plurality of cell units in parallel or in series by a voltage switching element (330, 340) which is a plurality of movable guide members, the battery pack 300 which realizes an automatic voltage switching mechanism can be used. I was able to realize it. In this embodiment, the moving direction of the movable guide member 330 is orthogonal to the mounting direction of the battery pack 300, but the crossing angle is not necessarily limited to 90 degrees, and only a predetermined angle rather than 90 degrees. You may increase or decrease it and move it so that it intersects diagonally. As described above, in the third embodiment, the movable guide members 330 and 340 are arranged in the arrangement area of the terminals 351 to 354, 335 and 345 (the area where the slits 321 to 324 are arranged) in the mounting direction of the battery pack 300. Therefore, it is possible to switch the voltage without enlarging the battery pack.

Next, the connection state of the cell unit by the voltage switching mechanism 320 when connected to the main body of the electric device having a rating of 18V will be described with reference to FIG. FIG. 19 shows a state before (1) attaches the terminal portion 370 to the battery pack 300. FIG. 2 (2) shows the state after mounting, and shows the connection state from the four terminals 351 to 354 to the cell units 356 and 357 as a circuit diagram. The battery pack 300 houses two cell units 356 and 357. The cell units 356 and 357 are aggregates in which cells 161 of five lithium-ion batteries are connected in series, and the output thereof is rated at 18V. The + output (plus output) of the cell unit (first cell unit) 356 is wired to the first + terminal 351 by a lead wire, and the-output (minus output) is wired to the first terminal 353 by a lead wire. Similarly, the + output of the cell unit (second cell unit) 357 is wired to the second + terminal 352 by a lead wire, and the-output is wired to the second terminal 354 by a lead wire.

When the terminal portion 370 is not attached, the movable guide members 330 and 340 are urged by the spring 348 so as to separate from each other. In this state, the contact 335b and the contact 345b are separated from each other and are in a non-contact state. When the terminal portion 370 is mounted from the state of FIG. 19 (1), the positive electrode input terminal 371 of the terminal portion 370 is inserted into the terminal mounting portion 331 via the slit 322 (see FIG. 17) as shown in FIG. As a result, the contactor 335b and the positive electrode input terminal 371 come into contact with each other. Similarly, the negative electrode input terminal 372 is accommodated in the terminal mounting portion 341 via the slit 323 (see FIG. 17), and as a result, the contactor 345b and the negative electrode input terminal 372 come into contact with each other. However, since the movable guide members 330 and 340 do not move in the same direction as the arrow 349 or in the direction orthogonal to the arrow 349 (horizontal direction or vertical direction), the contact relationship between the intermediate terminals 335 and 345 and the four terminals 351 to 354 does not change. do not have. In this state, the contacts 335d and 351b are in contact, the contacts 335c and 352a are in contact, the contacts 345c and 353a are in contact, and the contacts 345d and 354b are in contact. As a result of the contact of these contacts, a connection path from the positive electrode input terminal 371 to the + output (plus output, positive electrode terminal) of the cell unit 356, 357 is established, and the negative output (-output) of the cell unit 356, 357 from the negative electrode input terminal 372 is established. A connection path to (negative output, negative electrode terminal) is established, the two cell units 356 and 357 are connected in parallel, and the output, that is, a direct current rated at 18V is output from the battery pack 300.

In FIG. 20, (1) shows the state before the terminal portion 380 is mounted on the battery pack 300, and (2) shows the state after mounting, from the four terminals 351 to 354 to the cell unit 356, 357. The connection state is shown in the circuit diagram. As shown in FIG. 20 (1), when the terminal portion 380 is not attached, the movable guide members 330 and 340 are urged by the spring 348 so as to separate from each other. In this state, the contact 335b and the contact 345b are separated from each other and are in a non-contact state. When the terminal portion 380 is mounted from the state of FIG. 1 (1), the positive electrode input terminal 381 contacts the inclined portion 332 through the slit 321 (see FIG. 17), but the terminal portion 380 is pushed in (or while still in contact). , The battery pack 300 is moved to the terminal portion 380 side) and the inclined portion 332 moves so as to escape to the inside of the positive electrode input terminal 381, so that the movable guide member 330 compresses the spring 348 in the direction of the arrow 336. Moving. Similarly, when the negative electrode input terminal 382 is pushed in while contacting the inclined portion 342 through the slit 324 (see FIG. 17), the inclined portion 342 moves so as to escape to the inside of the positive electrode input terminal 381, so that the movable guide The member 340 moves in the direction of the arrow 346 while compressing the spring 348. When the movable guide member 330 moves inward, the positive electrode input terminal 381 enters between the parallel surface 333 located on the side side of the inclined portion 332 and the first + terminal 351 and is in that state by the urging of the spring 348 (FIG. 20). It is held in the state shown in (2)), and the positive electrode input terminal 381 is in good contact with the contactor 351a of the first + terminal 351. Similarly, when the movable guide member 340 moves inward, the negative electrode input terminal 382 enters between the parallel surface 343 located on the side side of the inclined portion 342 and the second terminal 354, and the state (FIG. 2). ), The negative electrode input terminal 382 is in good contact with the contactor 354a of the second terminal 354.

When the movable guide members 330 and 340 move inward, the contact relationship of other contacts also changes. First, the contact 335b of the intermediate terminal 335 and the contact 345b of the intermediate terminal 345 come into contact with each other, so that the intermediate terminals 335 and 345 are in a conductive state. Further, the contact with the contact 335c of the intermediate terminal 335 is switched from the contact 352a as shown in FIG. 20 (1) to the contact 352b as shown in FIG. 20 (2), and the contact 335d of the intermediate terminal 335 is contacted. And the connection state with the contact 351b of the first + terminal 351 is canceled. Similarly, the contact with the contactor 345c of the intermediate terminal 345 is switched from the contactor 353a as shown in FIG. 1 (1) to the contactor 353b as shown in FIG. The connection state between the child 345d and the contactor 354b of the second terminal 354 is canceled. As a result of switching the contact state of these contacts, a connection path from the positive electrode input terminal 381 to the + output (plus output, positive electrode terminal) of the cell unit 356 is established, and the-output (minus output, negative electrode terminal) of the cell unit 356 is established. The connection path from the cell unit 357 to the + output is established, and the connection path from the cell unit 357-output to the negative electrode input terminal 382 is established. This connection is a series connection of two cell units 356 and 357, and a direct current rated at 36 V is output from the battery pack 300. Since the movable guide members 330 and 340 of the voltage switching mechanism 320 are urged by the spring 348, when the terminal portion 380 is removed from the state of FIG. 20 (2), the original state of the same figure (1) is obtained. Therefore, the series connection state of the cell units 356 and 357 is automatically canceled, and the process returns to the parallel connection state.

As described above, by realizing the voltage switching mechanism 320 using the movable guide members 330 and 340, the operator simply attaches the battery pack 300 to either the electric device main body having a rating of 18 V or the electric device main body having a rating of 36 V. The optimum output voltage can be obtained for the main body of the electric device just by doing so. The above-mentioned third embodiment can be realized in a battery pack that switches between other voltages, for example, 54V / 108V, as long as the voltage ratio is doubled. Further, a switching mechanism may be realized in which the switching voltage ratio is tripled by using three movable guide members. In the battery pack 300 of the third embodiment, the voltage switching mechanism 320 that functions as a voltage switching element, and the contacts 335a and 345a that function as power supply terminals are arranged at substantially the same height in the vertical direction. Therefore, the size of the battery pack 300 in the vertical direction can be compactly configured.

Next, a fourth embodiment of the present invention will be described with reference to FIGS. 21 and 22. FIG. 21 is a top view of the battery pack 600 according to the fourth embodiment. The external shape of the battery pack 600 is substantially the same as that of the battery pack 100 shown in FIG. 7, and the shape of the rail portion and the shapes of the lower surface 611 and the upper surface 615 are the same. A plurality of slot portions are provided on the upper surface 615, and the area where the slot portions are arranged becomes the terminal arrangement area. Here, in addition to the positive electrode terminal slot 621 and the negative electrode terminal slot 622, a series-parallel switching element slot 623, which is a third slot, is formed as the slot portion. The positive electrode terminal slot 621 is a slot for accommodating the positive electrode output terminal 661 (positive electrode terminal), and the negative electrode terminal slot 622 is a slot for accommodating the negative electrode output terminal 662 (negative electrode terminal). A series-parallel switching element slot 623 is arranged in a portion sandwiched between the positive electrode terminal slot 621 and the negative electrode terminal slot 622. Here, a slot that was vacant without any terminal being assigned in the conventional battery pack is assigned to the parallel / parallel switching element slot 623.

Inside the parallel / parallel switching element slot 623, a parallel connector pair 663 composed of two parallel connectors 663a and 663b and a series connector 664 are arranged from the inlet side (front side). The parallel connector 663a is a connection including a connector (conductor) connected to the + output (positive electrode) of the cell unit 356 and a connector (conductor) connected to the + output (positive electrode) of the cell unit 357. Consists of child pairs. Similarly, the parallel connector 663b includes a connector (conductor) connected to the-output (negative electrode) of the cell unit 356 and a connector (conductor) connected to the-output (negative electrode) of the cell unit 357. It is composed of a connector pair (conductor pair) consisting of. In other words, the parallel connectors 663a and 663b are composed of a pair of connectors connected to the same pole (+ output or-output) of each cell unit and arranged adjacent to each other. The parallel connectors 663a and 663b are each composed of conductor pairs separated in the left-right direction, and in a normal state, the conductor pairs are in contact with each other as shown in the figure. The series connector 664 is composed of conductor pairs separated in the left-right direction, and in a normal state, the left and right conductor pairs are separated from each other and are in a non-contact state as shown in the figure. The series connector 664 is a connection including a connector (conductor) connected to the + output (positive electrode) of the cell unit 356 and a connector (conductor) connected to the-output (negative electrode) of the cell unit 357. It is composed of child pairs (conductor pairs). In other words, the series connector 664 is composed of a pair of connectors connected to different poles (+ output and-output) of each cell unit and arranged adjacent to each other. It should be noted that the series connector 664 may have a positional relationship in which a distance is taken in the mounting direction of the battery pack 100 in order to increase the distance between the terminals of the separated conductor pairs.

The length of the positive electrode terminal slot 621, the negative electrode terminal slot 622, and other slots in the mounting direction is LS, whereas the length LS1 of the series-parallel switching element slot 623 in the mounting direction is formed to be about twice as long. Will be done. This is because, inside the slot 623 for the parallel / parallel switching element, three sets of conductor pairs of the parallel connectors 663a and 663b and the series connector 664 are arranged side by side in series in the mounting direction. Here, the positive electrode output terminal 661 and the negative electrode output terminal 662 (collectively referred to as power supply terminals) are arranged apart from each other in a direction intersecting the mounting direction, and a region in which these power supply terminals are arranged (specifically). In the mounting direction, the area from the step portion 612 to the length LS1 or LS2 (described later in FIG. 24), more specifically, the area of the length LS) is connected in series with the parallel connector pair 663 which is a voltage switching element. Child 664 is arranged. In other words, the voltage switching element is arranged in the area where the slot portion is provided.

FIG. 22 is a diagram showing a connection circuit of the cell unit when the battery pack 600 is connected to the electric device main body, and shows a state in which (1) is connected to the electric device main body for a low voltage (for example, 18 V). , (2) is a diagram showing a state in which (2) is connected to an electric device main body for a high voltage (for example, 36 V). The main body of the electric device for 18V has the same shape of the terminal portion 650 as the shape conventionally used. That is, it has a positive electrode input terminal 651 and a negative electrode input terminal 652. The terminal unit 650 may be provided with an input terminal (for example, an LD terminal) other than those shown in the figure, but here, only the part related to the characteristic configuration of the fourth embodiment will be described, and other input terminals will be described. The explanation of is omitted.

The lower circuit diagram of FIG. 22 (1) is a diagram showing a state in which the terminal portion 650 and the output terminal group of the battery pack 600 are connected by mounting the battery pack 600 on the main body of the electric device. Inside the battery pack 600, a cell unit 356, 357 in which five cells of a lithium ion battery are connected in series is configured. In the state of (1), the positive output terminal 661 and the negative electrode output terminal 662 are connected in a state where the + output and the-output of the cell unit 356 and 357 are connected in parallel. That is, the + terminal of the cell unit 357 in which the five cells are connected in series is connected to the positive electrode output terminal 661, and the-terminal is connected to the negative electrode output terminal 662 via the parallel connector 663b. On the other hand, the + terminal of the cell unit 356 in which the five cells are connected in series is connected to the positive electrode output terminal 661 via the parallel connector 663a, and the-terminal is connected to the negative electrode output terminal 662. Here, the series connector 664 that connects the-terminal of the cell unit 356 and the + terminal of the cell unit 357 has a plurality of contact terminals (terminals on the right side in the figure) for connecting a plurality of cell units 356 and 357 in series. And the terminal on the left side), and the left and right contact terminals are in the open state (non-conducting state) in the initial state (the state in which the battery pack 600 is removed).

The upper view of FIG. 22 (2) is a diagram showing the terminal shape of the terminal portion 680 of the main body of the electric device for 36V. Here, in addition to the positive electrode input terminal 681 and the negative electrode input terminal 682 having the same shape as conventionally used, the series-parallel switching terminal 683 is formed. The series-parallel switching terminal 683 is provided in the terminal arrangement area where the power supply terminals (positive electrode output terminal 661, negative electrode output terminal 662) are arranged in the mounting direction of the battery pack, and is a voltage switching element or connection element that switches between parallel connection and series connection. It becomes. The series-parallel switching terminal 683 is provided with two functions, and the tip side portion that first contacts the voltage switching element (parallel connector pair 663, series connector 664) when the battery pack 600 is mounted is conducted by a conductor. It is formed as a terminal 683b, and the rear end side portion is formed as a blocking terminal 683a due to a non-conductor. A base portion of the terminal portion 680 is formed by integrally molding a synthetic resin, and a metal plate-shaped positive electrode input terminal 681 and a negative electrode input terminal 682 are cast therein. The series-parallel switching terminal 683 includes a group of switching terminals, the cutoff terminal portion 683a is integrally molded with the terminal portion 680 from a non-conductive material, and a metal conduction terminal 683b is formed by casting molding at a part of the tip thereof. Here, the cutoff terminal 683a cuts off the continuity state of the parallel connector 663a by entering between the parallel connectors 663a and 663b which are in the contact state (conduction state) when the battery pack 600 is not attached, and the parallel connector 663b. The purpose is to cut off the continuity state of the battery. On the contrary, the conduction terminal 683b is short-circuited by entering between the series connectors (series connection elements) 664 which are in the non-contact state (blocking state) when the battery pack 600 is not attached, thereby conducting the series connector 664. The purpose is to establish a state. Therefore, the conduction terminal 683b may be a simple metal plate and does not need to be connected to a substrate or the like on the power tool main body side. In this way, the series-parallel switching terminal 683, which is a voltage switching element, is configured by arranging the switching terminals extending from each of a plurality of different cell units adjacent to each other.

The lower circuit diagram of FIG. 22 (2) is a diagram showing a state in which the terminal portion 680 and the output terminal group of the battery pack 600 are connected by mounting the battery pack 600 on the main body of the electric device. In the state of (2), a connection circuit to the positive electrode output terminal 661 and the negative electrode output terminal 662 is established with the + output of the cell unit 356 and the-output of the cell unit 357 connected. The + terminal of the cell unit 357 in which five cells are connected in series is connected to the positive electrode output terminal 661, and the-terminal is the cell unit 356 via the connection of the series connector 664 short-circuited by inserting the conduction terminal 683b. It is connected to the + terminal of. The-terminal of the cell unit 356 is connected to the negative electrode output terminal 662. Here, the parallel connectors 663a and 663b forming the parallel connector pair 663 are put into a non-conducting state because the cutoff terminal 683a is interposed between the two contacts, and thus the cell unit as shown in (1). While the parallel connection state of 356 and 357 is eliminated, the series connection state is established.

As described above, according to the fourth embodiment, the first slot 621 into which the positive electrode input terminal 681 is inserted and the negative electrode input terminal 682 are inserted by changing the shapes of the terminal portions 650 and 680 on the power tool main body side. In addition to the second slot 622, the output voltage of the battery pack 600 can be appropriately switched by using the third slot 623 in which the switching element (serial-parallel switching terminal 683) for switching the output voltage is inserted. became. Moreover, in the case of 18V output, which has been widely used in the past, the shape of the terminal portion 650 is the same as that of the conventional power tool. , Can be used in the same way by attaching it to the main body of electrical equipment. On the other hand, if the shape of the terminal portion 680 is configured as shown in FIG. 22 (2) in the electric tool main body or the electric equipment main body that requires a rating of 36 V, the battery pack 600 can be rated from the battery pack 600 simply by attaching the battery pack 600. A direct current of 36 V can be obtained. At this time, since there is no complicated switch mechanism, it was possible to realize a battery pack with automatic voltage switching with good durability while suppressing an increase in manufacturing cost. Further, the switching terminal group (663a, 663b, 664) which is a voltage switching element is placed in the third slot 623 in the region where the power supply terminals (positive electrode output terminal 661 and negative electrode output terminal 662) are arranged in the mounting direction. Because of the arrangement, the voltage could be easily switched by simply attaching the battery pack to the main body of the electric device. In particular, since the voltage switching element is arranged between the power supply terminals in the direction intersecting the mounting direction, it is possible to mount the existing electric device main body without increasing the size of the battery pack. In the fourth embodiment, since the voltage switching element and the power supply terminal are arranged at substantially the same height in the vertical direction, the size of the battery pack in the vertical direction can be compactly configured.

FIG. 23 is a diagram showing the shape of the battery pack cover 640 that is attached when the battery pack 600 is not attached to the main body of the electric device. The battery pack cover 640 is manufactured from a non-conductive material such as vinyl chloride resin or other plastic material, and covers the lower surface 611, the step portion 612, and the upper surface 615 of the battery pack 600. Can be attached. The battery pack cover 640 has a crank-shaped cross section when viewed from the side, in which the upper portion 643 which is the first flat portion and the lower portion 641 which is the second flat portion are connected by a vertical surface 642. Three vertical ribs 646 to 648 are formed so as to straddle the upper portion 643 of the battery pack cover 640 and the vertical surface 642. The vertical ribs 646 to 648 are formed at substantially the same position and size as the positive electrode input terminals 651 and 681, the negative electrode input terminals 652 and 682, and the series-parallel switching terminal 683, respectively. However, the thickness of the lower portion of the vertical ribs 646 to 648 on the tip side is formed to be slightly thinner so that the vertical ribs can be easily mounted. By attaching the battery pack cover 640 to the battery pack 600, the cell unit 356 and the cell unit 357 become completely electrically independent. For example, when the cell unit 356 and the cell unit 357 each have a power amount of 54Wh (= voltage 18V x capacity 3.0Ah), the cell unit 356 and the cell unit 357 are connected in parallel and the power amount is 108Wh without the battery pack cover 640. (= Voltage 18V x capacity 3.0Ah). Normally, if the amount of electric power exceeds 100 Wh in a lithium-ion battery pack, it is subject to transportation restrictions. However, by installing the battery pack cover 640, 54Wh batteries x 2 can be handled, which is not subject to transportation regulations and can be handled in the normal transportation mode, which can significantly reduce packaging materials and transportation costs. can.

An edge 644 extending in the thickness direction (vertical direction) and a rib 645 are integrally molded to increase the rigidity on the outer peripheral side of the battery pack cover 640 and in the vicinity of the center line in the longitudinal direction. When the vertical ribs 646 to 648 are attached to the battery pack cover 640, the vertical rib 646 is inserted into the positive electrode terminal slot 621 and fitted with the positive electrode input terminal 651, and the vertical rib 647 is inserted into the negative electrode terminal slot 622. The vertical rib 648 is inserted into the parallel / parallel switching element slot 623 and fitted to the parallel connectors 663a and 663b and the series connector 664. The battery pack cover 640 is held so as not to come off from the battery pack 600 by using the springiness of the positive electrode input terminal 651, the negative electrode input terminal 652, the parallel connectors 663a, 663b, and the like.

As described above, in the battery pack 600 shown in FIGS. 21 to 23, the parallel connector pair 663 consisting of two sets of parallel connectors 663a and 663b and the series connector 664 consisting of a set of open contacts are switched in series. They were arranged side by side in the mounting direction inside the element slot 623. Therefore, as shown in FIG. 21, the length LS1 of the parallel / parallel switching element slot 623 in the mounting direction is longer than the length LS of the other slots. If the area of the length LS1 of the slot 623 for the parallel / parallel switching element becomes long, there is a possibility that a space cannot be secured for mounting on the battery pack 600. In such a case, the series connector 664 and the parallel connectors 663a and 663b may not be arranged in one slot (slot 623 for the parallel / parallel switching element) but may be distributed in two slots. good. 24 and 25 are top views of the battery pack 600A showing its configuration (a modified example of the fourth embodiment).

FIG. 24 is a top view of the battery pack 600A according to the modified example of the fourth embodiment. Among the external shapes of the battery pack 600A, the first slot 623A and the second slot 624A for the direct / parallel switch are changed. Although a plurality of slot portions are provided on the upper surface 615, the slot portion for signal transmission used is changed to secure the second slot 624A for the parallel / parallel switch. In the first slot 623A, the parallel connector 673a is arranged on the side close to the opening on the lower surface 611 side (the entrance side in the mounting direction), and the series connector 674 is arranged on the back side, and these tangent pairs are connected in series. I tried to line up. On the other hand, in the second slot 624A, a parallel connector 673b is arranged in a back portion separated from the lower surface 611. The series connector 674 and the parallel connectors 673a and 673b are each composed of a pair of conductors separated in the left-right direction, and the parallel connectors 673a and 673b are the left and right conductors when the battery pack 600A is not attached. The body pairs are in contact with each other, and the series connector 674 is in a non-contact state with the left and right conductor pairs separated from each other. By arranging in this way, the length of the first slot 623A and the second slot 624A in the mounting direction can be set to LS2, so that the length of the parallel / parallel switching element slot 623 shown in FIG. 21 is LS1 minute. It is advantageous in terms of mounting because it can be configured shorter than the above. Further, on the opening side of the second slot 624A, a connector for signal connection, which is not shown, which is conventionally arranged, for example, a V terminal indicating the output of a battery can be arranged as it is, so that it is for 18V. It does not compromise compatibility when connecting power tools.

FIG. 25 is a diagram showing a connection circuit of a cell unit when the battery pack 600A according to a modified example of the fourth embodiment is connected to an electric device main body. It is a figure which shows the state which (1) is connected to the electric device main body for low voltage (for example, 18V), and (2) shows the state which is connected to the electric device main body for high voltage (for example, 36V). Compared with the configuration shown in FIG. 22, the shape of the terminal portion 650 of the electric device for low voltage (18V) is the same, but the shape of the terminal portion 680A of the electric device for high voltage (36V) is different. In the terminal unit 680 shown in FIG. 22, the series-parallel switching terminal 683 is configured by one, but in the modified example terminal unit 680A, the first series-parallel switching terminal 693 and the second series-parallel switching terminal are used as the series-parallel switching terminals. The terminals were divided into 694 and arranged. In the first series-parallel switching terminal 693, the front end side portion that first contacts the parallel connector 673b when the battery pack 600A is mounted is formed as a conductive terminal 693b by a conductor, and the rear end side portion is a cutoff terminal 693a by a non-conductor. Formed as. On the other hand, all of the second series-parallel switching terminals 694 are manufactured as non-conductor cutoff terminals. Here, the base portion of the terminal portion 680A is formed by integrally molding a synthetic resin, and a metal plate-shaped positive electrode input terminal 681 and a negative electrode input terminal 682 are cast therein. The cutoff terminal 693a of the first series-parallel switching terminal 693 and the second series-parallel switching terminal 694 may be made of synthetic resin integrally with the base portion.

The lower circuit diagram of FIG. 25 is a diagram showing a state in which the terminal portions 650 and 680A and the output terminal group of the battery pack 600A are connected by mounting the battery pack 600A on the main body of the electric device. In the state of (2), the + output of the cell unit 356 and the-output of the cell unit 357 are connected in series to the positive electrode output terminal 661 and the negative electrode output terminal 662. The + terminal of the cell unit 357 to which five cells are connected in series is connected to the positive electrode output terminal 661, and the-terminal is the + terminal of the cell unit 356 via the series connector 674 short-circuited by the insertion of the conduction terminal 693b. Connected to the terminal. The-terminal of the cell unit 356 is connected to the negative electrode output terminal 662. Here, the parallel connectors 673a and 673b forming the parallel connector pair 673 are placed in a non-conducting state because the cutoff terminal 693a and the second series-parallel switching terminal (cutoff terminal) 694 are interposed between the two contacts. , The parallel connection state between the cell units 356 and 357 as shown in (1) is eliminated. Here, the position seen in the mounting direction of the parallel connector 673a is provided adjacent to the series connector 674, and is not a position adjacent to the parallel connector 673b. This is so that a conventionally used signal transmission terminal can be arranged on the inlet side of the parallel connector 673a. The parallel connectors 673a and 673b may be arranged together on the first series-parallel switching terminal 693 side, and the series connector 674 may be arranged on the second series-parallel switching terminal 694 side. However, in the unlikely event that the first series-parallel switching terminal 693 is damaged and is separated from the terminal portion 680A and only the series connector 674 is connected due to the action of the second series-parallel switching terminal 694, there is a risk of a short circuit. It is advantageous to arrange it like this.

As described above, the advantage of the modification shown in FIGS. 24 and 25 is that the length of the first series-parallel switching terminal 693 in the longitudinal direction can be suppressed, and the length of the first slot 623A can also be suppressed in the same manner. Is. By casting a metal terminal on the root side of the second series-parallel switching terminal 694, it is possible to maintain the terminal for signal transmission from the conventional method. Further, since it is not necessary to modify the terminal portion 650 of the main body of the electric device for low voltage (18V) at all, the battery pack according to the present invention can be applied as it is to the main end of the conventional electric device. In the fourth embodiment, the example of a battery pack that outputs 18V and 36V with five cells as one cell unit for low voltage and high voltage has been described, but the output voltage can be set arbitrarily. If the potential difference is twice, it is possible to realize another combination, for example, a battery pack in which 15 cells are used as one cell unit to switch between 54V (low voltage side) and 108V (high voltage side).

Next, a fifth embodiment of the present invention will be described with reference to FIGS. 26 to 28. In the battery pack 700 of the fifth embodiment, 18V and 36V can be automatically switched according to the terminal shape on the power tool main body side as in the fifth embodiment. That is, when the battery pack 700 is attached to the main body of the electric tool or the main body of the electric device, the output voltage automatically switches to the output voltage corresponding to the rated voltage on the main body side. FIG. 26 is a perspective view showing the external shape of the battery pack 700. This shape is compatible with the conventional battery pack 15 for a rating of 18V (see FIG. 1). In the battery pack 700, a plurality of slot portions are formed in a stepped raised portion at the boundary between the lower surface 111 and the upper surface 115, and the inside of these slot portions serves as a terminal arrangement area and a plurality of output terminals and signal terminals are arranged. To. The slot portion is notched not only in the direction parallel to the mounting direction but also in the vertical direction so that the terminal on the power tool main body side can be inserted from the lower surface 111 side. Further, an opening 709 that is continuously opened in the lateral direction is formed in the rear portion of the lower surface 111, which is the lower side of the slot portion. Of the plurality of slots formed in the front region of the upper surface 115, the first slot 701 accommodates a terminal pair for transmitting the + output on the battery pack side, and the second slot 704 has the-output on the battery pack side. The terminal pair for transmitting the battery is accommodated, and the-output from one cell unit and the + output from the other cell unit are arranged adjacent to each other in a non-contact state in the third slot 707, and the battery pack 700 is accommodated. A series connection terminal pair, which is a switching element (connection element) for switching the output voltage of the above, is accommodated. In addition, the battery pack 700 has an LD terminal that outputs an over-discharge protection signal by a battery protection circuit (not shown) included in the battery pack 700, and battery temperature information by a temperature sensitive element (not shown) provided in contact with the cell. LS terminal for output, V terminal for inputting control signal from charging device, T terminal for outputting signal that is identification information of battery pack 700 to the main body of electric tool or charging device, + for charging Slots such as C + terminals serving as terminals are formed, and the terminals arranged in these slots play the same role as the conventional battery pack 15 (see FIG. 1).

FIG. 26 (2) is a circuit diagram inside the battery pack 700. Inside the battery pack 700, two sets of cell units 356 and 337 in which five cells of a lithium ion battery such as 14500 or 18650 are connected in series are housed. The + output of the cell unit 356 is connected to the positive electrode terminal 712, and the + output of the cell unit 357 is connected to the positive electrode terminal 713. The positive electrode terminals 712 and 713 that form a pair of parallel positive electrodes and other elements are fixed to the terminal board 711 adjacent to each other and fixed so as to be located in the slot 701. Similarly, the-output of the cell unit 357 is connected to the negative electrode terminal 715, and the-output of the cell unit 356 is connected to the negative electrode terminal 716. The negative electrode terminals 715 and 716 that form a pair of parallel negative electrode terminals are fixed to the terminal board 714 adjacent to each other and fixed so as to be located in the slot 704. In this embodiment, a series connection terminal 718 connected from the + output of the cell unit 357 and a series connection terminal 719 connected from the-output of the cell unit 356 are further arranged in the slot 707 as a series connection terminal pair. Will be done. The positive electrode terminals 712 and 713 and the negative electrode terminals 715 and 716 are adjacent to each other and separated from each other so as to extend from each of the different cell units 356 and 357, so that the cell units 356 and 357 are connected in parallel and in series. Functions as a voltage switching element that switches between.

When the battery pack 700 is not attached to the power tool body or the charger, the positive electrode terminals 712 and 713 are in a non-contact state, and the negative electrode terminals 715 and 716 are in a non-contact state as shown in the circuit diagram of FIG. 26 (2). It is in a non-contact state, and the series connection terminals 718 and 719 are in a non-contact state. The series connection terminals 718 and 719 are used in pairs and are fixed to the terminal board 717 adjacent to each other. The terminal boards 711, 714, and 717 may be integrated boards or may be used in combination with a protection circuit board provided with a battery protection circuit. The positive electrode terminals 712, 713, the negative electrode terminals 715, 716, and the series connection terminals 718, 719 form a switching terminal group, and the positive electrode terminals 712, 713 form a positive electrode terminal pair or a parallel positive electrode terminal group (parallel terminal group). The negative electrode terminals 715 and 716 form a negative electrode terminal pair or a parallel negative electrode terminal group, and the series connection terminals 718 and 719 form a series connection terminal group (series terminal group).

FIG. 27 is a diagram showing a state in which the battery pack 700 is connected to a conventional power tool having a rating of 18 V, and FIG. 27 is a circuit diagram at the time of connection. Here, the positive electrode input terminals 721 on the power tool body side come into contact with the positive electrode terminals 712 and 713, and the negative electrode input terminals 722 come into contact with the negative electrode terminals 715 and 716, whereby a parallel connection circuit for the cell units 356 and 357 is formed. .. (3) is a side view of the positive electrode terminals 712 and 713, and the shape of the positive electrode input terminal 721 of the terminal portion 720 on the power tool side for the rated 18V mounted on the positive electrode terminals 712 and 713, and (2) is the upper surface of the positive electrode terminals 712 and 713. It is a figure. Here, the positive electrode input terminal 721 of the terminal portion 720 has the same shape as a conventional power tool, and is a metal plate having a height H. The region of the positive electrode terminals 712 and 713 in contact with the positive electrode input terminal 721 is formed by an elongated plate-shaped member having a height of H / 2 or less in the vertical direction. The positive electrode terminal 712 extends upward from the terminal board 711 on the side away from the positive electrode input terminal 721 (the side opposite to the slot opening), and extends to the positive electrode input terminal 721 side (slot opening) on the upper side of the positive electrode terminal 713. It is postponed toward. On the other hand, the positive electrode terminal 713 has a shape in which the upper portion of the conventional positive electrode terminal is cut off to make the height shorter, and the positive electrode terminals 712 and 713 are provided apart from each other so as not to come into contact with each other. The positive electrode input terminal 721 is formed of a metal plate cast into a terminal portion 720 made of synthetic resin on the main body side of the power tool.

The positive electrode terminal 712 has a shape in which a flat plate is bent into a U shape, the opening end is folded, and the folded portions come into contact with each other to close the opening end. Similarly, the positive electrode terminal 713 also has a shape in which the flat plate is bent into a U shape, the opening ends are folded, and the folded portions come into contact with each other to close the opening end. The positive electrode terminal 713 is configured so that its front-rear length is shortened to nearly half of that of the positive electrode terminal 712, but the shape of the front side portion L in the top view is the same as that of the positive electrode terminal 712. In this way, a plurality of positive electrode terminals are arranged adjacent to each other in the first slot 701 to form a positive electrode terminal group. When the battery pack 700 is attached to the battery pack mounting portion of the power tool body, the positive electrode input terminal 721 is fitted and press-fitted so as to push open the open ends of the positive electrode terminals 712 and 713, and the positive electrode input terminal 721 is inserted. A part of the upper region of the above is in contact with the positive electrode terminal 712, and a part of the lower region is in contact with the positive electrode terminal 713. As a result, the positive electrode input terminals 721 short-circuit the positive electrode terminals 712 and 713. The terminal structure shown in FIGS. 27 (2) and 27 (3) has the same shape in the negative electrode terminals 715 and 716. That is, the negative electrode terminal 715 has the same shape as the positive electrode terminal 712, the negative electrode terminal 716 has the same shape as the positive electrode terminal 713, and the negative electrode input terminal 722 has the same shape as the positive electrode input terminal 721. A plurality of negative electrode terminals are arranged adjacent to each other in the second slot 704 to form a negative electrode terminal group. Therefore, by mounting the battery pack 700 on the terminal portion 720 on the power tool main body side, the positive electrode terminal pair and the negative electrode terminal pair are connected to the positive electrode input terminal 721 and the negative electrode input terminal 722, respectively, and the cell units 356 and 357 are connected. It will be connected in parallel, and its rated output will be 18V.

27 (4) is a front view showing the shape of the terminal portion 720 on the power tool main body side, and FIG. 27 (5) is a perspective view of the terminal portion 720. The terminal portion 720 is manufactured by integrally molding a non-conductive material such as synthetic resin, and is strengthened by casting three metal terminals, that is, a positive electrode input terminal 721, a negative electrode input terminal 722, and an LD terminal 723. Is fixed to. As can be seen from (5), the LD terminal 723 is configured to be larger than the positive electrode input terminal 721 and the negative electrode input terminal 722, in order to stably hold the mounted battery pack 700. The terminal portion 720 is formed not only with a vertical surface 720b which is an abutting surface in the mounting direction but also with a horizontal plane (upper surface when viewed from terminals 721 to 723) 720a, and the horizontal plane 720a faces the upper surface 115 when the battery pack 700 is mounted. It becomes a sliding surface.

FIG. 28 is a diagram showing a state in which the battery pack 700 is connected to a new power tool main body having a rating of 36 V, and FIG. 28 is a circuit diagram at the time of connection. Here, the positive electrode input terminal 731 on the power tool main body side having a rating of 36 V contacts only the positive electrode terminal 712 and does not contact the positive electrode terminal 713. Similarly, the negative electrode input terminal 732 also contacts only the negative electrode terminal 715 and does not contact the negative electrode terminal 716. On the other hand, a metal conduction terminal (short circuit) 734 additionally provided in the terminal portion 730 is inserted between the series connection terminals 718 and 719, so that the series connection is arranged in a non-contact state. The terminals 718 and 719 will be short-circuited. As a result of connecting the series connection terminals 718 and 719 using the short-circuit element in this way, the-output of the cell unit 356 and the + output of the cell unit 357 are connected, as can be understood from the circuit diagram of FIG. The series outputs of the cell units 356 and 357 are connected to the positive electrode input terminal 731 and the negative electrode input terminal 732. In FIGS. (2) and (3), the terminal shape on the battery pack 700 side, that is, the shapes of the positive electrode terminals 712 and 713 and the shapes of the negative electrode terminals 715 and 716 of the same type are not changed from the terminal shapes shown in FIG. 27. do not have. However, the terminal shape of the terminal portion 730 was devised. On the right side of (3), of the positive electrode input terminal 731 of the terminal portion 730, the metal portion is exposed in the portion corresponding to the positive electrode terminal 712, but can the portion corresponding to the positive electrode terminal 713 be replaced with an insulating terminal material? , Or a plate-shaped insulating terminal 735 is formed by covering a part of the positive electrode terminal 713 with an insulating material. As a result, the positive electrode input terminal 731 conducts only to the positive electrode terminal 712, but does not conduct to the positive electrode terminal 713. Therefore, the + output of the cell unit 356 is connected to the positive electrode input terminal 731 on the power tool main body side, and the cell unit 357. The + output of is not connected (in FIG. 28 (1), it is shown by a dotted line because it is not connected). As shown in FIGS. (4) and (5), the negative electrode input terminal 732 on the main body side of the electric tool has exactly the same terminal shape as the positive electrode input terminal 731, and an insulated terminal 736 is provided on the lower portion of the negative electrode input terminal 732. When the terminal portion 730 is mounted on the battery pack 700, the negative electrode input terminal 732 and the negative electrode terminal 716 do not conduct with each other. Therefore, the-output of the cell unit 357 is connected to the negative electrode input terminal 732 on the power tool main body side, but the-output of the cell unit 356 is not connected.

FIG. 28 (4) is a front view showing the shape of the terminal portion 730 on the power tool main body side, and FIG. 28 (5) is a perspective view of the terminal portion 730. In the terminal portion 730, the positive electrode input terminal 731 and the negative electrode input terminal 732 are in the vertical direction so as to be in contact with only the positive electrode terminal 712 and the negative electrode terminal 715 arranged on the upper side, respectively, as compared with the terminal portion 720 shown in FIG. It is characterized by being formed narrow in width. Further, an insulating terminal 735 made of synthetic resin is formed in a portion below the positive electrode input terminal 731, and a cutoff terminal 736 made of synthetic resin is formed in a portion below the negative electrode input terminal 732. The insulating terminals 735 and 736 can be integrally molded with the terminal portion 730, respectively, and the rear end side is connected to the vertical surface 730b. Here, by configuring the plate-shaped insulated terminals 735 and 736 to be thicker than the positive electrode input terminal 731 and the negative electrode input terminal 732, the metal is formed when the synthetic resin portion of the terminal portion 730 including the insulated terminals 735 and 736 is molded. By casting the lower half of the positive electrode input terminal 731 and the negative electrode input terminal 732 made of the above-made material into synthetic resin, an insulating state can be obtained.

A conduction terminal 734 is further added to the terminal portion 730. The position where the conduction terminal 734 is provided is arbitrary, but here, the series connection terminals 718 and 719 are provided by utilizing the empty slot portion (slot 707 in FIG. 26) which is not used in the conventional battery pack for 18V. Due to the relationship, the conduction terminal 734 is located next to the positive electrode input terminal 731. The conduction terminal 734 is a metal plate material, and a part of the positive electrode input terminal 731, the negative electrode input terminal 732, and the LD terminal 733 has wiring connection portions 731a, 732a, and 733a for wiring in the main body of the electric device. On the other hand, the conduction terminal 734 does not require a wiring connection. This is because the conduction terminal 734 is used only for short-circuiting the series connection terminals 718 and 719. It should be noted that the signal transmission may be configured using the conduction terminal 734, and in that case, a wiring connection portion may be formed. The wiring connection portions 731a, 732a, and 733a are arranged so as to be offset inward from the positions of the positive electrode input terminal 731, the negative electrode input terminal 732, and the LD terminal 733 when viewed in the figure of FIG. 28 (4). This is because the metal plate forming the positive electrode input terminal 731, the negative electrode input terminal 732, and the LD terminal 733 is bent into a crank shape so as to have a step, and the bent portion is cast by a synthetic resin.

In the fifth embodiment, the output voltage from the battery pack 700 is obtained only by changing the shape of the terminal portion on the power tool main body side to the shape of FIG. 27 (terminal portion 720) or the shape of FIG. 28 (terminal portion 730). It can be easily changed from 18V to 36V. Moreover, since a movable member such as a switch means is not used in the battery pack 700, a battery pack having a simple structure and high durability can be realized. Further, the positive electrode terminals 712, 713, the negative electrode terminals 715, 716, and the series connection terminals 718, 719 can be mounted in the existing slot portion of the 18V battery pack, so that the size is compatible with the conventional one and the voltage can be switched. A battery pack can be realized. The structure of the fifth embodiment has been described above with reference to FIGS. 27 and 28, but these structures, particularly the terminal shape, can be variously modified. In the fifth embodiment, since the voltage switching element and the power supply terminal are arranged at substantially the same height in the vertical direction, the size of the battery pack in the vertical direction can be compactly configured.

FIG. 29 is a diagram showing a modification 1 in which only the terminal portion of the power tool main body for 36V is changed. In FIG. 29, only the shape of the terminal portion 750 is different, and the configuration is such that the cutoff terminal as shown in FIG. 28 is not provided under the positive electrode input terminal 751 so that nothing comes into contact with the positive electrode terminal 713 when the battery pack is attached. .. As can be seen from FIGS. (3) and (4), a cutoff terminal is not provided on the lower side of the negative electrode input terminal 752. The shapes of the conduction terminal 754 and the LD terminal 753 are the same as those in FIG. 28. Even with the terminal unit 750 as described above, the same effect as in FIG. 28 can be obtained.

FIG. 30 is a diagram showing a modification 2 in which only the terminal portion of the power tool for 36V is changed. The basic configuration is the same as in FIG. 29, and the positive electrode terminals 712 and 713 are arranged side by side so as not to come into contact with each other in the direction intersecting the insertion direction of the battery pack 700, here in the vertical direction. The terminal portion 770 for 36V is formed with a positive electrode input terminal 771 having a vertical width suitable for contacting only the positive electrode terminal 712, and is horizontal so as to contact the lower edge portion of the positive electrode input terminal 771. An insulating plate 775 extending in the direction is formed. The insulating plate 775 enters between the positive electrode terminal 712 and the vertical gap 777 of the positive electrode terminal 713 when the battery pack 700 is attached, and short-circuits the positive electrode terminal 712 and the positive electrode terminal 713 due to the intervention of dust or foreign matter when the electric tool is operated. It has the effect of almost completely preventing the risk of the above, and keeps the insulation state of the positive electrode terminal 712 and the positive electrode terminal 713 good. The shape of the negative electrode input terminal 772 is also formed exactly the same as that of the positive electrode input terminal 771, and as shown in (3), the negative electrode input terminal 772 has a predetermined width in the horizontal direction when viewed in the direction parallel to the insertion direction of the battery pack. An insulating plate 776 is formed. There is no change in the shapes of the conduction terminal 774 and the LD terminal 773. As seen in the figure of (4), the insulating plates 775 and 767 below the positive electrode input terminal 771 and the negative electrode input terminal 772 are connected to the vertical surface 770b of the terminal portion 770. The width of the insulating plates 775 and 767 in the left-right direction is preferably set so as to extend to the vicinity of the boundary with the adjacent slot, but may be smaller than that. Here, the insulating plates 775 and 776 portions can be manufactured integrally with the terminal portion 730, and in this case, the positive electrode input terminal 771 and the negative electrode input terminal 772 are fixed by casting molding.

FIG. 31 is a diagram showing a modified example 3 in which both the terminal shape on the battery pack side for 36V and the terminal portion 790 on the power tool main body side are changed. The positive electrode terminals 782 and 783 are arranged on the terminal board 781 so as to be arranged in the same direction as the insertion direction of the battery pack 700 and to maintain a non-contact state. The upper portions 782a and 783a of the positive electrode terminals 782 and 783 are arranged separately in the mounting direction as shown in the upper view of (1), and the positive electrode input terminal 721 to be inserted penetrates from the inlet side 787a to the outlet side 787b. It is shaped so that it can be made. The lower portions 782b and 783b of the positive electrode terminals 782 and 783 can be easily manufactured by pressing a single metal plate by forming them into a U-shape in which the left and right sides are connected.

The shapes of the positive electrode terminal pair (782, 783) and the positive electrode input terminal 721 and the negative electrode input terminal 722 inserted into the negative electrode terminal pair having the same shape are shown in FIGS. 31 (2) and (3) in the power tool rated at 18 V. As shown in FIG. 27, there is no need to change from the shape shown in FIG. On the other hand, with a power tool rated at 36 V, it is necessary to change the shape of the terminal portion 790. The terminal portion 790 is arranged so that the insulating plate 795 and the positive electrode input terminal 791 are lined up in the insertion direction of the battery pack. That is, the exposed area of the positive electrode input terminal 791 is reduced to about half that of the positive electrode input terminal 721 as compared with the terminal portion 720 for the rated 18V, so that the positive electrode input terminal 791 contacts only the positive electrode terminal 782 at the time of 36V output. It was configured so as not to conduct to the positive electrode terminal 783. The configuration on the negative electrode input terminal 792 side is the same as that on the positive electrode input terminal 791 side, and as shown in (4) and (5), an insulating plate 796 is formed adjacent to the negative electrode input terminal 792. The insulating plates 795 and 796 can be integrally manufactured by injection molding of synthetic resin together with the base portion of the terminal portion 790. As described above, even in the modified example 3, a voltage switching type battery pack compatible with the conventional 18V device could be realized.

FIG. 32 is a diagram showing a modified example 4 in which only the terminal portion 800 of the power tool for 36V is modified. In this embodiment, the shape is such that the insulating plate 795 of the example shown in FIG. 31 is removed. The length of the positive electrode input terminal 801 in the mounting direction is set to be slightly shorter than half of the positive electrode input terminal 721 for 18V (see FIG. 27). Similarly, the length of the negative electrode input terminal 802 in the mounting direction is set to be slightly shorter than half of the negative electrode input terminal 722 for 18V. The shape of the terminal portion 800 is the same as the terminal for 18V except that there is a conduction terminal 804 when viewed from the rear as shown in FIG. 32 (3), but the positive electrode input terminal 801 and the negative electrode input terminal 802 are other terminals. It will be clear from the perspective view of FIG. 4 (4) that it is shorter in the front-rear direction than (803, 804).

FIG. 33 is a diagram showing a modified example 5 in which the shapes of the positive electrode terminal pair and the negative electrode terminal pair on the battery pack side are changed. The positive electrode terminals 812 and 813 have a shape in which only one side of the positive electrode terminals 712 and 713 shown in FIG. 27 is removed, and the positive electrode terminal 812 forms only the right half and the positive electrode terminal 813 forms only the left half. Shape. Since they are separated in the vertical direction when viewed from the side as in (2), there is no possibility that the positive electrode terminals 812 and 813 come into contact with each other when the positive electrode input terminals 721 or 731 are not inserted. Although not shown here, the shape of the negative electrode terminal side and the shape of the series connection terminal pair can be similarly configured. The 18V terminal portion 720 mounted on this terminal has the same shape as shown in FIG. 27, and the shape of the 36V terminal portion 730 has the same shape as shown in FIG. 28. In the modification 5, the weight of the positive electrode terminal, the negative electrode terminal, and the series connection terminal pair can be reduced, and the weight of the battery pack can be reduced.

FIG. 34 is a diagram showing a modification 6 in which only the terminal portion 750 for 36V is changed from the modification 5 of FIG. 33. The shape of the terminal portion 750 is the same as the shape shown in FIG. 29, and the widths of the positive electrode input terminal 751 and the negative electrode input terminal 752 in the vertical direction are narrowed. By forming in this way, when the terminal portion 750 for 36V is brought into contact, the series output of the cell units 356 and 357 can be obtained from the battery pack.

FIG. 35 is a diagram showing a modification 7 in which only the terminal portion 770 for 36V is changed from the modification 5 of FIG. 33. The shape of the terminal portion 770 is the same as the shape shown in FIG. 30, and the width of the positive electrode input terminal 771 in the vertical direction is narrowed and the terminal portion 770 is in the horizontal direction so as to be in contact with the lower edge portion of the positive electrode input terminal 771. The insulating plate 775 extending to the surface is formed. The configuration on the negative electrode input terminal 772 side is also the same as the structure shown in FIG.

As described above, in the fifth embodiment, in the battery pack capable of switching the output voltage, two cells are provided with a positive electrode terminal pair and a negative electrode terminal pair divided into a plurality of cells without relying on a switching mechanism having a plurality of movable members. Since a series connection terminal pair is provided to connect the units 356 and 357 in series, a battery pack that can easily switch the voltage simply by selecting the shape of the terminal part of the electrical equipment body for 18V or 36V. realizable. In addition, since it is not necessary to mount a complicated switch mechanism in the battery pack, the number of parts can be reduced, the assembling property can be improved, and the battery pack can be miniaturized while maintaining compatibility.

Various changes can be made in the above-mentioned Examples 1 to 5. In the above-mentioned embodiment, the voltage switching between 18V and 36V is supported, but other voltage ratios may be used. Further, the method of joining the upper kale and the lower case is not limited to a structure in which the upper kale and the lower case are fixed by a swing type using a latch, and other known fixing methods may be used. The cell pack is not limited to the configuration in which the cell pack is inverted in the vertical direction with respect to the lower case, and a configuration in which the cell pack is inverted in the horizontal direction (front-back direction) may be used.

FIG. 36 is a diagram for explaining a state in which the battery pack according to the sixth embodiment is attached to the power tool. An electric tool, which is a form of an electric device, has a battery pack and drives an advanced tool or a work device by using a rotational driving force of a motor. Although various types of power tools have been realized, the power tool bodies 1001 and 1030 shown in FIG. 36 are all called impact tools. The power tool bodies 1001 and 1030 are tools that perform tightening work by applying a rotational force or a striking force in the axial direction to a tip tool such as a bit or a socket wrench (not shown). These power tool main bodies 1001 and 1030 are provided with housings 1002 and 1032 which are outer frames forming an outer shape, and handle portions 1003 and 1033 are formed in the housing 1002. Trigger-shaped operation switches 1004 and 1034 are provided in the vicinity of the handle portions 1003 and 1033 where the index finger touches when grasped by the operator, and the battery pack 1015 is provided below the handle portions 1003 and 1033. Battery pack mounting portions 1010 and 1040 for mounting the 1100 are formed.

The power tool main body 1001 is a conventional electric device using a battery pack 1015 having a rated voltage of 18 V. The battery pack 1015 is a conventional battery pack, and can be mounted on the battery pack mounting portion 1010 of an electric device (power tool body 1001) compatible with 18V as shown by the combination of arrows a. Inside the battery pack 1015, only one set of cell units formed by connecting five cells of a lithium ion battery rated at 3.6 V in series is housed, or two sets of such cell units are housed in each other. Connected in parallel. The voltage of 18V is sometimes referred to as a low voltage here in the sense that it is a relatively low voltage. Similarly, the electric tool main body 1001 or the electric equipment main body having a rated voltage of 18 V may be referred to as a low voltage electric tool main body or a low voltage electric equipment main body, respectively. Similarly, a battery pack 1015 with a nominal voltage of 18 V may be referred to as a low voltage battery pack.

The electric tool main body 1030 is an electric device main body having a rated voltage of 36 V, and a battery pack 1100 capable of outputting 36 V is mounted on the battery pack mounting portion 1040 as shown by an arrow b1. The voltage 36V is sometimes referred to as a high voltage here in the sense that it is a relatively high voltage. Similarly, the electric tool main body 1030 or the electric equipment main body having a rated voltage of 36 V may be referred to as a high voltage electric tool main body or a high voltage electric equipment main body, respectively. Inside the battery pack 1100, two sets of cell units in which five 3.6V lithium-ion battery cells are connected in series are housed, and by changing the connection method of the two sets of cell units, the output is 18V and 36V. Enabled to switch between both. In the sixth embodiment, the battery pack 1100 is configured to support two voltages to enable low voltage and high voltage outputs, so that the battery pack 1100 becomes a power tool body 1001 compatible with 18 V as shown by the arrow b2. It can also be attached to the power tool body 1030 compatible with 36V as shown by arrow b2. As described above, the battery pack 1100 capable of outputting low voltage and high voltage may be referred to as a variable voltage battery pack here. In order to mount the battery pack 1100 on the power tool bodies 1001 and 1030 having different voltages as shown by the arrows b1 and b2, the shapes of the rails and terminals of the battery pack mounting portions 1010 and 1040 must be substantially the same. It is important to be able to switch the output voltage of the battery pack 1100. At this time, it is important to ensure that the output voltage of the battery pack 1100 corresponds to the rated voltage of the electric device main body or the electric tool main body to be mounted so that a voltage setting error does not occur.

FIG. 37 is a perspective view showing the shape of the battery pack mounting portion 1010 of the power tool main body 1001. The power tool main body 1001 shown here is an impact driver, and a handle portion extending downward from the body portion of the housing 1002 is provided, and a battery pack mounting portion 1010 is formed on the lower side of the handle portion. A trigger switch 1004 is provided on the handle portion. An anvil (not shown), which is an output shaft, is provided on the front side of the housing 1002, and a tip tool holding portion 1008 for mounting the tip tool 1009 is provided at the tip of the anvil. Here, a Phillips screwdriver bit is attached as the tip tool 1009. Not limited to electric tools, in all electric devices using a battery pack, a battery pack mounting portion 1010 corresponding to the shape of the battery pack to be mounted is formed, and a battery pack that does not fit the battery pack mounting portion 1010 is mounted. Configure so that it cannot be done. In the battery pack mounting portion 1010, rail grooves 1011a and 1011b extending in parallel in the front-rear direction are formed on the inner wall portions on both the left and right sides, and the terminal portion 1020 is provided between them. The terminal portion 1020 is manufactured by integrally molding a non-conductor material such as synthetic resin, and a plurality of metal terminals such as a positive electrode input terminal 1022, a negative electrode input terminal 1027, and an LD terminal (abnormal signal terminal) 1028 are cast therein. Is done. The terminal portion 1020 is formed with a vertical surface 1020a and a horizontal plane 1020b which are abutting surfaces in the mounting direction (front-back direction), and the horizontal plane 1020b is adjacent to the upper surface 1115 (described later in FIG. 38) when the battery pack 1100 is mounted. , It becomes the opposite surface. A curved portion 1012 that abuts on the raised portion 1132 (described later in FIG. 38) of the battery pack 1100 is formed on the front side of the horizontal plane 1020b, and a protruding portion 1014 is formed near the center of the left and right sides of the curved portion 1012. The protrusion 1014 also serves as a boss for screwing the housing of the power tool body 1001 formed in two in the left-right direction, and also serves as a stopper that limits the relative movement of the battery pack 1100 in the mounting direction.

FIG. 38 is a perspective view of the battery pack 1100 according to the sixth embodiment of the present invention. The battery pack 1100 can be attached to and detached from the battery pack mounting portions 1010 and 1040 (see FIG. 36), and has a low voltage (here, 18V) depending on the shape of the terminal on the power tool body 1001 or 1030 side. The output of high voltage (36V in this case) is automatically switched. The shape of the mounting portion of the battery pack 1100 is the same as that of the conventional battery pack 1015 in order to have compatibility with the conventional battery pack 1015 for a rating of 18V (see FIG. 36). The housing of the battery pack 1100 is formed by a lower case 1101 and an upper case 1110 that can be divided in the vertical direction. The lower case 1101 and the upper case 1110 are made of a member that does not conduct electricity, for example, synthetic resin, and are fixed to each other by four screws. The upper case 1110 is formed with a mounting mechanism in which two rails 1138a and 1138b are formed for mounting on the battery pack mounting portion 1010. The rails 1138a and 1138b are formed so as to extend in a direction parallel to the mounting direction of the battery pack 1100 and to project to the left and right side surfaces of the upper case 1110. The front end of the rails 1138a and 1138b is an open end, and the rear end is a closed end connected to the front side wall surface of the raised portion 1132. The rails 1138a and 1138b are formed in a shape corresponding to the rail grooves 1011a and 1011b (see FIG. 37) formed in the battery pack mounting portion 1010 of the power tool main body 1001, and the rails 1138a and 1138b fit into the rail grooves 1011a and 1011b. In the fitted state, the battery pack 1100 is fixed to the power tool main body 1030 by locking with the locking portion 1142a (the locking portion on the right side, which cannot be seen in FIG. 38), which is the claw of the latch, and 1142b. When removing the battery pack 1100 from the power tool body 1001, by pushing the latches 1141 on both the left and right sides, the locking portions 1142a and 1142b move inward and the locked state is released. Therefore, the battery pack 1100 is released in that state. Move the 1100 to the opposite side of the mounting direction.

A flat lower surface 1111 is formed on the front side of the upper case 1110, and an upper surface 1115 formed higher than the lower surface 1111 is formed near the center. The lower surface 1111 and the upper surface 1115 are formed in a stepped shape, and the connecting portion thereof is a stepped portion 1114 which is a vertical surface. The front side portion from the step portion 1114 to the upper step surface 1115 becomes the slot group arrangement area 1120. In the slot group arrangement area 1120, a plurality of slots 1121 to 1128 extending rearward from the front step portion 1114 are formed. The slots 1121 to 1128 are notched portions so as to have a predetermined length in the battery pack mounting direction, and the inside of the notched portion serves as a terminal arrangement area, and the power tool main body 1001, 1030 or the outside A plurality of connection terminals (described later in FIG. 39) that can be fitted to the device-side terminals of the charging device (not shown) are arranged. The slots 1121 to 1128 are notched not only on the upper surface parallel to the mounting direction but also on the vertical surface so that the terminal on the power tool main body side can be inserted from the lower surface 1111 side. Further, an opening 1113 which is continuously opened in the lateral direction is formed between the slots 1121 to 1128 and the lower surface 1111.

In the slots 1121 to 1128, the slot 1121 on the right side of the battery pack 1100 near the rail 1138a serves as an insertion port for the positive electrode terminal (C + terminal) for charging, and the slot 1122 serves as an insertion port for the positive electrode terminal (+ terminal) for discharging. .. Further, the slot 1127 on the left side of the battery pack 1100 near the rail 1138b serves as an insertion port for the negative electrode terminal (-terminal). In the battery pack 1100, the positive electrode side and the negative electrode side of the power terminal are usually arranged so as to be sufficiently separated from each other. Negative electrode terminals are provided at 10 separate positions. Between the positive electrode terminal and the negative electrode terminal, a plurality of signal terminals for signal transmission to the battery pack 1100, the power tool main body 1001, 1030, and an external charging device (not shown) are arranged, and here, for the signal terminal. Four slots 1123-1126 are provided between the power terminals. Slot 1123 is a spare terminal insertion slot, and no terminal is provided in the sixth embodiment. The slot 1124 is an insertion port for a T terminal for outputting a signal that becomes identification information of the battery pack 1100 to the power tool main body or the charging device. Slot 1125 is an insertion slot for a V terminal for inputting a control signal from an external charging device (not shown). Slot 1126 is an insertion slot for an LS terminal for outputting battery temperature information by a thermistor (temperature sensitive element) (not shown) provided in contact with the cell. On the left side of the slot 1127 which is the insertion port of the negative electrode terminal (-terminal), a slot 1128 for the LD terminal which outputs an abnormal stop signal by the battery protection circuit described later included in the battery pack 1100 is further provided.

On the rear side of the upper surface 1115, a raised portion 1132 formed so as to be raised is formed. The raised portion 1132 has a shape in which the outer shape thereof is raised above the upper surface 1115, and a recessed stopper portion 1131 is formed near the center thereof. The stopper portion 1131 serves as an abutting surface of the protrusion 1014 (see FIG. 37) when the battery pack 1100 is mounted on the battery pack mounting portion 1010, and the protrusion 1014 on the power tool body 1001 side is the stopper portion. When inserted until it comes into contact with 1131, a plurality of terminals (device-side terminals) arranged in the power tool main body 1001 and a plurality of connection terminals (described later in FIG. 39) arranged in the battery pack 1100 come into contact with each other. It becomes a conductive state. Further, the locking portion 1142a (the locking portion on the right side, which cannot be seen in FIG. 38) of the latch 1141 of the battery pack 1100, 1142b protrudes outward in the vertical direction at the lower part of the rails 1138a and 1138b due to the action of the spring, and the power tool. By engaging with a recess (not shown) formed in the rail grooves 1011a and 1011b of the main body 1030, the battery pack 1100 is prevented from falling off. Inside the stopper portion 1131, a slit 1134 which is a cooling air intake port connected to the inside of the battery pack 1100 is provided. Further, when the battery pack 1100 is attached to the power tool main body 1001, the slit 1134 is covered so as not to be visible from the outside and is closed. The slit 1134 is a wind window used for forcibly flowing cooling air inside the battery pack 1100 when the battery pack 1100 is connected to a charging device (not shown) for charging, and is a battery pack 1100. The cooling air taken in is discharged to the outside through the slit 1104, which is an exhaust air window provided on the front wall of the lower case 1101.

FIG. 39 is a perspective view of the battery pack 1100 of FIG. 38 with the upper case 1110 removed. Ten battery cells are accommodated in the internal space of the lower case 1101. Two screw holes 1103a and 1103b are formed on the front side wall surface of the lower case 1101 for screwing with the upper case 1110, and screws (not shown) are formed so as to penetrate the screw holes 1103a and 1103b from the bottom to the top. Be passed. Although not visible in this figure, two screw holes are also formed on the rear side wall surface of the lower case 1101. A plurality of battery cells (not shown) are fixed by a separator 1145 in a state where five batteries are stacked in two stages. The separator 1145 is made of synthetic resin and is formed so that only the left and right sides, which are both ends of the battery cell, are open. In the separator 1145, the axes of the battery cells are stacked so as to be parallel to each other, and the adjacent cells are arranged so that the directions of the adjacent cells are alternately reversed, so that the positive electrode terminal and the negative electrode terminal of the adjacent battery cells are made of metal. By connecting with the connection tab (not shown) of, 5 battery cells are connected in series. Here, an upper cell unit 1146 (described later in FIG. 41) is formed by five series-connected battery cells installed in the upper stage, and five series-connected battery cells installed in the lower side form a lower side. A cell unit 1147 (described later in FIG. 41) is formed. The upper and lower sides of the cell unit here do not mean whether the battery cell is in the upper stage or the lower stage in the lower case 1101, but when the two cell units are connected in series, they are grounded. The cell unit located on the side is referred to as a "lower cell unit", and the cell unit located on the higher voltage side when connected in series is referred to as an "upper cell unit".

As the battery cell, a lithium ion battery cell (not shown) having a diameter of 18 mm and a length of 65 mm, which is called 18650 size and can be charged and discharged multiple times, is used. In the sixth embodiment, in order to switch the output voltage from the battery pack 1100, the mode of the series connection voltage (high voltage side output) and the parallel connection voltage (low voltage side output) of a plurality of cell units is selected. It is possible. Therefore, according to the idea of the sixth embodiment, the number of cell units is arbitrary as long as the number of cells included in each cell unit is equal. However, the number of cell units shall be an even number such as two or four. The battery cell used is not limited to the 18650 size, and may be a so-called 21700 size battery cell or a battery cell of another size. The shape of the battery cell is not limited to a cylindrical shape, and may be a rectangular parallelepiped shape, a laminated shape, or any other shape. The type of battery cell is not limited to the lithium ion battery, and any kind of secondary battery such as a nickel hydrogen battery cell, a lithium ion polymer battery cell, and a nickel cadmium battery cell may be used. Two electrodes are provided at both ends of the battery cell in the length direction. Of the two electrodes, one is a positive electrode and the other is a negative electrode, but the position where the electrodes are provided is not limited to both ends, and any electrode can be easily formed in the battery pack. Arrangement is fine.

A circuit board 1150 is arranged above the separator 1145 that holds the battery cell. The circuit board 1150 fixes a plurality of connection terminals (1161, 1162, 1164 to 1168, 1171, 1172, 1177) by soldering, and electrically connects the circuit pattern and the connection terminals. The circuit board 1150 is further equipped with various electronic elements (not shown here) such as a battery protection IC, a microcomputer, a PTC thermistor, a resistor, a capacitor, a fuse, and a light emitting diode. The circuit board 1150 is fixed so as to extend horizontally on the upper side of the separator 1145 which is a non-conductor such as synthetic resin. The material of the circuit board 1150 is a printed circuit board in which pattern wiring is printed by a conductor such as a copper foil on a board impregnated with a resin having an insulating property, and is a single-layer board, a double-sided board, or a multilayer board. A substrate can be used. In the sixth embodiment, the double-sided substrate is used and has an upper surface (upper surface which is the front surface and can be seen from FIG. 39) and a lower surface (back surface) of the circuit board 1150. A plurality of connection terminals (1161, 1162, 1164 to 1168, 1171, 1172, 1177) are arranged slightly in front of the center of the circuit board 1150 in the front-rear direction. Here, a plurality of connection terminals are arranged almost side by side in the horizontal direction.

As shown in FIG. 38, each connection terminal is as marked on the upper surface of the upper case 1110, and is a C + terminal (1161, 1171: positive electrode terminal for charging) in order from the right side to the left side of the circuit board 1150. , + Terminal (1162, 1172: positive electrode terminal for discharge), T terminal 1164, V terminal 1165, LS terminal 1166,-terminal (1167, 1177: negative electrode terminal), LD terminal 1168 are arranged side by side. Here, the connection terminal for the power supply line from the battery pack, that is, the power terminal is composed of two separated terminal parts. That is, the C + terminal (positive electrode terminal for charging) is composed of an upper positive electrode terminal 1161 and a lower positive electrode terminal 1171, and these positive electrode terminal pairs (1161, 1171) are arranged at a location corresponding to a single slot 1121. The arm assembly of the upper positive electrode terminal 1161 is arranged on the upper side of the inner portion of the slot 1121, and the arm assembly of the lower positive electrode terminal 1171 is arranged on the lower side of the arm assembly of the upper positive electrode terminal 1161. Similarly, the + terminal (positive electrode terminal for discharge) marked on the upper case 1110 is composed of the upper positive electrode terminal 1162 and the lower positive electrode terminal 1172, and these positive electrode terminal pairs (1162, 1172) are single. It is located at the location corresponding to slot 1122. The arm assembly of the upper positive electrode terminal 1162 is arranged on the upper side of the slot 1122 portion, and the arm assembly of the lower positive electrode terminal 1172 is arranged on the lower side of the arm assembly of the upper positive electrode terminal 1162. The-terminal (negative electrode terminal) marked on the upper case 1110 is composed of an upper negative electrode terminal 1167 and a lower negative electrode terminal 1177, and these negative electrode terminal pairs (1167, 1177) correspond to a single slot 1127. Be placed. The arm assembly of the upper negative electrode terminal 1167 is arranged on the upper side of the slot 1127 portion, and the arm assembly of the lower negative electrode terminal 1177 is arranged on the lower side of the arm assembly of the upper negative electrode terminal 1167.

The connection terminals (1161, 1162, 1164 to 1168) are arranged at positions corresponding to slots 1121 to 1128 shown in FIG. 38. Therefore, the fitting portion of the connection terminal is arranged so as to open upward and forward from the circuit board 1150. However, the portion between the upper positive electrode terminal 1162 and the T terminal 1164 is an empty space that is not used in the battery pack 1100 of this embodiment as in the conventional battery pack 1 (see FIG. 36).

The positive electrode terminal pair (1161, 1171) for charging is configured to be offset forward from the adjacent positive electrode terminal pair (1162, 1172). This is due to space constraints, and is to avoid the range of movement of the latch mechanism (not shown) immediately behind the positive electrode terminal pair (1161, 1171). Therefore, if there is no space limitation, the positive electrode terminal pair (1161, 1171) may be arranged so that the front end positions of the positive electrode terminal pair (1162, 1172) and the negative electrode terminal pair (1167, 1177) are aligned.

The positive terminal (1161, 1162, 1171, 1172) and the negative terminal (1167, 1177) are arranged at places greatly separated in the left-right direction, and three signal terminals (T terminal 1164, V terminal 1165, The LS terminal 1166) is provided. In this embodiment, the voltage switching element for switching between parallel connection and series connection is realized by the upper positive electrode terminal 1162 and the upper negative electrode terminal 1167, and the lower positive electrode terminal 1172 and the lower negative electrode terminal 1177. Further, as a component for the signal terminal, a total of two sets of arms extending in the horizontal direction are provided, one set on the upper left and right and one set on the lower left and right, and the detailed shape thereof is shown in FIG. 44. It will be described later. As for the signal terminals (1164 to 1166, 1168), it is also possible to use one signal terminal component as it is in the vertical direction of the arm portion as conventionally used. However, in this embodiment, in order to make the mating state of the positive electrode terminal (1161, 1162, 1171, 1172) and the device side terminal of the negative electrode terminal (1167, 1177) equivalent to each other, the signal terminal side also has two upper and lower terminals. A signal terminal component having an arm (described later in FIG. 44) was used.

Further signal terminals, ie, LD terminals 1168, are provided on the left side of the negative electrode terminal pair (1167, 1177). The LD terminal 1168 is also formed so as to have two sets of arms, one on the upper side and the other on the lower side. However, the LD terminal 1168 is different in size from other signal terminals (T terminal 1164, V terminal 1165, LS terminal 1166). This is due to space constraints, and a latch mechanism (not shown) reaches just behind the LD terminal 1168, so it is formed smaller than the other signal terminals in order to avoid it. All signal terminals (1164 to 1166, 1168) are fixed by soldering on the back surface side, with the legs penetrating the mounting holes 1151 formed in the circuit board 1150 from the front surface to the back surface. In this embodiment, the method of fixing the three signal terminals (1164 to 1166) is also characterized, and the details thereof will be described later with reference to FIGS. 44 and 45. As described above, after an electronic element (not shown) is mounted on the circuit board 1150 and a plurality of connection terminals are fixed by soldering, the circuit board 1150 is fixed to the separator 1145 by screwing or bonding.

Four LEDs (not shown) are provided near the rear side of the circuit board 1150, and rectangular parallelepiped prisms 1191 to 1194 elongated in the vertical direction are provided above the LEDs. The prisms 1191 to 1194 are arranged so that the bottom surface faces the lighting surface of the LED (light emitting diode, not shown) that illuminates upward, and the diagonally cut upper surface is formed in the upper case 1110 (shown). It is provided so as to be exposed to the outside. The prisms 1191 to 1194 are provided to diffuse the light and irradiate the outside of the upper case 1110. The four LEDs (not shown) are used to display the remaining amount of the battery pack 1100, and when the operator presses the switch 1190, the number of LEDs corresponding to the voltage of the battery cell is lit for a certain period of time. To. An operating lever (not shown) for operating the switch 1190 is provided on the outer surface portion of the upper case 1110 that can be operated by an operator. The lower case 1101 has a substantially rectangular parallelepiped shape with an open upper surface, and is composed of a bottom surface, a front wall 1101a extending in a vertical direction with respect to the bottom surface, a rear wall 1101b, a right side wall 1101c, and a left side wall 1101d. A slit 1104 is provided substantially in the center of the front wall 1101a. The slit 1104 is used as a discharge port for discharging the cooling air sent from the charging device side into the internal space of the battery pack 1100 when charging with the charging device.

Next, the shape of the component (1200, 1220) used for the power terminal will be described with reference to FIG. 40. FIG. 40 (1) is a perspective view showing a single component of the upper terminal component 1200 and the lower terminal component 1220. The upper terminal component 1200 is a common component used for the upper positive electrode terminals 1161 and 1162 and the upper negative electrode terminal 1167, and the lower terminal component 1220 is a common component used for the lower positive electrode terminals 1171 and 1172 and the lower negative electrode terminal 1177. Is. The upper terminal component 1200 and the lower terminal component 1220 are formed by cutting out a flat plate made of a conductive metal by press working and then bending it into a U shape. The upper terminal component 1200 is bent so that the U-shaped bottom surface, that is, the bridge portion 1202 is on the upper side, and the lower terminal component 1220 is bent so that the bridge portion 1222 is on the rear side. In this way, the bridge portions 1202 and 1222 formed by bending in a U shape are arranged so as to intersect at almost right angles because the area of the side wall surface of the bridge portion 1222 on the front side cannot be sufficiently secured in the front-rear direction. This is because the size of the bridge portion becomes smaller when the bridge portion is arranged on the upper side. In the lower terminal component 1220 of this embodiment, since the bridge portion 1222 is oriented in the vertical facing direction, the length in the front-rear direction required for arrangement can be shortened, and the size of the bridge portion, particularly in the vertical direction. Since a sufficient length can be secured, the rigidity of the lower terminal component 1220 can be increased. On the other hand, in the upper terminal component 1200, a long arm portion 1205 and 1206 straddling the lower terminal component 1220 can be formed, and the bridge portion 1202 is a surface extending in the same direction as the extension of the arm portions 1205 and 1206. Therefore, it was possible to increase the mounting rigidity of the arm portions 1205 and 1206.

The upper terminal component 1200 has a right side surface 1203 and a left side surface 1204 formed so as to be bent in a U shape and parallel to each other, and a bridge portion 1202 connecting them and forming an upper surface. On the front side of the right side side surface 1203 and the left side side surface 1204, arm portions 1205 and 1206 for sandwiching the device side terminal from the left and right sides toward the inside are provided, respectively. From the lower side of the front side of the left side surface 1204 to the position near the upper end, it extends linearly in the vertical direction, and it is formed so as to draw a curve with a large radius of curvature from the vicinity of the arrow 1204d near the upper end. Will be done. The shape of the right side surface 1203 is formed symmetrically with the left side surface 1204. The arm portion 1205 is arranged so as to extend forward from the upper front side of the right side surface 1203, and the arm portion 1206 is arranged so as to extend forward from the upper front side of the left side surface 1204. In this way, the arm portions 1205 and 1206 are formed so as to extend from the upper portion of the front side portion of the base portion 1201 to the front side, that is, in a direction parallel to the mounting direction of the battery pack 1100. The arm portions 1205 and 1206 are pressed so as to face each other in the left-right direction and to approach the minimum distance portion, that is, the position where the fitting portion fitted with the device connection terminal is almost in contact with each other. It has sex. Here, press working is plastic working performed using a press machine, and a material such as sheet metal is pressed against the mold with high pressure to perform shearing such as cutting, punching, and drilling, and further necessary. By bending and drawing accordingly, it is sheared and molded into the required shape. In this embodiment, the upper terminal component 1200 and the lower terminal component 1220 are formed of, for example, a flat plate having a thickness of about 0.5 to 0.8 mm. As a result, the upper positive electrode terminals 1161, 1162, 1171, 1172 and the upper negative electrode terminals 1167, 1177 have high mechanical strength, and the fitting pressure when mating with the device side terminal becomes high. It should be noted that heat treatment, plating, or the like may be performed after the press working.

The lower terminal component 1220 is also manufactured in the same manner. Arms 1225 and 1226 are formed from the vicinity of the elongated upper portion of the right side surface 1223 and the left side surface 1224 to the front side. The arm portions 1225 and 1226 are shaped so as to sandwich the device-side terminal from both the left and right sides toward the inside. The distance S between the upper end position of the upper arm assembly (1205, 1206) and the lower end position of the lower arm assembly (1225, 1226) is approximately the width of the power terminal provided in the conventional battery pack for 18V. Configure to be equivalent. On the other hand, the upper arm assembly (1205, 1206) and the lower arm assembly (1225, 1226) are arranged so as to be separated by a predetermined distance S1 in the vertical direction, respectively. Below the lower arm assembly (1225, 1226), a notch 1231 that is largely notched from the front side is formed. The rear side of the lower terminal component 1220 is fixed side by side in the front-rear direction so as not to come into contact with each other with a predetermined gap 1211 between the right side side surface 1203 and the left side side surface 1204 of the upper terminal component 1200. In this way, the plurality of power terminals (1161, 1162, 1167, 1171, 1172, 1177) are arranged so as to be arranged in the left-right direction with each other at the position above the cell unit 1145, and the terminal pair serving as a voltage switching element. Is arranged at a position substantially the same height as the conventional power supply terminal is arranged in the vertical direction.

FIG. 40 (2) is a perspective view of the upper terminal component 1200 alone, and here, the area of the bridge portion 1202 and the leg portions 1207 and 1208 are hatched so that the range is clarified. ing. The base portion 1201 referred to in the present specification is a portion exposed upward from the surface of the circuit board 1150 to be attached, and is a portion excluding the arm portions 1205 and 1206. The base portion 1201 of the upper terminal component 1200 is composed of a right side side surface 1203, a left side side surface 1204, and a bridge portion 1202. Legs 1207 and 1208 are connected below the lower side of the substrate 1201. The legs 1207 and 1208 are inserted into the mounting holes (through holes) of the circuit board 1150, and the legs 1207 and 1208 are projected from the mounting surface (front surface) of the circuit board 1150 to the surface opposite to the mounting surface (back surface). On the back side, the legs 1207 and 1208 are soldered to the circuit board 1150. Further, by soldering, the arm portions 1205 and 1206 are electrically connected to a battery cell, an electronic element, or the like mounted on the circuit board 1150. Here, the height H1 of the legs 1207 and 1208 is formed to be larger than the thickness of the circuit board 1150 and smaller than twice. Further, a convex portion 1204b projecting to the rear side is formed on the lower portion of the rear side of the left side surface 1204. Although not visible in FIG. 40, a similar convex portion is formed on the lower portion of the rear side of the right side surface 1203. On the front side of the lower portion of the right side surface 1203 and the left side surface 1204, a bent portion 1203a and 1204a are formed in which a horizontally extending portion is formed and the convex portion is bent inward. .. Cutouts 1203c, 1204c, 1207a, 1208a are formed on the upper and lower sides of the bent portions of the bent portions 1203a and 1204a in order to facilitate the bending process. The bent portions 1203a, 1204a and the convex portions 1203b, 1204b are formed so as to be in contact with the upper surface in the vicinity of the mounting hole of the circuit board 1150 for vertically positioning the upper terminal component 1200.

The substrate portion 1201 has a substantially L-shape that is inverted in a side view. In the rear portion of the arm portions 1205 and 1206, a flat surface portion 1205a and 1206a are formed in which the right side surface 1203 and the left side surface 1204 extend in the same plane from the vicinity of the connection portion on the rear side toward the front. The distance between the flat surface portions 1205a and 1206a in the left-right direction is constant and parallel. Bending portions 1205b and 1206b that are bent inward when viewed in the left-right direction are formed in front of the flat surface portions 1205a and 1206a. Plane portions 1205c and 1206c are formed again on the front side of the bent portions 1205b and 1206b. The flat surface portion 1205c and the flat surface portion 1206c facing each other have a wide distance on the rear side and have a shape of a front throttle that gradually narrows toward the front side, and each is a surface extending in the vertical direction. The tip portions of the flat surface portions 1205c and 1206c are formed with fitting portions 1205d and 1206d bent so as to spread outward with a large radius of curvature _R1 . When the curved portion inside the fitting portion 1205d and 1206d comes into contact with the terminals of the power tool main bodies 1001 and 1030, the upper terminal component 1200 is electrically conductive with the connection terminals on the power tool main bodies 1001 and 1030. Become. The inside of the fitting portion 1205d and 1206d is shaped so as to have a slight gap 1209 when the battery pack 1100 is removed from the power tool main bodies 1001 and 1030. The front side of the fitting portion 1205d and 1206d is connected to the guide portions 1205e and 1206e formed so that the interval rapidly increases toward the front, and guides the terminals on the power tool main bodies 1001 and 1030 side. The inner surface of the guide portions 1205e and 1206e is planar here, but may be curved. The height from the bent portion 1205b to the guide portion 1205e and from the bent portion 1206b to the guide portion 1206e are formed so as to be constant in the vertical direction. On the other hand, the flat surface portions 1205a and 1206a are formed with downward notches 1205f and 1206f so that the height decreases toward the rear side. The notch portions 1205f and 1206f were formed because of the manufacturing reason that the arm portions 1205 and 1206 can be easily bent during press working, and the pinching load (or fitting pressure) in the set of fitting portions 1205d and 1206d. ) To adjust. By forming as described above, it was possible to realize an upper terminal component 1200 having excellent durability and being easy to use. It is preferable that the height direction of the fitting portions 1205d and 1206d of the arm portions 1205 and 1206 be as large as possible, but the heights of the bending portions 1205b and 1206b, the flat surface portions 1205c and 1206c, and the guide portions 1205e and 1206e in the vertical direction. The height does not necessarily have to be constant, and may be formed into a shape that changes as it goes in the front-back direction.

FIG. 40 (3) is a perspective view of the lower terminal component 1220 alone, and also here, the area of the bridge portion 1222 and the portions of the legs 1227 and 1228 are hatched so that the range is clarified. Shows. As can be seen in this figure, the lower terminal component 1220 is bent in a U-shape in a direction different from that of the upper terminal component 1200. Here, the substrate portion 1221 has a substantially L-shape that is upright in a side view, and the arm portions 1225 and 1226 are connected to the front side of the right side surface 1223 and the left side surface 1224 from the upper front side. Of the arm portions 1225 and 1226, the vicinity of the connection portion with the base portion 1221 is formed on the same surface as the right side surface 1223 and the left side surface, and the flat surface portions 1225a and 1226a having the opposite surfaces parallel to each other are formed. Bending portions 1225b and 1226b that are bent inward when viewed in the left-right direction are formed in front of the flat surface portions 1225a and 1226a. Plane portions 1225c and 1226c are formed again on the front side of the bent portions 1225b and 1226b. The flat surface portion 1225c and the flat surface portion 1226c facing each other have a wide distance on the rear side and have a shape of a front diaphragm that gradually narrows toward the front side. The tip portions of the flat surface portions 1225c and 1226c are formed with fitting portions 1225d and 1226d bent with a large radius of curvature. The curved surfaces inside the fitting portions 1225d and 1226d come into contact with the terminals of the power tool bodies 1001 and 1030, so that they are electrically conductive. The insides of the fitting portions 1225d and 1226d are shaped so as to have a slight gap when the battery pack 1100 is removed from the power tool main bodies 1001 and 1030. The front sides of the fitting portions 1225d and 1226d are formed so that the intervals sharply widen toward the front, and the guide portions 1225e and 1226e for guiding the terminals on the power tool main bodies 1001 and 1030 are formed. The inner surface of the guide portions 1225e and 1226e may be flat or curved. From the flat surface portion 1225a to the guide portion 1225e, and from the flat surface portion 1226a to the guide portion 1226e are formed so that the height in the vertical direction is constant. However, similarly to the arm portions 1205 and 1206 of the upper terminal component 1200, the height may be changed in the vertical direction except for the fitting portions 1225d and 1226d. By forming as described above, the lower terminal component 1220 having excellent durability and being easy to use could be realized in this embodiment.

A notch 1231 (see FIG. 40 (1)) cut in a U shape from the front side to the rear side is formed on the lower side of the arm portions 1225 and 1226 of the lower terminal component 1220. Will be done. The notch portion 1231 is formed because the board cover 1180 (described later in FIG. 46) for partitioning the upper terminal component 1200 and the lower terminal component 1220 is provided in this portion. Legs 1227 and 1228 are connected to the lower side of the base portion 1221. The legs 1227 and 1228 are inserted into the mounting holes of the circuit board 1150, the legs 1227 and 1228 are projected from the mounting surface (front surface) of the circuit board 1150 on the opposite surface (back surface), and the protruding portions are soldered. .. Further, by soldering, an electrical connection state is established from the arm portions 1225 and 1226 to the battery cell, the electronic element, and the like mounted on the circuit board 1150. Here, the set of the legs 1227 and 1228 is wired independently from the set of the legs 1207 and 1208 of the upper terminal component 1200 without short-circuiting. The dimensions and shapes of the legs 1227 and 1228 are substantially the same as those of the legs 1207 and 1208, and the bent portions 1223a and 1224a are formed on the front side. Cutouts 1223c, 1224c, 1227a, 1228a are formed on the upper and lower sides of the bent portions of the bent portions 1223a and 1224a, but the cutout portions are formed in order to improve the bending process during press working. Therefore, the cutout is not always necessary.

Next, the shape of the terminal portion 1020 on the power tool main body 1001 and 1030 side and the connection state with the connection terminal of the battery pack 1100 when the battery pack 1100 is attached to the power tool main bodies 1001 and 1030 will be described with reference to FIG. 41. do. Here, among the connection terminals of the battery pack 1100, the positive electrode terminal for discharging (upper positive electrode terminal 1162, lower positive electrode terminal 1172) and the negative electrode terminal (upper negative electrode terminal 1167 and lower negative electrode terminal 1177) are shown. LD terminals 1028 and 1058 are further provided in the terminal portions 1020 and 1050 of the power tool main bodies 1001 and 1030, but are not shown here. FIG. 41 (1) is a diagram showing a state in which the battery pack 1100 is attached to the power tool main body 1030 for 36V. As described above, 10 battery cells are housed inside the battery pack 1100, of which 5 constitutes the upper cell unit 1146 and the remaining 5 constitutes the lower cell unit 1147. Here, in the terminal portion, the terminal portions 1052a and 1057a of the positive electrode input terminal 1052 and the negative electrode input terminal 1057 are smaller than the terminal portion 1020 of the conventional power tool main body 1001. That is, the width in the vertical direction is formed small so as to contact only the upper positive electrode terminal 1162 and the upper negative electrode terminal 1167 arranged on the upper side. The positive electrode side output terminal of the upper cell unit 1146 is connected to the upper positive electrode terminal 1162, and the negative electrode side output terminal is connected to the lower negative electrode terminal 1177. On the other hand, the positive electrode side output terminal of the lower cell unit 1147 is connected to the lower positive electrode terminal 1172, and the negative electrode side output terminal is connected to the upper negative electrode terminal 1167. That is, two sets of positive electrode terminals and two sets of negative electrode terminals are provided independently, and one terminal set (upper positive electrode terminal 1162 and lower negative electrode terminal 1177) that crosses in the left-right direction and up and down is connected to the upper cell unit 1146, and the other. Terminal set (lower positive electrode terminal 1172 and upper negative electrode terminal 1167) is connected to the lower cell unit 1147. Since the upper positive electrode terminal 1161 and the lower positive electrode terminal 1172 are not electrically connected, they are electrically independent when the battery pack 1100 is not attached to the main body of the electric device (when the battery pack 1100 is removed). It is in a state. Similarly, since the upper negative electrode terminal 1167 and the lower negative electrode terminal 1177 are not electrically connected inside the battery pack 1100, the battery pack 1100 is not attached to the main body of the electric device (the battery pack 1100 is removed). In the state), it is in an electrically independent state.

As shown in FIG. 41 (1), a positive electrode input terminal 1052 and a negative electrode input terminal 1057 for receiving power are provided in the terminal portion of the power tool main body 1030 having a rating of 36 V. At the time of mounting, the positive electrode input terminal 1052 is fitted only to the upper positive electrode terminal 1162, and the negative electrode input terminal 1057 is fitted only to the upper negative electrode terminal 1167. On the other hand, a short bar 1059 for connecting the lower positive electrode terminal 1172 and the lower negative electrode terminal 1177 so as to short-circuit the lower positive electrode terminal 1172 is further provided in the terminal portion of the power tool main body 1030. The short bar 1059 is a short circuit made of a conductive member made of metal, and is a connection element for switching the output voltage from the battery pack 1100. One end side of the metal member bent into a U shape of the short bar 1059 becomes a terminal portion 1059b that fits with the lower positive electrode terminal 1172, and the other end side becomes a terminal portion 1059c that fits with the lower negative electrode terminal 1177. The terminal portion 1059b and the terminal portion 1059c are connected by the connection portion 1059a. The short bar 1059 is fixed so as to be cast into a synthetic resin base 1051 (described later in FIG. 42) together with other device-side terminals such as the positive electrode input terminal 1052 and the negative electrode input terminal 1057. Since the short bar 1059 is used only for short-circuiting the lower positive electrode terminal 1172 and the lower negative electrode terminal 1177, it is not necessary to wire to the control circuit of the main body of the electric tool.

The positive electrode input terminal 1052 is a portion that fits with the upper negative electrode terminal 1167 and is for soldering a lead wire for connecting the terminal portion 1052a formed in a flat plate shape to the circuit board side on the power tool main body 1030 side. It is formed by a connecting portion 1052b that connects between the wiring portion 1052c, the terminal portion 1052a, and the wiring portion 1052c and is a portion cast into a base 1051 made of synthetic resin. Here, the position of the wiring portion 1052c is arranged so as to be displaced inward with respect to the position in the left-right direction of the terminal portion 1052a. This is to ensure stable holding on the table 1051. Further, the left and right corners on the front side of the terminal portion 1052a are chamfered diagonally so that the terminal portion 1052a can easily enter between the arm portion 1162a and the arm portion 1162b. The negative electrode input terminal 1057 can be a common component with the positive electrode input terminal 1052, and can be used as both the negative electrode input terminal 1057 and the positive electrode input terminal 1052 by arranging the negative electrode input terminal 1057 in a state of being rotated 180 degrees around the vertical axis. can. Therefore, the negative electrode input terminal 1057 is also formed by the terminal portion 1057a, the wiring portion 1057c, and the connecting portion 1057b connecting them. The front corner of the terminal 1057a (the rear corner when this component is used as the positive electrode input terminal 1052) is also chamfered diagonally so that the terminal 1052a can easily enter between the arm 1162a and the arm 1162b. I tried to do it.

In FIG. 41 (1), when the battery pack 1100 is mounted, when the battery pack 1100 is relatively moved with respect to the power tool main body 1030 along the insertion direction, the positive electrode input terminal 1052 and the terminal portion 1059b are in the same slot. It is inserted all the way through 1122 (first slot, see FIG. 38) and fitted to the upper positive electrode terminal 1162 and the lower positive electrode terminal 1172, respectively. At this time, the positive electrode input terminal 1052 is press-fitted between the arm portions 1162a and 1162b of the upper positive electrode terminal 1162 so as to expand the space between the fitting portions of the upper positive electrode terminal 1162. Further, the negative electrode input terminal 1057 and the terminal portion 1059c are inserted into the inside through the same slot 1127 (second slot, see FIG. 38), and are fitted to the upper negative electrode terminal 1167 and the lower negative electrode terminal 1177, respectively. At this time, the negative electrode input terminal 1057 is press-fitted between the arm portions 1167a and 1167b of the upper negative electrode terminal 1167 so as to spread between the fitting portions of the upper negative electrode terminal 1167. Further, the terminal portions 1059b and 1059c of the short bar 1059 are press-fitted so as to spread between the arm portions 1172a and 1172b of the lower positive electrode terminal 1172 and the lower negative electrode terminal 1177 and between the arm portions 1177a and 1177b. .. The front corners of the terminals 1052a, 1054a to 1058a, 1059c, and 1059d are chamfered diagonally as shown by arrows 1052d, 1054d to 1059d, and 1059e, and can be smoothly inserted between the arms of the connection terminals on the battery pack 1100 side. I am doing it. In the state where the battery pack 1100 is connected to the electric device main body 1030 in this way, the positive electrode terminal (1162) and the positive electrode input terminal 1052 are connected via the first slot (slot 1122), and the negative electrode terminal (1167) and the negative electrode are connected. The input terminal 1057) is connected via the second slot (slot 1127), and these voltage switching elements and switching elements are engaged via the first and second slots. Further, when the battery pack is connected to the main body of the electric device, the voltage switching elements such as the positive electrode terminal, the positive electrode input terminal, the negative electrode terminal, and the negative electrode input terminal and the switching element by the short bar 1059 have substantially the same height in the vertical direction. Placed in position.

Since the plate thickness of the terminal portion 1052a, the terminal portion 1057a, and the terminal portion 1059b, 1059c is larger than the initial gap of the fitting portion of each arm portion (the gap when the battery pack 1100 is not attached), the terminal portion 1052a, A predetermined fitting pressure acts on the fitting points of each of the terminal portions 1057a and the terminal portions 1059b and 1059c with the upper positive electrode terminal 1162, the lower positive electrode terminal 1172, the upper negative electrode terminal 1167, and the lower negative electrode terminal 1177. As a result of such a connection, the device side terminals (terminal part 1052a, terminal part 1057a, terminal part 1059b, 1059c) of the electric tool main body 1030 and the power terminal of the battery pack (upper positive electrode terminal 1162, lower positive electrode terminal 1172, upper side). The negative electrode terminal 1167 and the lower negative electrode terminal 1177) are in good contact with each other in a state where the electrical contact resistance is small. In this way, the electric device main body 30 is a third terminal inserted into 1122 and connected only to the first terminal (1162) of the first and second terminals (1162, 1172). It has (1052a) and a fourth terminal (1059b) that is inserted into a single slot (1122) and connected only to the second terminal (1172), and the battery pack 1100 is attached to the electric device main body 30. Once connected, within a single slot 1121, the first and third terminals (1162 and 1052a) are connected to each other and both become the first potential, with the second and fourth terminals (1172 and 1059b). Both are connected to each other and have a second potential different from the first potential. Since the negative terminal pair (1167, 1177) side is also connected in the same manner, the upper side is realized by the realization of the connection form of FIG. 41 (1). The output of the series connection of the cell unit 1146 and the lower cell unit 1147, that is, the rated value of 36V, is output from the battery pack 1100.

On the other hand, when the battery pack 1100 is mounted on the conventional 18V power tool main body 1001, the connection relationship is as shown in FIG. 41 (2). When the battery pack 1100 is attached to the power tool body 1001, the positive electrode input terminal 1022 is fitted and press-fitted so as to spread both the upper positive electrode terminal 1162 and the open end of the lower positive electrode terminal 1172, and the positive electrode input terminal A portion of the upper region of 1022 is in contact with the upper positive electrode terminal 1162 and a portion of the lower region is in contact with the lower positive electrode terminal 1172. In this way, the upper positive electrode terminal 1162 is connected so as to straddle the upper positive electrode terminal 1162 and the lower positive electrode terminal 1172, and is fitted at the same time as the arm portions 1162a and 1162b, and is simultaneously fitted to the arm portions 1172a and 1172b. As a result, the upper positive electrode terminal 1162 and the lower positive electrode terminal 1172 are short-circuited, and the output of the parallel connection of the upper cell unit 1146 and the lower cell unit 1147, that is, the rated 18V is output to the power tool main body 1001. .. The positive electrode input terminal 1022 and the negative electrode input terminal 1027, which are connecting elements, are made of a metal plate having a certain thickness. Therefore, it is important that the fitting pressure by the arms of the upper positive electrode terminal 1162 and the upper negative electrode terminal 1167 is the same as the fitting pressure by the arms of the lower positive electrode terminal 1172 and the lower negative electrode terminal 1177. Further, in order to keep these fitting pressures constant, the thickness of the positive electrode input terminal 1052, the negative electrode input terminal 1057, and the terminal portions 1059b and 1059c of the power tool main body 1030 for 36V shown in FIG. The thickness is the same as the thickness of the positive electrode input terminal 1022 and the negative electrode input terminal 1027 of the conventional power tool main body 1001 for 18V.

As described above, the battery pack 1100 of this embodiment is automatically switched to a plurality of voltages by mounting it on the power tool main body 1001 for 18V or the power tool main body 1030 for 36V. We were able to realize a compatible and easy-to-use battery pack 1100. This voltage switching is not performed on the battery pack 1100 side, but is automatically performed by the shape of the terminal portion on the power tool main body 1001 and 1030 side, so that there is no risk of voltage setting error. Further, since it is not necessary to provide a dedicated voltage switching mechanism such as a mechanical switch on the battery pack 1100 side, the structure is simple, the risk of failure is low, and a long-life battery pack can be realized. The short bar 1059 that short-circuits the lower positive electrode terminal 1172 and the lower negative electrode terminal 1177 can be mounted in the same space as the existing terminal portion 1020 of the 18V battery pack, so that the voltage can be switched with a size compatible with the conventional one. A type of battery pack can be realized. Further, when charging using an external charging device, it is possible to charge by the connection method as shown in FIG. 41 (2), so that the charging device performs both high voltage and low voltage charging. There is no need to prepare. When the battery pack 1100 is charged by an external charging device (not shown), it can be charged by the same charging device as the conventional 18V battery pack. In that case, the terminal of the charging device has the same shape as that of FIG. 41 (2), but instead of the positive electrode terminal for discharging (1162, 1172), the positive electrode terminal for charging (upper positive electrode terminal 1161, lower positive electrode terminal) 1171) will be connected to the positive electrode terminal of the charging device (not shown). The connection status at that time is also almost the same as the connection relationship shown in FIG. 41 (2). In this way, charging is performed using the 18V charging device with the upper cell unit 1146 and the lower cell unit 1147 connected in parallel. Therefore, when charging the battery pack 1100 of this embodiment, a new charging device is used. You don't have to prepare.

FIG. 42 (1) is a perspective view of the terminal portion 1050 of the power tool main body 1030 of the sixth embodiment. In the terminal portion 1050, in addition to the positive electrode input terminal 1052, the negative electrode input terminal 1057, and the short bar 1059 shown in FIG. 41 (1), four metal connection terminals 1054 to 1056 and 1058 are made of synthetic resin base 1051. It is manufactured by casting in. The shapes of the connection terminals 1054 to 1056 are formed by linearly forming the connecting portions 1052b and 1057b of the positive electrode input terminal 1052 and the negative electrode input terminal 1057 in FIG. 41 (1), and are connected to the connection terminal on the battery pack 1100 side. The terminal portions 1054a to 1056a to be fitted are formed on one side, holes are formed on the other side, and wiring portions 1054c to 1056c for soldering lead wires are formed, and the terminal portions and the wiring portions are connected to each other. Connection portions 1054b to 1056b to be cast in the synthetic resin are formed. The base 1051 firmly held the terminal portions 1052a, 1054a to 1056a, 1058a by casting the entire upper side portion of the terminal portions 1052a, 1054a to 1058a and the entire rear side portion. Further, for the terminal portions 1054a to 1056a and 1058a, a part behind the lower side portion is cast. In the short bar 1059 whose shape is shown in FIG. 41 (1), the connection portion 1059a (see FIG. 41) extending in the left-right direction is completely cast in the base 1051, and the terminal portion 1059b is forward from the base 1051. And the front part of 1059c is exposed. Further, by casting the lower part of the terminal portion 1059b and 1059c on the rear side of the portion exposed to the outside into the base 1051, the terminal portions 1059b and 1059c are firmly held so as not to move in the left-right direction. .. In this way, a plurality of plate-shaped device-side terminals are arranged side by side in the terminal portion 1050. Here, the terminal portion 1052a and the terminal portion 1059b are arranged so as to separate a constant gap 53a in the vertical direction. Similarly, the terminal portion 1057a and the terminal portion 1059c are arranged so as to separate a constant gap 1053b in the vertical direction.

FIG. 42 (2) is a diagram showing the connection status between the terminal unit 1050 and the power terminals (1162, 1172, 1167, 1177) of the battery pack 1100. The upper positive electrode terminal 1162 has two arms 1162a and 1162b (corresponding to the arms 1205 and 1206 in FIG. 40 (1)), and the lower positive electrode terminal 1172 of the positive electrode has two arms 1172a and 1172b (FIG. 40 (FIG. 40). 1) It has arms (corresponding to 1225 and 1226). The arm portions 1162a and 1162b of the upper positive electrode terminal 1162 are connected so as to sandwich the plate-shaped terminal portion 1052a from the left and right. At the time of this joining, the arm portions 1162a and 1162b are bent so as to be separated from each other in the left-right direction, so that a predetermined pinching load (fitting pressure) is applied to the terminal portion 1052a by the restoring force of the spring action. As a result, the arm portions 1162a and 1162b and the terminal portion 1052a are in good surface contact or line contact, so that good conductivity with extremely low contact resistance can be realized. Similarly, the arm portions 1167a and 1167b of the upper negative electrode terminal 1167 are fitted so as to sandwich the plate-shaped terminal portion 1057a from the left and right.

The arm portions 1172a and 1172b of the lower positive electrode terminal 1172 are fitted so as to sandwich the terminal portion 1059b formed in a plate shape from the left and right. At the time of this fitting, the arm portions 1172a and 1172b are bent so as to be separated from each other in the left-right direction, so that a predetermined pinching load (fitting pressure) is applied to the terminal portion 1059b by the restoring force of the spring action. As a result, the arm portions 1172a and 1172b and the terminal portion 1059b are in good surface contact or line contact, so that contact resistance can be eliminated and good conductivity can be realized. Similarly, the arm portions 1177a and 1177b of the lower negative electrode terminal 1177 are fitted so as to sandwich the terminal portion 1059c formed in a plate shape from the left and right.

What is important in this embodiment is that the non-contact state between the connection portion between the terminal portion 1052a and the upper positive electrode terminal 1162 and the connection portion between the terminal portion 1059b and the lower positive electrode terminal 1172 is maintained, and the electrical insulation state is maintained. To do. Further, the non-contact state between the connection portion between the terminal portion 1057a and the upper negative electrode terminal 1167 and the connection portion between the terminal portion 1059c and the lower negative electrode terminal 1177 is maintained, and the electrical insulation state is maintained. With this configuration, even if the battery pack 1100 vibrates at a resonance frequency different from that of the power tool main body 1030 due to various vibrations and shocks when the power tool is used, the upper positive electrode terminal 1162 and the lower side may be vibrated. It is possible to prevent a short circuit from the side positive electrode terminal 1172 from occurring, and it is possible to prevent a short circuit between the upper negative electrode terminal 1167 and the lower negative electrode terminal 1177 from occurring. In FIG. 42 (2), the connection terminal on the battery pack side fitted to the terminal portions 1054a to 1056a and 1058a is not shown, but the power terminal on the positive electrode side (upper positive electrode terminal 1162 and lower positive electrode). When the terminal 1172) and the power terminal on the negative electrode side (upper negative electrode terminal 1167 and lower negative electrode terminal 1177) are connected, the signal terminals (T terminal 1164, V terminal 1165, LS terminal 1166, LD terminal shown in FIG. 39) are connected. 1168) is also fitted to the terminal portions 1054a to 1056a and 1058a in the same manner.

FIG. 43 (1) is a perspective view of the terminal portion 1020 of the conventional power tool main body 1001, and FIG. 43 (2) is a diagram showing a connection state with the power terminal of the battery pack 1100. The terminal portion 1020 is manufactured by casting six metal terminals 1022, 1024 to 1028 into a base 1021 made of synthetic resin. As for the shapes of the terminals 1022 and 1024 to 1028, as shown in FIG. 41, a part of the terminals 1022 and 1027 before casting has the terminal portions 1022a and 1024a to 1028a fitted to the connection terminals on the battery pack 1100 side. A wiring portion is formed on one side, a hole is formed on the other side, and a wiring portion for soldering the lead wire is formed, and the terminal portion and the wiring portion are connected and cast in the synthetic resin of the base 1021. A connection is formed. The base 1021 firmly holds the terminal portions 1022a, 1024a to 1028a by casting the entire upper side portion of the terminal portions 1022a, 1024a to 1028a, the entire rear side portion, and the rear part of the lower side portion. did. The front corners of the terminals 1022a, 1024a to 1028a are chamfered diagonally as shown by arrows 1022d, 1024d to 1028d, so that they can be smoothly inserted between the arms of the connection terminals on the battery pack 1100 side. In the shape of the terminal portion 1020, a groove portion 1021b extending in the left-right direction is formed on the front side of the base 1021, and a groove portion 1021b extending in the left-right direction is also formed on the rear side. These groove portions 1021b and 1021c are sandwiched by the opening portion of the housing in the terminal portion 1020.

FIG. 43 (2) is a diagram showing the connection status between the terminal unit 1020 and the power terminals (1162, 1172, 1167, 1177) of the battery pack 1100. Here, the signal terminals (T terminal 1164, V terminal 1165, LS terminal 1166, LD terminal 1168) on the battery pack 1100 side are not shown. The arm portions 1162a and 1162b of the upper positive electrode terminal 1162 are fitted so as to sandwich the upper region of the terminal portion 1022a formed in a plate shape from the left and right. At the time of this fitting, the arm portions 1162a and 1162b are bent so as to be separated from each other in the left-right direction, so that a predetermined pinching load (fitting pressure) is applied to the terminal portion 1022a by the restoring force of the spring action. Further, the arm portions 1172a and 1172b of the lower positive electrode terminal 1172 are fitted so as to be sandwiched from the left and right sides of the lower portion of the terminal portion 1022a formed in a plate shape. Each arm of the upper negative electrode terminal 1167 and the lower negative electrode terminal 1177 of the power terminal are in the same fitted state. In this way, the four arm portions 1162a, 1162b, 1172a, and 1172b come into contact with one terminal portion 1022a. Similarly, on the negative electrode side, the arm portions 1167a and 1167b of the upper negative electrode terminal 1167 are fitted so as to sandwich the upper region of the terminal portion 1027a formed in a plate shape from the left and right, and the arm portion of the lower negative electrode terminal 1177 is fitted. The 1177a and 1177b are fitted so as to sandwich the lower portion of the terminal portion 1027a from the left and right. In this way, the four arm portions 1162a, 1162b, 1172a, 1172b come into contact with the one terminal portion 1022a, and similarly, the four arm portions 1167a, 1167b, 1177a, 1177b with respect to the terminal portion 1027a. Since they are in contact with each other, they can be satisfactorily surface-contacted or line-contacted, and good conductivity can be realized by eliminating contact resistance.

Next, the shape of the component used for the three terminals (1164 to 1166), that is, the signal terminal component 1240 will be described with reference to FIG. 44. The signal terminal component 1240 is manufactured for pressing a single metal plate, and the thin metal plate is bent so that the bridge portion 1242, which is the bottom portion of the U-shape, faces the rear side vertically. The arm set (arm bases 1245, 1246) extends forward from the base portion 1241, and the arm base 1245 is formed so as to be separated into upper and lower arm sets (arms 1251, 1253). The arm base 1246 is formed so as to be separated into upper and lower arm sets (1252, 1254) having a notch groove 1246b extending in the horizontal direction. The metal plate used for press working is a flat plate having a thickness of 0.3 mm, which may be thinner than the plate thickness of the upper terminal component 1200 and the lower terminal component 1220 used for the power terminal. The upper and lower arm sets are formed in the same shape, and have the same length in the front-rear direction, width in the vertical direction, plate thickness, and the like. Fitting portions (1251d, 1253d, etc.) are formed in the upper arm assembly (arms 1251 and 1252) and the lower arm assembly (arms 1253 and 1254), respectively. Therefore, the curved shape is the same at the top and bottom, and the left and right arms are plane-symmetrical. On the other hand, the mounting positions of the legs 1249 and 1250 are arranged so as to be largely displaced in the front-rear direction. The shape of the lower side portion of the base portion 1241 is different on the left and right, and the shapes of the right side surface 1243 and the left side surface 1244 are asymmetrical. The leg portion 1249 is arranged so as to be largely offset to the front side with respect to the position of the conventional leg portion 1250, and the leg portions 1249 and 1250 are largely separated from each other in the front-rear direction. In this way, the legs 1249 and the legs 1250 are not arranged adjacent to each other in the left-right direction, but are arranged so as to be displaced back and forth. It is formed so that the leg portion 1249 extends downward from the front end portion thereof. The leg portion 1249 and the leg portion 1250 each penetrate a through hole (not shown) formed in the circuit board 1150 from the front surface to the back surface side, and the portion protruding to the back surface side is soldered to the circuit board 1150. The upper arm set (arms 1251 and 1252) and the lower arm set (arms 1253 and 1254) are electrically connected to the electronic element mounted on the circuit board 1150. ..

Above the leg portion 1249, a bent portion 1243b bent to the left is formed to limit the amount of insertion of the circuit board 1150 into the mounting hole 1151 (see FIG. 39). Cutout portions 1243c and 1249a cut out in a semi-circular shape are formed on the upper side and the lower side of the bent portion of the bent portion 1243b in order to facilitate the bending process. For the positioning of the leg portion 1250 on the rear side with respect to the circuit board 1150, the stepped portions 1250a and 1250b formed on the front side and the rear side of the leg portion 1250 are used. The step portion 1250a is formed by extending the lower side portion of the left side surface 1244 to the front side, and the step portion 1250b is formed by utilizing the lower side portion of the bridge portion 1242 curved in a U shape. By abutting the stepped portions 1250a and 1250b on the surface of the circuit board 1150 in this way, the mounting position of the leg portion 1250 in the vertical direction can be determined. The mounting positions of the legs 1249 and 1250 in the front-rear direction are defined by the positions of the mounting holes 1151 (see FIG. 39) of the circuit board 1150.

FIG. 44 (2) is a view of the signal terminal component 1240 unit as seen from the front lower side. As can be seen from this figure, a notch groove 1245b extending in the horizontal direction is formed on the front side of the arm base 1245, so that the arm is separated into upper and lower arm sets (arms 1251, 1253). Further, the right leg portion 1249 is arranged so as to be largely displaced forward with respect to the left leg portion 1250. As a result, the signal terminal component 1240 can be firmly held on the circuit board even if an upward or downward force is applied to the four arms 1251, 1252, 1253, and 1254. The external force applied to the arms 1251, 1252, 1253, 1254 pushes the arm assembly backward when the battery pack 1100 is attached to the power tool bodies 1001 and 1030, and this force presses the signal terminal component 1240. It will be tilted backwards. On the contrary, when the battery pack 1100 is removed from the power tool main bodies 1001 and 1030, the force is such that the arm assembly is pushed forward, and this force is in the direction of tilting the signal terminal component 1240 forward. In this way, the external force applied when the battery pack 1100 is attached and detached can be effectively received by shifting the positions of the legs 1249 and 1250 in the front-rear direction, and the mounting rigidity of the signal terminal component 1240 is greatly enhanced. Therefore, the durability of the battery pack 1100 could be improved. Furthermore, since the arm assembly is also formed in two stages, the upper side and the lower side, even if it receives various vibrations or external forces during the operation of the power tool, it is electrically operated by the four contact areas of the arm part. Good contact with the terminal on the tool body side can be maintained. On the other hand, since the number of mounting holes and the number of soldering points of the circuit board 1150 required for manufacturing the signal terminal component 1240 are the same as those in the conventional case, an increase in manufacturing cost can be suppressed.

The signal terminal component 1240 of this embodiment not only improves the rigidity but also has another effect. The conventional signal terminal component (not shown) has two legs that are soldered to the circuit board and attached electrically and mechanically, but the legs are arranged side by side in the left-right direction, and the legs are provided. The space between the parts was narrow and the soldered parts were often connected, so it was not possible to wire between the left and right legs to pass the signal pattern. In the battery pack 1100 of this embodiment, one leg 1249 of the signal terminal component 1240 is arranged on the front side, and both legs are separated from each other with the other leg 1250 on the rear side. As a result, the distance between the legs of the signal terminal component 1240 becomes wide, and it becomes easy to wire a plurality of wires or a thick pattern through which the main current flows. Such a signal terminal component 1240 is suitable when it is desired to improve the functionality of the battery pack 1100 of the present embodiment, that is, the conventional battery pack, and promote miniaturization in terms of voltage ratio. In particular, if the voltage switching function is realized after increasing the voltage, the number of electronic elements mounted on the circuit board 1150 increases. Therefore, it is necessary to improve the efficiency of the pattern wiring and to make the wiring through which the main current flows thicker. In this embodiment, a circuit board 1150 larger than that conventionally used is used, and electronic elements are mounted not only on the rear side of the connection terminal group but also on the front side region. At that time, the wiring pattern was also arranged under the signal terminal component 1240. The method of arrangement will be described with reference to FIG. 45.

FIG. 45 is a diagram showing a state in which a plurality of signal terminal components 1240 are fixed to the circuit board 1150, (1) is a view seen from the front, and (2) is a diagram seen from the left of the signal terminal component 1240. be. The signal terminal component 1240 is a common component and is fixed side by side on the circuit board 1150 as a T terminal 1164, a V terminal 1165, and an LS terminal 1166. Since the signal terminal component 1240 has a notch formed near the center of the arm so as to form a gap S2, the upper arm assembly (1251, 1252) and the lower arm assembly (1253, 1254) move up and down. The shape is such that there are two stages in. When the device side terminal is not attached, the closest part (fitting part) between the upper arm assembly (1251, 1252) and the lower arm assembly (1253, 1254) has a slight gap. Arranged so as to be separated or abutted. Each of the leg portions 1249 and 1250 penetrates the mounting hole (see FIG. 39) of the circuit board 1150 and protrudes to the lower side, and is fixed by the solder 1256 on the lower side (back surface) of the circuit board 1150.

In the side view of FIG. 45 (2), the leg portion 1249 located in the front and the leg portion 1250 located in the rear are configured to be separated by a distance S3. The distance S3 may be larger than the distance between the legs 1249 and 1250 (distance in the left-right direction). By forming the gap as shown by the arrow 1257 in this way, it becomes easy to wire the circuit pattern in the gap portion. 45 (3) is a bottom view of the circuit board 1150 of FIG. 45 (1) as viewed from below. On the back surface of the circuit board 1150, a through hole is formed in the center for soldering the signal terminal component 1240, and lands 1153a to 1155a, 1153b to which substantially square copper foils for soldering are arranged around the through hole. 1155b is formed. The wiring pattern for connecting the lands 1153a to 1155a and 1153b to 1155b to the upper cell unit 1146 or the lower cell unit 1147 is on the front surface side of the circuit board 1150 and is not visible in the figure (3). The lands 1153a to 1155a for the left leg and the lands 1153b to 1155b for the right leg are arranged so as to be displaced back and forth. As a result, a plurality of patterns 1157 to 1159 can be arranged between the lands 1153a to 1155a and the lands 1153b to 1155b as shown in the figure. Although the wiring patterns 1157 to 1159 are shown here so as to be provided with three wires each, one thick wiring may be used, or a combination of other wiring patterns may be used. Since the wiring pattern is arranged between the legs 1249 and 1250 which are shifted in the front-rear direction in this way, the signal terminals are kept at the same distances between the adjacent signal terminals 1164 and 1165 and 1165 and 1166. It has become possible to provide a plurality of wiring patterns 1157 to 1159 connecting the rear side and the front side of 1164 to 1166. As another method for increasing the number of wiring patterns connecting the rear side and the front side of the signal terminals 1164 to 1166, a method of providing a cutout portion 1243c as shown by a dotted line in FIG. 45 (2) may be used in combination. A cutout portion 1243c cut out upward as shown by a dotted line is formed in a portion near the lower side of the right side surface 1243 and in contact with the circuit board 1150. Then, the portion indicated by the arrow 1257 becomes a gap separating the distance from the circuit board 1150. It is possible to arrange the circuit pattern between this gap and the circuit board 1150 in the same manner as the wiring patterns 1157 to 1159 of FIG. 45 (3). In this way, a plurality of wiring patterns connecting the rear side and the front side of the signal terminals 1164 to 1166 can be arranged not only on the back surface side 1150b of the circuit board but also on the front surface side 1150a, so that the execution efficiency of the circuit board 1150 can be improved. It will be possible to improve.

FIG. 46 is a diagram showing the shapes of the connection terminal groups (1161-1162, 1164 to 1168) and the substrate cover 1180 arranged around them, (1) is a perspective view, and (2) is a front view. be. Here, the circuit board 1150 is not shown for the sake of understanding the invention. In an actual product, a plurality of connection terminal groups (1161-1162, 1164 to 1168, 1171, 1172, 1177) are soldered to the circuit board 1150. After being fixed by soldering, the board cover 1180 is attached around the connection terminals. The power terminals (1161, 1162, 1167) are formed so as to be higher than the signal terminals (1164-1166, 1168) by a distance H in the upward direction. The substrate cover 1180 is a member manufactured of a non-conductor, for example, a molded product of synthetic resin, so as to cover the periphery of the legs of adjacent connection terminals, and the connecting portion 1181 having a flat upper surface 1181a on the front side. A plurality of partition walls 1182, 1183, 1184 to 1189 are connected to the rear side of the connecting portion 1181. The partition walls 1182, 1183, 1184 to 1189 are arranged on the rear side of the flat surface portion 1181a, that is, on the left and right portions of the connection terminal group, and thus serve a function of preventing an electrical short circuit between the connection terminals. Further, the upper surface 1181a of the connecting portion 1181 is formed so as to be flush with the upper surface 1115 (see FIG. 38) of the upper case 1110, and is relative to the main body side terminal portion from the upper surface 1115 to the connecting portion 1181. It is easy to move. Further, the substrate cover 1180 is provided with a covering portion 1184 that closes the opening of the unused area (slot 1123 in FIG. 38) to prevent dust and dirt from entering the inside of the case of the battery pack 1100 from the slot 1123. ..

The substrate cover 1180 is mainly formed by a connecting portion 1181 having a horizontally horizontal upper surface 1181a and a plurality of partition wall portions extending above the connecting portion 1181. Of the partition wall portions, the partition walls 1185, 1186, and 1189 arranged between the signal terminals are considered to be wall portions having a low height H2, and their upper end positions are below the signal terminals (1164-1166) and the LD terminal 1168. It will be lower than the arm. On the other hand, the partition walls 1182, 1183, 1184a, 1187, and 1188 adjacent to each other for the power terminal are wall portions having a height of H3 from the upper surface 1181a, and the upper end position thereof is higher than the upper end position of the lower terminal component. Is also located on the upper side and is configured to be located on the lower side of the arm of the upper terminal component.

As for the power terminal in the connection terminal group, as described with reference to FIGS. 40 to 43, the legs of the upper positive electrode terminals 1161 and 1162 and the lower positive electrode terminals 1171 and 1172 are arranged in the front-rear direction, and the respective arm sets are vertically arranged. Arranged side by side in the direction. Similarly, the legs of the upper negative electrode terminal 1167 and the lower negative electrode terminal 1177 are arranged in the front-rear direction, and the respective arm sets are arranged side by side in the vertical direction. When the battery pack 1100 is attached to the main body of an electric device with a rating of 18 V, the potentials of the arms of the upper positive electrode terminals 1161 and 1162 and the upper negative electrode terminal 1167 and the potentials of the lower positive electrode terminals 1171 and 1172 and the lower negative electrode terminal 1177. Is the same, so there is no problem even if the upper terminal component and the lower terminal component come into contact with each other. However, when the battery pack 1100 is mounted on the main body of an electric device having a rating of 36 V, the potentials of the upper positive electrode terminals 1161 and 1162 and the upper negative electrode terminal 1167 and the potentials of the lower positive electrode terminals 1171 and 1172 and the lower negative electrode terminal 1177 are set. Since each is different, it is important to prevent a short circuit due to contact between the upper and lower arms. In addition, the shape should be such that a short circuit due to the insertion of foreign matter is unlikely to occur. Therefore, the substrate cover 1180 of the present embodiment has a height H3 for the partition walls 1182, 1183, 1184a, 1187, and 1188 among the partition wall portions formed so as to extend upward from the connecting portion 1181. The upper end position was formed large upward. Further, not only the wall portion extending in the vertical direction upward, but also the horizontal wall portion extending in the left-right direction from the upper end position of the vertical wall portion was formed.

FIG. 46 (3) is a partially enlarged view of the board cover 1180 of (2), excluding the illustration of the connection terminal portion. The partition wall 1182 has a vertical wall portion 1182a and a horizontal wall portion 1182b, and the cross-sectional shape thereof is L-shaped. The horizontal wall portion 1182b has a shape extending horizontally so as to reach into the space between the arms of the adjacent power terminals (upper positive electrode terminal 1161 and lower positive electrode terminal 1171) from the vicinity of the upper end of the vertical wall portion 1182a. Ru. Further, the partition wall 1183 has a T-shaped cross-sectional shape, and is formed by a vertical wall portion 1183a and horizontal wall portions 1183b and 1183c extending in both directions from the upper end portion of the vertical wall portion 1183a. The horizontal wall portion 1183b extends to a side close to the adjacent horizontal wall portion 1182b, and is defined to have a length at which the tip reaches the space between the arms of the upper positive electrode terminal 1161 and the lower positive electrode terminal 1171. Similarly, the horizontal wall portion 1183c extends to a side close to the adjacent horizontal wall portion 1184b, and has a length at which the tip reaches the space between the arms of the upper positive electrode terminal 1162 and the lower positive electrode terminal 1172. .. The situation in which the horizontal wall portions 1182b, 1183b, and 1183c extend into the space between the arms will be clear by looking at the positive electrode terminal group from the front as shown in FIG. 46 (2). For example, the right side surface position of the upper positive electrode terminal 1161 and the right side surface position of the lower positive electrode terminal 1171 are at the same position. However, the left end position 1182c of the horizontal wall portion 1182b extends to the left side of the right side surface position of the upper positive electrode terminal 1161 and the lower positive electrode terminal 1171 so as to extend to the lower portion of the arm portion 1161a of the upper positive electrode terminal 1161. Becomes the length of. The horizontal wall portion 1182b is located above the arm portion 1171a of the lower positive electrode terminal 1171.

The length of the vertical wall portion 1182a and the horizontal wall portion 1182b in the front-rear direction is formed longer than the length of the lower positive electrode terminal 1171 in the front-rear direction, and the front end position thereof is substantially the same as the tip of the arm portion of the lower positive electrode terminal 1171. It is in the position, and the rear end position is on the rear side of the rear end position of the lower positive electrode terminal 1171. In this way, the vertical wall portion 1182a covers the entire right side surface of the lower positive electrode terminal 1171 and the entire left side surface, and also covers the upper portion except for the vicinity of the center of the left and right (the portion at the distance S5). Here, only the shapes of the vertical wall portion 1182a and the horizontal wall portion 1182b of the lower positive electrode terminal 1171 are mentioned, but also for the lower positive electrode terminal 1172, the entire right side surface, the entire left side surface, and the upper portion excluding the central portion. Since the partition wall 1184 is provided so as to cover the lower positive electrode terminals 1171 and 1172, even if an external force is applied to the lower positive electrode terminals 1171 and 1172 and a force for bending them is applied, the substrate cover 1180 can effectively hold the partition wall 1184. , The possibility that the lower terminal component for power transmission and the upper terminal component are unintentionally short-circuited can be significantly reduced.

The negative electrode terminal side (1167, 1177) has the same idea as the positive electrode terminal side (1161, 1162, 1171, 1172), and large partition walls 1187 and 1188 are provided on both the left and right sides of the negative electrode terminal. The partition wall 1187 has the same shape as the partition wall 1182, and is formed by the vertical wall portion 1187a and the horizontal wall portion 1187b, and the cross-sectional shape thereof is L-shaped. The horizontal wall portion 1187b is formed so as to extend from the upper end portion of the vertical wall portion 1187a toward the negative electrode terminal side. The partition wall 1188 is formed symmetrically with the partition wall 1187, and is formed by the vertical wall portion 1188a and the horizontal wall portion 1188b. The horizontal wall portions 1187b and 1188b are large enough to allow the tip portion to enter the space between the arm assembly of the upper negative electrode terminal 1167 and the arm assembly of the lower negative electrode terminal 1177, but have a predetermined interval S5. The terminals on the device side such as the power tool main body 1001 and 1030 are not prevented from entering. Since the partition walls 1187 and 1188 were formed so as to cover the periphery of the negative electrode terminals (1167, 1177) which are power terminals in this way, a strong external pressure was applied to the upper negative electrode terminal 1167 or the lower negative electrode terminal 1177 to move in the front-rear direction. Even if it is (bent), the possibility of a short-circuit phenomenon occurring due to the presence of wall portions such as the horizontal wall portions 1187b and 1188b can be significantly reduced.

The partition walls 1185, 1186 between the signal terminals (1164-1166) have only a low height H2 in the upward direction, which means that the signal terminals (1164-1166) only carry a low power signal. This is because the degree of danger at the time of a short circuit is significantly smaller than that on the power terminal side. Further, since each of the signal terminal groups (1164 to 1166) is one component and the upper arm portion and the lower arm portion have the same potential, there is little need to worry about a short circuit. The partition wall 1184 includes vertical wall portions 1184a and 1184d, and is connected to a closing plate 1184c between them. The closing plate 1184c is a flat plate extending vertically and in the left-right direction, and acts to close an empty space (internal space of the empty slot 1123 in FIG. 38) between the upper positive electrode terminal 1162 and the T terminal 1164. A horizontal wall portion 1184b extending toward the positive electrode terminal side is formed near the upper end of the vertical wall portion 1184a.

The connecting portion 1181 fixes the vertical wall portions 1182a, 1183a, 1184a, 1184d, 1185a, 1186a, 1187a, and 1188a located between the connecting terminals so as to be connected to the front surface thereof. The wall portion of the upper surface 1181a of the connecting portion 1181 is formed so as to be in a floating state with respect to the circuit board 1150. The inner portion of the connecting portion 1181 is formed so as to have a space, and the vertical wall portions 1184a, 1185a, and 1187a are arranged on the rear side thereof. Here, although it is hidden behind the front wall surface 1181b and cannot be seen, the vertical wall portions 1182a, 1183a, 1184d, and 1188a are also formed so as to extend downward and come into contact with the circuit board 1150. The inner portion of the connecting portion 1181 is also filled with a liquid curable resin covering the upper surface of the circuit board 1150 as described later in FIG. 48 and then hardened. By solidifying the curable resin, the circuit board 1150 is firmly fixed to the vicinity of the lower ends of the plurality of vertical wall portions 1182a, 1183a, 1184a, 1184d, 1185a, 1186a, 1187a, 1188a. Three notched portions 1181c to 1181e are formed on the front wall surface 1181b of the connecting portion 1181. The cutout portions 1181c to 1181e are formed so that the liquid resin described later in FIG. 48 is evenly distributed to the rear portion and the front portion of the circuit board 1150, and the liquid resin has a viscosity. Is relatively low, so that the resin flows in the front-rear direction through the notches 1181c to 1181e (details will be described later).

FIG. 47 is a diagram showing only the upper case 1110 of FIG. 38, and is a diagram for explaining the shape of the upper surface 1115 of the upper case 1110. 47 (1) is a perspective view of the upper case 1110, and FIG. 47 (2) is an arrow view seen from the direction of arrow B in (1). In (1), hatching is attached to the stepped portion so that the range is clearly shown. As described with reference to FIG. 46, the power terminals (1161, 1162, 1167) are formed so as to be higher than the signal terminals (1164-1166, 1168) by a distance H in the upward direction. This is because the power terminal is made of a plate material that is thicker than the signal terminal. Therefore, in the conventional shape of the upper surface of the upper case, the upper end portions of the power terminals (1161, 1162, 1167) interfere with the inner wall of the upper surface. Therefore, in this embodiment, the position of the inner wall surface of the upper surface 1115 of the upper case 1110 as seen in the vertical direction is partially shifted upward so as to gain clearance at the upper part of the power terminals (1161, 1162, 1167). Configured. It is conceivable to make only the position of the inner wall surface into a recess that is recessed upward, but if the screen shape of the upper surface 1115 is left as it is, the thickness of a part of the upper surface 1115 of the upper case 1110 will be insufficient, and it will be localized. There is a risk that the strength will decrease. Therefore, in this embodiment, convex portions 1115a and 1115b are formed on the outer surface of the upper surface 1115 in the vicinity where the power terminals (1161, 1162, 1167) are located so as to project outward. Since a part of the wall surface of the upper surface 1115 is configured to be displaced upward in this way, the accommodation space can be expanded in the inner portion, and the decrease in the wall surface strength can be prevented. In this embodiment, since the protruding height H4 of the outer wall surface of the upper surface 1115 is configured to be smaller than the recessed height H5 of the inner wall surface, the size of the protrusions 1115a and 1115b on the upper surface 1115 is kept small. It was within the range that can be attached to the conventional power tool body 1001 without any trouble. Further, the upper surface 1115 is not the same surface, but a partial step portion is formed and a step is formed so that the height of the shaded portion is increased, so that the upper case is compared with the conventional identical flat upper case. In terms of strength, it could be equal to or higher than that.

Next, a method of applying the resin to the circuit board 1150 will be described with reference to FIG. 48. FIG. 48 is a perspective view of the circuit board 1150, and although not shown here, a main region 1156a and a sub region 1156b for mounting an electronic element are provided on the upper surface (surface) of the circuit board 1150. .. The main area 1156a is located on the rear side of the connection terminal group, and a protection management IC (described later) including a microcomputer is mounted therein. The sub-region 1156b is a region on the front side of the connection terminal group. Here, the entire mounted electronic element is covered with a curable resin. The curable resin is one that cures from a liquid state, and urethane resin can be used, for example. In order to evenly fill the upper surface of the circuit board 1150 with the liquid urethane resin, an adhesive resin 1155 that acts as a bank to prevent the outflow of the liquid resin is first applied to the outer edge of the element group mounted on the circuit board 1150. Adhere to. The adhesive resin 1155 continuously adheres an adhesive extracted in a columnar shape from the inside of a tubular container through a narrow extraction port along the outer edge of a region to be filled with the urethane resin. At this time, it is important that the adhesive is seamlessly adhered along the outer edge portion, and one end portion and the other end portion are formed so as to be in contact with the substrate cover 1180. After the adhesive resin 1155, which is the outer frame, is attached to almost one circumference of the outer edge portion into which the resin is poured, the urethane resin in a liquid state is poured into the inside of the upper surface of the circuit board 1150.

The amount of urethane resin to be poured is an amount that sufficiently fills the range surrounded by the adhesive resin 1155. At this time, the outer edge of the corresponding portion is surrounded by the adhesive resin 1155a to 1155c in the portion that is not desired to be covered with the resin, and the resin poured to the outside thereof is within the range surrounded by the adhesive resin 1155a to 1155c. Made it out of reach. If the position where the urethane resin is poured is in the vicinity indicated by the arrow 1156a in the main region, the resin does not flow into the range surrounded by the adhesive resin 1155a. Further, in the substrate cover 1180, the wall surface of the connecting portion 1181 forming the upper surface 1181a is in a floating state, the rear side wall surface of the lower portion thereof is in an open state, the front side becomes a wall surface, and a notch is formed in a part thereof. By forming the portions 1181c to 1181e, the resin can be satisfactorily flowed from the main region 1156a to the sub region 1156b. In this way, by covering the entire element mounting surface of the circuit board 1150 with resin and then making it effective, the surface side of the circuit board 1150 is covered with resin at a uniform height and the target range is covered with resin without gaps for mounting. It is possible to protect the generated electronic element from the influence of water and dust. When a double-sided substrate is used as the circuit board 1150, the back surface side may be covered with resin by the same procedure. Further, the adhesive resin 1155 excludes the filling of the resin, for example, the vicinity of the screw hole and the soldered portion of the lead wire are also coated with the resin at the post-process after the screw tightening is completed and at the post-process after the soldering is completed. You may try to do it.

Although the sixth embodiment of the present invention has been described above with reference to FIGS. 36 to 48, the battery pack 1100 shown in the sixth embodiment can be variously modified. FIG. 49 is a diagram showing the shapes of the upper terminal component 1260 and the lower terminal component 1280 according to the first modification of the sixth embodiment. 49 (1) is a perspective view, (2) is a left side view, and (3) is a front view. The sixth embodiment is that the upper terminal component 1260 and the lower terminal component 1280 each have two arm sets (1265 and 1266, 1285 and 1286) in the left-right direction, and the two arm sets are aligned in the vertical direction. Same as the example. It is the same as the sixth embodiment that the leg assembly (1267, 1268) of the upper terminal component 1260 is arranged so as to be aligned with the leg assembly (1287, 1288) of the lower terminal component 1280 in the front-rear direction. .. As shown by arrows 1262a and 1282a in (2), the bridge portions 1262 and 1282 project to the lower portion of the rear side of the right side surface 1263 and the left side surface 1264 so as to be curved rearward. The portion is used for vertical positioning when the upper terminal component 1260 and the lower terminal component 1280 are attached to the circuit board 1150. Bent portions 1263a, 1264a, 1283a, 1284a (however, 1263a is not visible in FIG. 49) are formed on the upper front sides of the legs 1267 and 1268 by bending the convexly extended portions inward. The shape of the above is the same as the configuration of the sixth embodiment shown in FIG. 40.

The U-shaped bending direction of the upper terminal component 1260 is different from the direction shown in FIG. 40. Here, a portion that becomes a bottom when bent in a U shape, that is, a bridge portion 1262 is formed so as to face a vertical surface. The bending shape of the lower terminal component 1280 is the same as that of the lower terminal component 1220 shown in FIG. 40 in the U-shaped bending direction, and the bridge portion 1282 faces a vertical surface. The bridge portions 1262 and 1282 are arranged in parallel so as to have a substantially constant interval in the front-rear direction, and these are arranged so as to extend substantially perpendicular to the surface of the circuit board 1150. The upper terminal component 1260 and the lower terminal component 1280 are manufactured by pressing a metal flat plate in the same manner as in the sixth embodiment, but the thickness of the flat plate is further increased.

The right side surface 1263 and the left side surface 1264 are substantially rectangular extending in the vertical direction, and are formed so that the arms 1265 and 1266 extend forward in a portion near the upper end. The width (length in the vertical direction) is large near the rear root of the arms 1265 and 1266, that is, near the chain line B2, and the width gradually decreases toward the front, and the width is constant further forward than the virtual line B1. Become. The fitting portions 1265d and 1266d are bent into a curved surface having a predetermined radius of curvature _R1 inward in the top view, which is the same as that of the sixth embodiment shown in FIG. 40. In this way, the arm portions 1265 and 1266 are formed so as to extend forward from the upper front side portion of the U-shaped base portion, and the arm portions 1265 and 1266 are formed so as to have springiness in a non-contact state with each other. To.

The lower terminal component 1280 has a right side side surface 1283 and a left side side surface 1284 formed in a U shape so as to be parallel, and a bridge portion 1282 connecting them, and an elongated upper portion of the right side side surface 1283 and the left side side surface 1284. The arms 1285 and 1286 are provided so as to extend forward and diagonally upward. The vertical widths of the arms 1285 and 1286 are almost constant in the front-rear direction, and are formed so as to extend horizontally on the front side of the virtual line B1, but are arranged diagonally on the rear side of the virtual line B1. .. Below the arm assembly (1285, 1286) of the lower terminal component 1280, a notch portion 1291 that is largely notched from the front side is formed. As a result of the formation in this way, the lengths of the arm portions 1265 and 1266 of the upper terminal component 1260 (the length in the front-rear direction and in front of B2) are the lengths of the arm portions 1285 and 1286 of the lower terminal component 1280 (the length in the front-rear direction and before B2). It is the length in the front-back direction, and is longer than the front side of the arrow 1291 position). Even in such arm sets having different lengths in the front-rear direction, it is preferable that the fitting pressure at the fitting portion of the upper terminal component 1260 is the same as the fitting pressure of the lower terminal component 1280. If the fitting pressure is not equalized, the contact resistance with the flat plate-shaped device side terminal on the power tool body 1001 and 1030 side may change, causing a slight difference in heat generation or a difference in wear condition due to long-term use. Because there is. In this modification, in order to balance the fitting pressure between the upper terminal component 1260 and the lower terminal component 1280, the initial gap spacing in the non-mounted state of the battery pack is set to be different. That is, in the state where the battery pack 1100 is not attached to the power tool main body 1001 or 1030 (removed state), the minimum distance between the left and right arm portions 1265 and 1266 is different from the distance between the arm portions 1285 and 1286. Here, the distance between the arm portions 1265 and 1266 of the upper terminal component 1260 is 0.2 mm, whereas the minimum distance between the arm portions 1285 and 1286 of the lower terminal component 1280 is 0.5 mm.

In order to make the fitting pressure uniform, the shapes of the upper terminal component 1260 and the lower terminal component 1280 were also devised. That is, as shown in FIG. 49 (2), the upper terminal component 1260 should normally form an almost right-angled internal angle like the dotted line 1264b, but here, the outline of the dotted line 1264b is extended in the direction of the arrow 1264e to form a side surface. The shape is such that an isosceles triangular reinforcing surface 1264c is added visually. As a result, the contour of the internal angle portion becomes slanted as shown by the arrow 1264d, and this shape change improves the mounting rigidity of the arm portions 1265 and 1266 of the upper terminal component. By cutting off the shape of the outer corner of the lower terminal component 1280 from the dotted line 1284b in the direction of the arrow 1284e in accordance with the change in the shape of the inner corner of the upper terminal component 1260, the isosceles triangle-shaped cut-off portion 1284c is cut off from the side view. The shape was such that As a result, the contour of the outer corner portion becomes as shown by the arrow 1284d, and the rigidity of the arm portions 1285 and 1286 of the lower terminal component is reduced. The contours of the contour portions shown by the arrows 1264d and the arrow 1284d are determined so as to be spaced apart from each other so as to be substantially parallel to each other in the side view. If the cut-off portion 1284c is formed, the length of the bridge portion 1282 in the vertical direction becomes short. However, since the lower terminal component 1280 is small, it is sufficiently stronger in terms of strength than the upper terminal component 1260, so that a strong balance can be obtained by changing these shapes. In this way, the shape of the inner angle portion is changed by adding the reinforcing surface 1264c to the upper terminal component 1260, and the shape of the outer corner portion is changed by forming the cut-off portion 1284c in the lower terminal component 1280. As a result, the strengths of both could be balanced, and the fitting pressures of the arms 1265 and 1266, 1285 and 1286 to the terminal on the main body side could be made almost the same.

FIG. 49 (3) is a front view of the upper terminal component 1260 and the lower terminal component 1280. The vertical height and mounting position of the arms 1265 and 1266, and the vertical height and mounting position of the arms 1285 and 1286 are the upper terminal component 1200 and the lower terminal of the sixth embodiment shown in FIG. 40. It has the same shape and the same positional relationship as the arm group of the component 1220. However, in this modification, the thickness of the metal plate material used is different, and it is manufactured by using a thick plate rather than the terminal component of the sixth embodiment shown in FIG. 40. Furthermore, when the battery pack 1100 is not attached, the minimum distance between the upper and lower arm sets is different. That is, the distance between the lower arms 1285 and 1286 in the left-right direction is larger than the distance between the upper arms 1265 and 1266 in the left-right direction. This is a relationship in which the lengths of the arms 1265 and 1266 and the arms 1285 and 1286, which are arranged side by side in the vertical direction, are inversely proportional to the lengths in the mounting direction (front-back direction). The long arms 1265 and 1266 face each other at narrow intervals in the initial state. Conversely, the short arms 1285 and 1286 face each other at wide intervals.

As described above, in the first modification, the upper terminal component 1260 and the lower terminal component 1280 having a thick plate thickness of 0.8 mm are used as power terminals. Since only a small amount of current flows through the signal terminal parts, it may be manufactured from a metal plate having a thickness of about 0.3 mm as in the conventional battery pack 1015. In this modified example, the rigidity of the power terminal through which a large current flows is further improved, and the mating condition can be maintained well not only during work but also during long-term use. In addition, in order to make the fitting pressure of the upper and lower arm sets almost the same, it is not limited to adjusting the gap of the fitting part and changing the shape near the mounting source, but also other changes, especially the plate thickness. It can also be achieved by adjusting and selecting the material of the terminal parts.

FIG. 50 is a perspective view showing the upper terminal component 1260 and the lower terminal component 1280A of the second modification of the sixth embodiment. In the second modification, the upper terminal component 1260 is the same as the first modification shown in FIG. 49, but the lower terminal component 1280 has a different plate thickness and initial spacing between the arms. That is, after reducing the plate thickness of the lower terminal component 1280A from 0.8 mm to 0.6 mm of the lower terminal component 1280 shown in FIG. 49, the distance between the fitting portions 1285d and 1286d is shown in FIG. The lower terminal component 1280 was narrowed from 0.5 mm to 0.2 mm. The distance between the fitting portions 1265d and 1266d of the upper terminal component 1260 is 0.2 mm as in the first modification. By adjusting the plate thickness and spacing of the springy arms 1285 and 1286 in this way, it is possible to make the fitting pressure of the upper terminal component 1260 substantially equal to the fitting pressure of the fitting portions 1265d and 1266d. Here, the shapes of the fitting portions 1265d and 1265d are semi-cylindrical surfaces, the central axis of the cylindrical surface is located in the vertical direction, and the inner wall surface of the fitting portions 1265d and 1265d has a radius of curvature _R1 . It becomes a cylindrical surface. The inner wall surfaces of the fitting portions 1285d and 1286d of the lower terminal component 1280 are also formed so as to be a cylindrical surface having a radius of curvature _R1 . The cylindrical shapes of the fitting surfaces of the fitting portions 1265d and 1266d and the fitting portions 1285d and 1286d have the same radius of curvature _R1 so that the sizes and shapes of the linear or rectangular contact portions are substantially the same. It is good to form with. By making the sizes of the contact portion and the contact region uniform in this way, it is preferable that the sandwiching pressure (fitting pressure) is made substantially the same and the electrical contact resistance is also made substantially the same.

FIG. 51 is a perspective view showing the upper terminal component 1200A and the lower terminal component 1220 according to the third modification of the sixth embodiment, and FIG. 51 is a main body side terminal of the power tool main body 1030A having a rating of 36V. It is a figure which shows the state which is connected to. In the third modification, only the shape of the upper terminal component 1200A, particularly the shape of the arm portions 1205A and 1206A, is different from the sixth embodiment, and the configuration of the base portion and the leg portion of the upper terminal component 1200A is the sixth embodiment. Is the same as. The upper terminal component 1200A is used as the upper positive electrode terminals 1161 and 1162 and the upper negative electrode terminal 1167. In the upper terminal component 1200A, the arm portions 1205A and 1206A are greatly extended to the front side, and the position of the fitting portion of the upper arm portions 1205A and 1206A is from the position of the fitting portion of the lower arm portions 1225 and 1226. Was also located on the front side. The shape of the facing fitting portion is a semi-cylindrical surface having the same radius of curvature _R1 , and the shape of the fitting portion of the arm portions 1205A and 1206A is the same as the shape of the fitting portion of the arm portions 1225 and 1226. be. When extending the arm portions 1205A and 1206A, the positive electrode input terminal 1072A of the 36V side power tool body is also made shorter than before in response to this shape change. The size and plate thickness of the short bar 1079 as the short-circuiting means are the same as those of the short bar 1059 shown in FIG. 41. However, a semi-circular notch 1079d was formed in the upper part of the terminal portion 1079b of the short bar 1079. In this notch 1079d, when the positive electrode input terminal 1072A and the terminal portion 1079b of the device side terminal move relative to each other in an arc shape or in the horizontal direction as shown by the arrow 1045a, the terminal portion 1079b moves to the upper arm portion 1205A. This is to prevent contact with 1206A. Since the notch 1079d is formed in the terminal portion 1079b of the short bar 1079 in this way, when the battery pack 1100 is attached and the power tool is operating, the difference in resonance frequency between the power tool main body 1030 and the battery pack 1100 can be seen. Even if the relative misalignment occurs due to this, the possibility of a short circuit between the upper terminal component 1200A and the lower terminal component 1220 can be significantly reduced.

FIG. 51 (2) is a diagram showing a state of being connected to the main body side terminal of the conventional power tool main body 1001. When mounted on the power tool body 1001 side with a rating of 18V, the upper positive electrode terminal 1162 and the lower positive electrode terminal 1172 are connected to the positive electrode input terminal 1022 so as to straddle the two sets of arms 1205A, 1206A and arm 1225. , 1226 fit. At this time, the contact position of the fitting portions of the arms 1205A and 1206A with the positive electrode input terminal 1022 is displaced forward from the contact position of the fitting portions of the arms 1225 and 1226 with the positive electrode input terminal 1022. .. However, since the thickness of the positive electrode input terminal 1022 in the vicinity including each contact position is uniform, the size of the contact portion or the contact region depends on the arm portions 1205A and 1206A and the fitting portion of the arm portions 1225 and 1226. If the objects are even, a good conduction state can be achieved, and the movement of the contact position does not cause any problem.

FIG. 52 is a perspective view showing the upper terminal component 1200 and the lower terminal component 1220A of the fourth modification of the sixth embodiment, and FIG. 52 (1) shows these connected to the main body side terminal of the power tool main body 1030B. It is a figure which shows the state. In the fourth modification, only the shapes of the arms 1225A and 1226A of the lower terminal component 1220A are different from those of the sixth embodiment, and the other configurations are the same as those of the sixth embodiment. Here, the arm portions 1225A and 1226A are extended forward, and the position of the fitting portion of the lower arm portions 1225A and 1226A is positioned ahead of the position of the fitting portion of the upper arm portions 1205 and 1206. I tried to do it. Corresponding to this, the rear end position of the short bar 1079 is also set to the front side than before. Further, a semi-circular notch 1072d was formed in the lower part of the positive electrode terminal 1072B. If the positive electrode terminal 1072B and the terminal portion 1079b of the device side terminal move to the arrow 1045b in the notch 1072d, the positive electrode terminal 1072B may come into contact with the arm portions 1225A and 1226A due to the provision of the notch 1072d. This is to significantly reduce.

FIG. 52 (2) is a diagram showing a state of being connected to the main body side terminal of the conventional power tool main body 1001. Two sets of arm portions 1205 and 1206 and arm portions 1225A and 1226A are fitted to the positive electrode input terminal 1022 on the power tool main body 1030 side. Here, the position of the contact portion by the arm portions 1205 and 1206 is separated by a distance L in the front-rear direction from the position of the contact portion by the arm portions 1225A and 1226A. However, since the size of the contact portion or the contact region was made uniform between the arm portions 1205 and 1206 and the fitting portions of the arm portions 1225A and 1226A, a good conduction state was obtained as in the sixth embodiment. realizable.

FIG. 53 is a perspective view showing the shape of the terminal portion on the power tool main body 1030A side according to the fifth modification of the sixth embodiment. In the fifth modification, the positions of the positive electrode terminal and the negative electrode terminal of the sixth embodiment and the positions of the short bars are turned upside down. Here, the upper positive electrode terminal 1162 and the upper negative electrode terminal 1167 are short-circuited by the short bar 1089. The short bar 1089 can use the same parts as the short bar 1059 (see FIG. 41) of the sixth embodiment, and may be cast into a synthetic resin base of the terminal portion of the power tool main body. .. The positive electrode input terminal 1082 is the same as the positive electrode input terminal 1052 (see FIG. 41) of the sixth embodiment in that it includes a terminal portion 1082a, a connection portion 1082b, and a wiring terminal portion 1082c, but is a wiring terminal. Since the position where the portion 1082c is provided must be on the rear surface side instead of the upper surface of the terminal portion, the shapes of the connection portion 1082b and the wiring terminal portion 1082c have been changed. Similarly, the negative electrode input terminal 1087 also has a different position of the wiring terminal portion 1087c. The connection state between the upper cell unit 1146 and the lower cell unit 1147 is also changed in accordance with the displacement of the positions of the positive electrode input terminal 1082 and the negative electrode input terminal 1087 in the terminal portion. That is, the lower positive electrode terminal 1172 and the upper negative electrode terminal 1167 are connected to the upper cell unit 1146, and the upper positive electrode terminal 1162 and the lower negative electrode terminal 1177 are connected to the lower cell unit 1147.

Even if the position where the short bar 1089 is provided is changed as described above, the battery pack with the automatic voltage switching mechanism of this embodiment can be realized. By adopting this configuration, the mounting positions of the wiring terminal portions 1082c and 1087c can be pulled out to the rear side instead of being pulled out to the upper side of the terminal portion (see FIG. 42), so that the power tool main body can be pulled out. The degree of freedom in designing the terminal section on the side will increase. Since the function of the short bar 1089 has a terminal portion 1089b and a terminal portion 1089c and can be achieved by short-circuiting these, there is no need to connect the connection portion 1089a with a metal plate, and the conductive member. It may be realized by a method capable of forming an electrical connection relationship, for example, by any other method such as connecting with a lead wire or connecting with a fuse element.

FIG. 54 is a perspective view showing the battery pack 1400 according to the seventh embodiment of the present invention. The battery pack 1400 is provided with a plurality of connection terminals that engage with the terminal of the charging device or the tool body to conduct electrical conduction. The connection terminals provided here are composed of two connection terminal parts, each of which is separated in the vertical direction, and are characterized by the shape of the connection terminal parts. The external shape of the battery pack 1400 is almost the same as that of the battery pack 1100 shown in the sixth embodiment, and the only difference in appearance is the partially raised step portion (1115a in FIG. 47) on the upper surface 1415. , 1115b) is not formed, and only a recess (see 1111a in FIG. 47) is not formed in the left front corner of the lower surface 1411. A plurality of slots 1420 are arranged at the stepped portion of the connecting portion between the upper surface 1415 and the lower surface 1111. However, the width and size of the slots 1420 are substantially the same as those of the battery pack 1100 of the sixth embodiment. A raised portion 1432 is formed on the rear side of the upper surface, and latches 1441 are provided on both the left and right sides of the raised portion 1432.

Ten battery cells 1446 are housed inside the lower case 1401. Here, an upper cell unit and a lower cell unit in which five cells are connected in series are provided, and a rating of 18V, which is the output of parallel connection of these cell units, is output. That is, the battery pack 1400 is a fixed voltage type. Each connection terminal consists of an upper terminal component and a lower terminal component to form one terminal. That is, the positive electrode terminal for charging is composed of the upper positive electrode terminal 1461 and the lower positive electrode terminal 472, which are short-circuited. The positive electrode terminal for discharge is composed of an upper positive electrode terminal 1462 and a lower positive electrode terminal 1472, which are short-circuited. The pair of the upper positive electrode terminal 1461 and the lower positive electrode terminal 472 and the upper positive electrode terminal 1462 and the lower positive electrode terminal 1472 are connected by a self-control protector (not shown).

The negative electrode terminal is composed of an upper negative electrode terminal 1467 and a lower negative electrode terminal 1477, and these are connected to each other. Since one connection terminal is divided into two connection terminal parts in this way, the number and total area of contact parts with the device side terminal on the power tool body 1001 side becomes large, and the vibration during operation of the power tool increases. Problems such as heat generation due to poor contact, which are likely to occur, are unlikely to occur, stable use can be achieved for a long period of time, and the life of the battery pack 1400 can be extended.

Of the connection terminals, signal terminals for signal transmission, that is, T terminal set (upper T terminal 1464 and lower T terminal 1474), V terminal set (upper V terminal 1465 and lower V terminal 1475), LS terminal group (upper side) The LS terminal 1466 and the lower LS terminal 1476) and the LD terminal group (upper LD terminal 1468 and the lower LD terminal 1478) are each composed of two terminals, and the upper and lower terminals are connected to have the same potential. .. The upper connection terminals (1461-1462, 1464 to 1468) and the lower connection terminals (1471 to 1472, 1474 to 1478) are fixed by the circuit board 1450. An IC for protecting the battery cell is mounted on this circuit board, but a microcomputer and a light emitting diode for displaying the remaining battery level are not provided.

FIG. 55 is a partially enlarged view of the connection terminal of FIG. 54. The upper terminal parts (1465-1468) and the lower terminal parts (1476-1478) are both substantially L-shaped when viewed from the side, and the legs of the upper and lower terminal parts are arranged on the circuit board 1450 so as to be aligned in the mounting direction. It will be fixed. This fixing method is the same as that of the sixth embodiment shown in FIGS. 39 and 40, in which the legs are passed through the mounting holes of the circuit board 1450 and soldered from the back side of the circuit board 1450. .. Each of the upper terminal component (1465-1468) and the lower terminal component (1476-1478) is formed with a fitting portion bent into a substantially V shape so that the distance between a part of the arm portions on both sides is narrowed. To. In the fitting portion of the conventional battery pack, the substantially V-shaped peak portion is arranged so as to be orthogonal to the insertion direction of the terminal on the device side. That is, in the conventional terminal component, the ridgeline of the substantially V-shaped mountain portion (for example, the inner surface side apex portion of the portion indicated by the fitting portion 1478c) is configured to extend vertically. However, in the seventh embodiment, the extending direction of the ridge line is not in the vertical direction but in an oblique direction, so that the length of the contact portion between the plate-shaped main body side terminal and the fitting portion of the terminal component is long. I was able to make it longer.

FIG. 56 (1) is a perspective view showing the upper terminal component 1480. However, the illustration of the leg portion of the upper terminal component 1480 is omitted, and only the portion located on the upper side of the circuit board 1450 is shown. The upper terminal component 1480 is obtained by cutting out a flat plate made of a conductive metal by press working and then bending it into a U shape and forming a predetermined bending shape on the arm portion. Here, the U-shaped bottom surface, that is, the bridge portion 1482 is bent so as to be on the rear side, and the right side surface 1483 and the left side surface 1484 are formed on the front side from the left and right sides of the bridge portion 1482 extending in the vertical direction. To. The right side surface 1483 and the left side side surface 1484 are formed so as to be symmetrical to each other, and the right side surface 1483 and the left side surface 1484 are parallel surfaces at regular intervals. Left and right arm parts 1485 and 1486 are formed on the front side from the front side of the upper part of the right side side surface 1484 and the left side side surface 1484, and the base parts of the arm parts 1485 and 1486, that is, the flat surface portions 1485a and 1486a are the right side side surface 1483 and the left side side surface. It is a parallel plane in which the left and right directions are the same as 1484. On the front side of the flat surface portions 1485a and 1486a, bent portions 1485b and 1486a bent inward are formed. The bent portions 1485b and 1486a are planar, but the large outwardly bent portions are arranged so that the ridgeline of the mountain is slanted.

Fitting portions 1485c and 1486c are formed in front of the bent portions 1485b and 1486a so as to be folded in a substantially V shape. The fitting portions 1485c and 1486c are portions that are convex inward. When the battery pack 1100 is mounted, the inner peak portion of the fitting portions 1485c and 1486c is a portion that comes into contact with the plate-shaped device-side terminal and slides. Therefore, even if it is substantially V-shaped, its peak portion (mountain peak portion) is composed of a large radius of curvature _R1 or a small radius of curvature. This means that the sliding resistance between the terminal on the device side and the fitting portions 1485c and 1486c is small when sliding, and the contact area between the fitting portions 1485c and 1486c is large when non-sliding and in contact, thereby reducing the electrical contact resistance. Because. Guide portions 1485d and 1486d for guiding the plate-shaped device-side terminal to be inserted between the fitting portions 1485c and 1486c are connected to the front side of the fitting portions 1485c and 1486c. The guide portions 1485d and 1486d are substantially planar and have a shape that expands in the left-right direction toward the front side. Therefore, the tip portions 1485e and 1486e of the arm portions 1485 and 1486 are shaped so as to be located below the arm portions 1485 and 1486. The tips 1485e and 1486e have rounded corners so as to draw a small radius of curvature.

FIG. 56 (2) is a diagram for explaining the positional relationship of the contact portions of the fitting portions 1485c and 1486c with the terminals on the device side. Here, only the left arm portion 1486 is shown, but the right arm portion 1485 is also plane-symmetrical and has the same shape. The arm portion 1486 has a width W in the height direction that is constant with respect to the front-rear direction, but the contact portion of the fitting portion 1486c is at a position indicated by a thick line. The contact portion indicated by the thick line is a linear contact portion or a narrow rectangular contact region. The contact portion shown by the thick line has a contact length W / cos θ times the length (= W) when the fitting portion 1486c is formed on the vertical line. In this way, the longitudinal direction of the contact portion or contact area of the fitting portion 1486c is arranged so as to be oblique to the mounting direction of the device side terminal on the contact surface with the device side terminal, so that the contact portion or contact area is arranged. The size can be increased, and the contact area with the device-side terminal on the power tool body side can be widened. As a result, the contact resistance between the terminal on the device side and the fitting portion 1486c can be reduced, and heat generation of the terminal due to the increase in contact resistance can be effectively suppressed. Further, since the generation of an arc between the terminal on the device side can be suppressed, damage or fusing of the arm portions 1485 and 1486 can be prevented. Regarding the upper positive electrode terminals 1461 and 1462 and the lower positive electrode terminals 472 and 1472 which are the power terminals, the positive electrode terminals of the upper cell unit 1146 and the lower cell unit 1147 are connected in the same manner as in the sixth embodiment. Then, it may be applied to a battery pack capable of switching between the low voltage side and the high voltage side as in the sixth embodiment. In that case, in the fitting portion of the upper terminal component 1200 (see FIG. 40) and the lower terminal component 1220 (see FIG. 40) described in the sixth embodiment, the arm portion and the fitting portion of the seventh embodiment The shape of may be applied.

The terminals for signal transmission (upper terminal parts 1464 to 1466, 1468 and lower terminal parts 1474 to 1476 in FIG. 54 (2)) are also formed by two upper and lower mating portions, and these have the same potential. It was configured to send a signal. However, the upper and lower portions of the signal terminals may be configured to increase the number of transmitted signals by similarly separating and forming the device-side terminals on the power tool main body side as separate potentials. Further, as for the terminal for signal transmission, since it is not necessary to use the terminal component completely separated vertically, it may be formed as a terminal component connected vertically. Next, the shape of the terminal component 1500 connected vertically will be described with reference to FIG. 57.

FIG. 57 is a perspective view showing the shape of the terminal component 1500. However, the illustration of the leg portion of the terminal component 1500 is omitted, and only the portion located on the upper side of the circuit board 1450 is shown. The terminal component 1500 formed an upper arm piece 1506 and a lower arm piece 1510 by forming a notch groove 1508 that vertically divides the arm part 1505 in about half of the front side of the arm part 1505. Similarly, an upper arm piece 1510 and a lower arm piece 1511 were formed by forming a notch groove 1512 that vertically divides the arm 1509 in about half of the front side of the left arm 1509. Since the upper arm pieces 1506 and 1507 and the lower arm pieces 1510 and 1511 are separated by the notch grooves 1508 and 1512 in this way, a configuration having two sets of arms in one terminal component 1500 is realized. It is possible to realize a signal terminal that can maintain a good mating state. The upper terminal set (1507, 1507) and the lower terminal set (1510, 1511) have fitting portions (1506c, 1507c) and fitting portions for fitting with the plate-shaped main body side connection terminals, respectively. (1510c, 1511c) are formed (however, the fitting portion 1510c is not visible in FIG. 57). The upper fitting portions (1506c, 1507c) are arranged diagonally in the longitudinal direction of the contact portion or the contact region. Similarly, the lower fitting portions (1510c, 1511c) are arranged diagonally in the longitudinal direction of the contact portion or the contact region. The longitudinal direction of the contact portion or contact region of the upper and lower fitting portions is arranged so as to line up in a row. The upper and lower fitting portions are arranged so as to be in the same position when viewed in the front-rear direction so that the contact portions or the longitudinal directions of the contact regions of the upper and lower fitting portions are not lined up in a row. You may arrange it. Further, the inclination of the upper and lower fitting portions in the longitudinal direction may not be aligned with each other, but may be oriented in the opposite direction. For example, the shape of the upper arm assembly (1506, 1507) may be changed so that the lower terminal assembly (1510, 1511) is turned upside down, that is, a shape symmetrical with respect to the horizontal plane. .. By forming the longitudinal direction of the contact region of the fitting portion so as to be an oblique direction instead of the vertical direction as described above, the length of the fitting portion is longer than that of the conventional example in which the fitting portion is orthogonal to the mounting direction. Since it can be lengthened, the contact resistance can be reduced.

In the seventh embodiment, the shapes of the connection terminals (1480, 1500) used in the fixed voltage battery pack have been described. However, these terminal shapes are used in the voltage switching type battery pack as in the sixth embodiment. It may be configured to apply to. For example, the arrangement of the fitting portion of the terminal component 1500 shown in FIG. 57 may be adopted for the signal terminal component 1240 shown in FIG. 44.

FIG. 58 is a developed perspective view of the battery pack 2100 of the eighth embodiment. The housing of the battery pack 2100 is formed by an upper case 1110 and a lower case 1101 that can be separated in the vertical direction, and 10 battery cells are housed in the internal space of the lower case 1101. Two screw holes 1103a and 1103b are formed on the front side wall surface of the lower case 1101 for screwing with the upper case 1110, and screws (not shown) are formed so as to penetrate the screw holes 1103a and 1103b from the bottom to the top. Be passed. Two screw holes 1103c (not visible in the figure) 1103d are also formed on the rear side wall surface of the lower case 1101. A plurality of battery cells (not shown) are fixed by a separator 2445 made of a non-conductor such as synthetic resin in a state where five batteries are stacked in two stages. The separator 2445 holds a plurality of battery cells so that only the left and right sides, which are both ends of the battery cell, are open.

The circuit board 2150 is fixed on the upper side of the separator 2445. The circuit board 2150 fixes a plurality of connection terminals (2161, 2162, 2164 to 2168, 2171, 2172, 2177) by soldering, and electrically connects these connection terminals to a circuit pattern (not shown). The circuit board 2150 is further equipped with various electronic elements (not shown here) such as a battery protection IC, a microcomputer, a PTC thermistor, a resistor, a capacitor, a fuse, and a light emitting diode. The material of the circuit board 2150 is a printed circuit board in which pattern wiring is printed by a conductor such as a copper foil on a board impregnated with a resin having an insulating property, and is a single-layer board, a double-sided board, or a multilayer board. A substrate can be used. In this embodiment, the wiring pattern is formed on the upper surface (the upper surface which is the front surface and can be seen from FIG. 58) and the lower surface (the back surface) of the circuit board 2150 using the double-sided substrate. A connection terminal group arrangement area 2160 is provided slightly in front of the center of the circuit board 2150 in the front-rear direction, and a plurality of connection terminals (2161, 2162, 2164 to 2168, 2171, 2172, 2177) are provided in the lateral direction. Fixed side by side.

The positive terminal (2161, 2162, 2171, 2172) and the negative terminal (2167, 2177) are arranged at places greatly separated in the left-right direction, and three signal terminals (T terminal 2164, V terminal 2165,) are located between them. LS terminal 2166) is provided. In this embodiment, a total of two sets of horizontally extending arms, one set on the upper left and right and one set on the lower left and right, are used as parts for the power terminal, and the detailed shape thereof is shown in FIG. 49. It is the same as the structure described in. As for the signal terminals (2164 to 2166, 2168), it is also possible to use one signal terminal component as it is in the vertical direction of the arm portion as conventionally used. However, in this embodiment, in order to make the fitting state of the positive electrode terminal (2161, 2162, 2171, 2172) and the device side terminal of the negative electrode terminal (2167, 2177) equivalent to each other, the signal terminal side also has two upper and lower terminals. A signal terminal component having an arm (see FIG. 44) was used.

The LD terminal 2168 is provided on the left side of the negative electrode terminal pair (2167, 2177). The LD terminal 2168 is also formed so as to have two sets of arms, one on the upper side and the other on the lower side. All signal terminals (2164 to 2166, 2168) are fixed by soldering on the back surface side, with each leg penetrating from the front surface to the back surface through a plurality of mounting holes 2151 formed in the circuit board 2150. In this embodiment, the fixing method of the three signal terminals (2164-2166) is as described with reference to FIGS. 44 and 45. As described above, after an electronic element (not shown) is mounted on the circuit board 2150 and a plurality of connection terminals are fixed by soldering, a board cover 2180 described later is provided in FIG. 68, and the surface of the circuit board 2150 is provided. Is fixed to the separator 2445 by a screw (not shown) after the resin is hardened. Note that FIG. 58 omits the illustration of the substrate cover 2180.

The lower case 1101 has a substantially rectangular parallelepiped shape with an open upper surface, and is composed of a bottom surface, a front wall 1101a extending in a vertical direction with respect to the bottom surface, a rear wall 1101b, a right side wall 1101c, and a left side wall 1101d. The internal space of the lower case 1101 has a shape suitable for accommodating the separator 2445, and a large number of fixing ribs 1102 formed inside the bottom surface to stably hold the separator 2445 and vertical to reinforce the wall surface. A large number of ribs 1105 are formed so as to be continuous in the direction. A slit 1104 is provided substantially in the center of the front wall 1101a. The slit 1134 of the upper case 1110 is used as an inflow port for flowing cooling air sent from the charging device side into the internal space of the battery pack 2100 when charging with the charging device, and the slit 1104 of the lower case 1101 is used. Is used as a cooling air outlet.

The output from the battery cell side is connected to the circuit board 2150 via the drawing tabs 2461a, 2466a, 2471a, 2476a for connection extending upward in a plate shape. Further, the end portions 2494b and 2494b to 2499b of the lead wire from the intermediate connection point of the battery cells connected in series are arranged so as to extend upward and are soldered onto the circuit board. Further, the intermediate drawer tabs 2462a and 2464a from the intermediate connection points of the battery cells connected in series are arranged so as to extend upward so as to be connected to the circuit board 2150. Screw bosses 2447a and 2447b for fixing the circuit board 2150 are formed on the upper side of the separator 2445.

Next, the stacking situation and the wiring method of the battery cell using the separator 2445 will be described with reference to the developed perspective view of FIG. 59. The separator 2445 is a stack of 10 battery cells 2146a to 2146e and 2147a to 2147e stacked in two upper and lower stages, five each. FIG. 59 shows a state in which the battery cells 2146a to 2146e and 2147a to 2147e are pulled out from the separator 2445. 2462 to 2465 and 2472 to 2475 are connected to each other, and the drawer plates 2461, 2466, 2471 and 2476 are connected to the battery cell. After that, the insulating sheets 2482a and 2482b are attached on the connecting plates 2462 to 2465, 2472 to 2475 and the drawer plates 2461, 2466, 2471 and 2476 for insulation.

The axes of each battery cell are stacked so as to be parallel to each other, and the adjacent cells are arranged so that the directions of the adjacent cells are alternately reversed. It is connected using 2465, 2472 to 2475. The terminals on both sides of the battery cell and the connection plates 2462 to 2465 and 2472 to 2475 are fixed by spot welding at a plurality of places. Here, the five series-connected battery cells installed in the upper stage form the upper cell unit 2146 (described later in FIG. 61), and the five series-connected battery cells installed in the lower side form the lower side. A cell unit 2147 (described later in FIG. 61) is formed. The upper and lower sides of the cell unit referred to here do not refer to the physical position of whether the battery cell is in the upper stage or the lower stage in the lower case 1101, but the two cell units are connected in series. The cell unit located on the ground side is called the "lower cell unit", and the cell unit located on the higher voltage side when connected in series is called the "upper cell unit". It is based on the electrical potential. In the battery pack of this embodiment, the upper cell unit 2146 is arranged in the upper stage and the lower cell unit 2147 is arranged in the lower stage, but the arrangement is not limited to this, and the battery cell arrangement method is not divided into the upper stage and the lower stage. It may be divided into a front side and a rear side.

As the battery cells 2146a to 2146e and 2147a to 2147e, lithium ion battery cells (not shown) having a diameter of 18 mm and a length of 65 mm, which are called 18650 size and can be charged and discharged multiple times, are used. In this embodiment, in order to switch the output voltage from the battery pack 2100, the mode of series connection voltage (high voltage side output) and parallel connection voltage (low voltage side output) of a plurality of cell units can be selected. Will be done. Therefore, according to the idea of the present invention, the number of cell units is arbitrary as long as the number of cells connected in series in each cell unit is equal. The battery cell used is not limited to the 18650 size, and may be a so-called 14500 or 21700 size battery cell or a battery cell of another size. The shape of the battery cell is not limited to a cylindrical shape, and may be a rectangular parallelepiped shape, a laminated shape, or any other shape. The type of battery cell is not limited to the lithium ion battery, and any kind of secondary battery such as a nickel hydrogen battery cell, a lithium ion polymer battery cell, and a nickel cadmium battery cell may be used. Two electrodes are provided at both ends of the battery cell in the length direction. Of the two electrodes, one is a positive electrode and the other is a negative electrode, but the position where the electrodes are provided is not limited to both ends, and any electrode can be easily formed in the battery pack. Arrangement is fine.

The positive electrode of the upper cell unit 2146 is connected to the circuit board 2150 using a drawer plate 2461 in which the drawer tab 2461a is formed, and the negative electrode of the upper cell unit 2146 is a circuit using the drawer plate 2466 in which the drawer tab 2466a is formed. It is connected to the substrate 2150. Similarly, the positive electrode of the lower cell unit 2147 is connected to the circuit board 2150 by using the drawer plate 2471 on which the drawer tab 2471a is formed, and the negative electrode of the lower cell unit 2147 is the drawer plate on which the drawer tab 2476a is formed. It is connected to the circuit board 2150 using 2476. On the upper surface of the separator 2445, tab holders 2450 to 2452 and 2455 to 2457 for holding the tabs of the drawer plates 2461, 2466, 2471, and 2476 in the shape of a bent metal thin plate are formed. The tab holders 2450 to 2452 and 2455 to 2457 are tab holding portions formed to hold the drawer tabs 2461a, 2462a, 2464a, 2466a, 2471a, and 2476a bent in an L shape, and are seated during molding of the separator 2445. It is integrally molded as a recess having a surface, a back surface, and both side surfaces, and drawer tabs 2461a, 2462a, 2464a, 2466a, 2471a, and 2476a are fitted into the recesses, respectively. Two screw bosses 2447a and 2447b for screwing the circuit board 2150 are formed on the upper portion of the separator 2445. The right side of the drawer plates 2461, 2471 and the connection plates 2464, 2465, 2473, 2475 is covered with the insulating sheet 2482a, and the left sides of the drawer plates 2466, 2476 and the connection plates 2462, 2464, 2472, 2474 are covered with the insulating sheet 2482b. Will be. The insulating sheet 2482a is made of a material that does not conduct electricity, and a sealing material is applied to the inner portion thereof.

Next, the shapes of the two sets of power terminals will be described with reference to FIG. 60. FIG. 60 is a partial view of the circuit board 2150 shown in FIG. 58, in which a positive electrode terminal pair (upper positive electrode terminal 2162 and a lower positive electrode terminal 2172) fixed to the circuit board 2150 and a negative electrode terminal pair (upper negative electrode terminal 2167) are shown. Only the lower negative electrode terminal 2177) is shown. The positive electrode terminals for output are electrically independent, and the upper positive electrode terminals 2162 and the lower positive electrode terminals 2172, which are parallel positive electrode terminals, are arranged in the front-rear direction when viewed at the mounting position of the circuit board 2150. Be placed. These are a plurality of terminals (2162, 2172) arranged close to each other, and function as a group of switching terminals used for voltage switching. The upper positive electrode terminal 2162 and the lower positive electrode terminal 2172 each have an arm set extending forward (arms 2162a and 2162b, arms 2172a and 2172b). Here, the arm portions 2162a and 2162b and the arm portions 2172a and 2172b are positioned apart from each other in the vertical direction, and the fitting portions are shaped so that the positions in the front-rear direction are substantially the same. These positive electrode pair (2162, 2172) are arranged in a single slot 1122. The negative electrode terminal pair also has the same shape as the positive electrode terminal pair, and is composed of an upper negative electrode terminal 2167 and a lower negative electrode terminal 2177, which are a group of parallel negative electrode terminals arranged adjacent to each other in the front-rear direction when viewed from the legs. A pair of terminals (2167, 2177) is arranged inside a single slot 1127. These are a plurality of terminals (2167, 2177) arranged close to each other, and function as a switching terminal group for a positive electrode and a switching terminal group for a negative electrode used for voltage switching. Inside the slot 1127, the arm assembly of the upper negative electrode terminal 2167 is arranged on the upper side, and the arm assembly of the lower negative electrode terminal 2177 is arranged on the lower side of the arm assembly of the upper negative electrode terminal 2167. Although not shown in FIG. 60, on the right side of the positive electrode terminal pair for discharging (upper positive electrode terminal 2162 and lower positive electrode terminal 2172), the positive electrode terminal pair for charging (upper positive electrode terminal 2161 and lower positive electrode terminal 2172) is on the right side. 2171: (see FIG. 58) is arranged. The shape of the positive electrode terminal pair (2161, 2171) for charging is the same as that of the upper positive electrode terminal 2162 and the lower positive electrode terminal 2172.

Next, when the battery pack 2100 is attached to the power tool main bodies 1001 and 1030 shown in FIG. 36 using FIG. 61, the shape of the terminal portion 2020 on the power tool main bodies 1001 and 1030 side and the connection terminal of the battery pack 2100. The connection status of is explained. FIG. 61 (1) is a diagram showing a state in which the battery pack 2100 is attached to the power tool main body 1030 for 36V. On the circuit board 2150, the upper positive electrode terminal 2162 and the lower positive electrode terminal 2172 as a positive electrode terminal pair (positive electrode terminal group) are arranged side by side in the mounting direction of the battery pack 2100 when viewed from the mounting portion (leg portion). Similarly, the upper negative electrode terminal 2167 and the lower negative electrode terminal 2177 are arranged side by side in the mounting direction of the battery pack 2100 when viewed from the mounting portion (leg portion). As described above, 10 battery cells are housed inside the battery pack 2100, of which 5 constitutes the upper cell unit 2146 and the remaining 5 constitutes the lower cell unit 2147. The power tool main body 1030 operates the drive unit 1035 by fitting the upper positive electrode terminal 2162 and the upper negative electrode terminal 2167. At this time, since the short bar provided on the power tool main body 1030 forms the electrical connection circuit shown by the dotted line 2059, the upper cell unit 2146 and the lower cell unit 2147 are connected in series. That is, the negative electrode of the upper cell unit 2146 is connected to the positive electrode of the lower cell unit 2147, the positive electrode of the upper cell unit 2146 is connected as the positive electrode output of the battery pack 2100, and the negative electrode of the lower cell unit 2147 is connected as the negative electrode output. To. In this way, the series output of the upper cell unit 2146 and the lower cell unit 2147, that is, the rating of 36V is output.

FIG. 61 (2) is a diagram showing a state in which the battery pack 2100 is attached to the power tool main body 1001 for 18V. The power tool main body 1001 for 18V is provided with a positive electrode input terminal (described later in FIG. 63) having a size to be fitted at the same time as the upper positive electrode terminal 2162 and the lower positive electrode terminal 2172. Similarly, a negative electrode input terminal (described later in FIG. 63) having a size to be fitted at the same time as the upper negative electrode terminal 2167 and the lower negative electrode terminal 2177 is provided. That is, the positive electrode output is obtained when the positive electrodes of the upper cell unit 2146 and the lower cell unit 2147 are connected to each other, and the negative electrode output is obtained when the upper cell unit 2146 and the negative electrode of the lower cell unit 2147 are connected to each other. It becomes a parallel connection state. As a result, when connected to the power tool main body 1001, the rated 18V is automatically output. By changing the connection relationship with the switching terminal group (2162, 2167, 2172, 2174) that switches the voltage of the battery pack 2100 in this way, it is possible to switch the output voltage obtained from the battery pack 2100. ..

62 is a perspective view of the terminal portion 2050 of the power tool main body 1030 of the present embodiment, FIG. 62 is a perspective view of the short bar 2059 alone, and FIG. 62 is a perspective view of the terminal portion 2050 and the battery pack 2100. It is a figure which shows the connection method with the power terminal of. In the terminal portion of the power tool main body 1030 having a rating of 36 V, the terminal portion 2052a of the positive electrode input terminal 2052 for receiving power and the terminal portion 2057a of the negative electrode input terminal 2057 are formed small and provided on the upper side as input terminals for electric power. .. At the time of mounting, the terminal portion 2052a of the positive electrode input terminal 2052 is fitted only to the upper positive electrode terminal 2162, and the terminal portion 2057a of the negative electrode input terminal 2057 is fitted only to the upper negative electrode terminal 2167. On the other hand, a short bar 2059 (2059a. 2059b) for short-circuiting the lower positive electrode terminal 2172 and the lower negative electrode terminal 2177 is provided in the terminal portion of the power tool main body 1030. As shown in FIG. 62 (2), the short bar 2059 is a short circuit made of a conductive member made of metal, and is a member bent into a U shape. The terminal portion 2059b is formed on one end side of the connection portion 2059a of the short bar 2059, and is arranged below the terminal portion 2052a. The terminal portion 2059c is formed on the other end side of the connection portion 2059a of the short bar 2059, and the terminal portion 2059c is arranged below the terminal portion 2057a. The terminal portion 2059b is fitted with the lower positive electrode terminal 2172, and the terminal portion 2059c is fitted with the lower negative electrode terminal 2177. The short bar 2059 is fixed so as to be cast into a synthetic resin base 2051 (see FIG. 49) together with other device-side terminals such as the positive electrode input terminal 2052 and the negative electrode input terminal 2057. At this time, the short bar 2059 does not come into contact with other metal terminals (2052, 2054 to 2058). Further, since the short bar 2059 is used only for short-circuiting the lower positive electrode terminal 2172 and the lower negative electrode terminal 2177, it is not necessary to wire to the control circuit of the power tool main body or the like.

The positive electrode input terminal 2052 is a portion that fits with the upper negative electrode terminal 2167 and is for soldering a lead wire for connecting the terminal portion 2052a formed in a flat plate shape to the circuit board side on the power tool main body 1030 side. It is formed by a connecting portion (not visible in the figure) that connects the wiring portion 2052c of the above, the terminal portion 2052a, and the wiring portion 2052c, and is cast into a base 2051 made of synthetic resin. The negative electrode input terminal 2057 is also the same as the positive electrode input terminal 2052, and the height of the terminal portion 2057a is set to be about half or smaller than the other terminal portions (2054a to 2056a, 2058a). The other terminal portions (2054a to 2056a, 2058a) are terminals for signal transmission, and are connected to the control circuit board on the power tool main body 1030 side by lead wires (not shown) via the wiring portions 2054c to 2056c, 2058c. Will be done. Recesses 2051b and 2051c for being sandwiched by the housing are provided on the front side and the rear side of the synthetic resin base 2051 of the terminal portion 2050.

In FIG. 62 (3), when the battery pack 2100 is mounted, when the battery pack 2100 is relatively moved with respect to the power tool main body 1030 along the insertion direction, the positive electrode input terminal 2052 and the terminal portion 2059b are in the same slot. It is inserted all the way through 1122 (see FIG. 38) and fitted to the upper positive electrode terminal 2162 and the lower positive electrode terminal 2172, respectively. At this time, the positive electrode input terminal 2052 is press-fitted between the arm portions 2162a and 2162b of the upper positive electrode terminal 2162 so as to spread between the fitting portions of the upper positive electrode terminal 2162, and the terminal portion 2059b of the short bar 2059 is the lower positive electrode. It is press-fitted so as to spread between the arm portions 2172a and 2172b of the terminal 2172. Similarly, the negative electrode input terminal 2057 and the terminal portion 2059c are inserted into the inside through the same slot 1127 (see FIG. 38), and are fitted into the upper negative electrode terminal 2167 and the lower negative electrode terminal 2177, respectively. At this time, the terminal portion 2057a of the negative electrode input terminal 2057 is press-fitted between the arm portions 2167a and 2167b of the upper negative electrode terminal 2167 so as to spread between the fitting portions. Further, the terminal portion 2059c of the short bar 2059 is press-fitted so as to spread between the arm portions 2177a and 2177b of the lower negative electrode terminal 2177. In the state where the battery pack 2100 is connected to the electric device main body 1030 in this way, the positive electrode terminal (2162) and the positive electrode input terminal 2052 are connected via the first slot (slot 1122), and the negative electrode terminal (2167) and the negative electrode are connected. The input terminal 2057) is connected via the second slot (slot 2127), and these voltage switching elements and the short bar 2059, which is a switching element, are engaged with each other via the first and second slots. Further, in a state where the battery pack is connected to the main body of the electric device, the positive electrode terminal, the positive electrode input terminal, the negative electrode terminal, the negative electrode input terminal, the voltage switching element, and the switching element are arranged at substantially the same height in the vertical direction.

Since the plate thickness of the terminal portions 2052a, 2057a, 2059b, 2059c is slightly larger than the initial gap (gap when the battery pack 2100 is not attached) of the fitting portion of each arm portion, the terminal portions 2052a, 2057a, A predetermined fitting pressure acts on the fitting points of each of 2059b and 2059c with the upper positive electrode terminal 2162, the lower positive electrode terminal 2172, the upper negative electrode terminal 2167, and the lower negative electrode terminal 2177. As a result of such a connection, the device side terminals (terminal portions 2052a, 2057a, 2059b, 2059c) of the power tool main body 1030 and the power terminals of the battery pack (upper positive electrode terminal 2162, lower positive electrode terminal 2172, upper negative electrode terminal 2167, The lower negative electrode terminal 2177) makes good contact in a state where the electrical contact resistance becomes small. In this way, the power tool body 1030 is the first terminal (2162) of the first and second terminals (2162, 2172) inserted into the single slot (1122) of the battery pack 2100 (see FIG. 58). It has a third terminal (2052a) connected only to and a fourth terminal (2059b) inserted into a single slot (1122) and connected only to the second terminal (2172). When the battery pack 2100 is connected to the power tool body 1030, the first and third terminals (2162 and 2052a) are connected to each other in a single slot 1121 to become the first potential, the second and the second. The terminals (2172 and 2059b) of 4 are connected to each other to have a second potential different from the first potential. Since the negative terminal pair (2167, 2177) side is also connected to each other, FIG. 62 (3) ), The output of the series connection of the upper cell unit 2146 and the lower cell unit 2147, that is, the rated value of 36V, is output from the battery pack 2100.

On the other hand, when the battery pack 2100 is attached to the conventional 18V power tool main body 1001, the connection relationship is as shown in FIG. 63. When the battery pack 2100 is attached to the power tool main body 1001, the terminal portion 2022a of the positive electrode input terminal 2022 for parallel connection is fitted so as to push out both the upper positive electrode terminal 2162 and the open end portion of the lower positive electrode terminal 2172. After being press-fitted, a part of the upper side of the terminal portion 2022a of the positive electrode input terminal 2022 comes into contact with the upper positive electrode terminal 2162, and a part of the lower side comes into contact with the lower positive electrode terminal 2172. In this way, the positive electrode input terminal 2022 is connected so as to straddle the upper positive electrode terminal 2162 and the lower positive electrode terminal 2172, and the terminal portion 2022a is connected to the arm portions 2162a and 2162b of the upper positive electrode terminal 2162 and the arm portion 2172a of the lower positive electrode terminal 2172. , 2172b at the same time causes the two positive electrode terminals (2162 and 2172) to be short-circuited. Similarly, the negative electrode input terminal 2027 for parallel connection is connected so as to straddle the upper negative electrode terminal 2167 and the lower negative electrode terminal 2177, and the terminal portion 2027a is the open end portion of the upper negative electrode terminal 2167 and the lower negative electrode terminal 2177. By fitting and press-fitting so as to push both sides apart, a part of the upper side of the terminal portion 2027a of the negative electrode input terminal 2027 comes into contact with the upper negative electrode terminal 2167, and a part of the lower side comes into contact with the lower negative electrode terminal 2177. .. By simultaneously fitting the terminal portion 2027a to the arm portions 2167a and 2167b of the upper negative electrode terminal 2167 and the arm portions 2177a and 2177b of the lower negative electrode terminal 2177, the two negative electrode terminals (2167 and 2177) are in a short-circuited state. The output of the parallel connection of the upper cell unit 2146 and the lower cell unit 2147, that is, the rated value of 18V is output to the power tool main body 1001. The terminal portion 2022a of the positive electrode input terminal 2022 and the terminal portion 2027a of the negative electrode input terminal 2027 are made of a metal plate having a certain thickness. Therefore, it is important to make the fitting pressure of the upper positive electrode terminal 2162 and the upper negative electrode terminal 2167 equal to the fitting pressure of the lower positive electrode terminal 2172 and the lower negative electrode terminal 2177.

As described above, in the battery pack 2100 of this embodiment, the voltage switching element for switching between parallel connection and series connection is realized by the upper positive electrode terminal 2162 and the upper negative electrode terminal 2167, and the lower positive electrode terminal 2172 and the lower negative electrode terminal 2177. By attaching to either the power tool body 1001 for 18V or the power tool body 1030 for 36V, the output of the battery pack 2100 can be automatically switched. With this configuration, it was possible to realize an easy-to-use battery pack 2100 that supports multiple voltages. This voltage switching is not performed on the battery pack 2100 side, but is automatically performed by the shape of the terminal portion on the power tool main body 1001 and 1030 side, so that there is no risk of voltage setting error. Further, since it is not necessary to provide a dedicated voltage switching mechanism such as a mechanical switch on the battery pack 2100 side, the structure is simple, the risk of failure is low, and a long-life battery pack can be realized. The short bar 2059 that short-circuits the lower positive electrode terminal 2172 and the lower negative electrode terminal 2177 can be mounted in the same space as the existing terminal portion 2020 of the 18V battery pack, so that the voltage can be switched with a size compatible with the conventional one. A type of battery pack can be realized. Further, when charging using an external charging device, it is possible to charge by the connection method as shown in FIG. 63 (2), so that the charging device performs both high voltage and low voltage charging. There is no need to prepare.

When the battery pack 2100 is charged using an external charging device (not shown), it can be charged with the same charging device as the conventional 18V battery pack. In that case, the terminal of the charging device has the same shape as that of FIG. 63 (1), but instead of the positive electrode terminals for discharging (2162, 2172), the positive electrode terminals for charging (upper positive electrode terminal 2161, lower positive electrode terminal) 2171) will be connected to the positive electrode terminal of the charging device (not shown). The connection status at that time is also almost the same as the connection relationship shown in FIG. 63 (2). In this way, charging is performed using the 18V charging device with the upper cell unit 2146 and the lower cell unit 2147 connected in parallel. Therefore, when charging the battery pack 2100 of this embodiment, a new charging device is used. It has the advantage of not having to prepare.

FIG. 64 is a side view of the separator 2445 after assembling the parts shown in FIG. 59, (1) is a right side view, and (2) is a left side view. Here, for ease of explanation, only two sets of the positive electrode terminal (2162, 2172) for discharging and the negative electrode terminal (2167, 2177) are shown as the connection terminal group, and the other connection terminals (2161, 2164 to 2164) are shown. 2166, 2168, 2171) are not shown. The upper cell unit 2146 is composed of battery cells 2146a to 2146e arranged on the upper stage side, and has a drawer tab 2461a extending upward from the drawer plate 2461 on the positive electrode side and a drawer tab 2466a extending upward from the drawer plate 2466 on the negative electrode side. It is connected to the circuit board 2150. A slit-shaped through hole (not shown) is formed in the circuit board 2150, and the through hole is penetrated from the lower side to the upper side so that the upper portions of the drawer tabs 2461a and 2466a are exposed from the surface of the circuit board 2150 to the upper side. .. By soldering that portion, the circuit board 2150 and the drawer tabs 2461a and 2466a are electrically connected. Similarly, the lower cell unit 2147 is composed of battery cells 2147a to 2147e arranged on the lower stage side, and is circuited by the drawer tabs 2471a and 2476a for connection extending upward from the drawer plates 2471 and 2476 provided at both ends. It is connected to the substrate 2150. A slit-shaped through hole (not shown) is formed in the circuit board 2150, and the through hole is penetrated from the lower side to the upper side so that the upper portions of the drawer tabs 2471a and 2476a are exposed from the surface of the circuit board 2150 to the upper side. .. By soldering that portion, the circuit board 2150 and the drawer tabs 2471a and 2476a are electrically connected.

The connection plate 2464 shown in FIG. 64 (1) is provided with an intermediate drawer tab 2464a extending upward, and the connection plate 2462 shown in FIG. 64 (2) is provided with an intermediate drawer tab 2462a extending upward. The intermediate drawers 2462a and 2464a are formed by extending a plate-shaped member upward from the connection plates 2462 and 2464 arranged on the upper stage side, bending the plate-like member inward along the circuit board 2150, and bending the intermediate drawer tabs 2462a and 2463a upward again. It is a folded body of a thin metal plate that formed. A slit-shaped through hole (not shown) is formed in the circuit board 2150, and the through hole is penetrated from the lower side to the upper side so that the upper portions of the intermediate drawer tabs 2462a and 2464a are exposed from the surface of the circuit board 2150 to the upper side. do. The intermediate drawer tabs 2462a and 2464a are fixed by soldering to the circuit board 2150. The width (distance in the front-rear direction) of the intermediate drawer tabs 2462a and 2464a is formed to be smaller than the width (length in the front-rear direction) of the drawer tab 2461a in FIG. 64 (1) and the drawer tab 2466a in FIG. The drawer tabs 2461a, 2466a, 2471a, 2476a are terminals for power output and a large current flows, while the intermediate drawer tabs 2462a, 2464a are terminals connected for measuring the intermediate potential. This is because only a small amount of current flows. It is also possible to form an intermediate drawer tab on the other connection plate 2464 and the connection plate 2465 provided on the upper side. However, here, due to the formation of the wiring pattern, connection terminals 2464a and 2465a are provided and connected to the circuit board 2150 with a lead wire (not shown). Since it is difficult to connect the connection plates 2472 to 2475 provided on the lower stage side to the circuit board 2150 by the drawer tab, connection terminals 2472a to 2475a should be provided and connected to the circuit board 2150 by the lead wires 2494 to 2499. I made it.

FIG. 65 is a perspective view showing a state in which the circuit board 2150 is fixed to the separator 2445, and shows a state seen from the upper left front. In the circuit board 2150, the upper portion of the slit-shaped through holes 2152c and 2152b is exposed upward from the surface of the circuit board 2150. By soldering that portion, the circuit board 2150 and the drawer tabs 2471a and 2476a are electrically connected. As described above, the battery cells 2146a to 2146e of the upper cell unit 2146 are directly connected, and the battery cells 2147a to 2147e of the lower cell unit 2147 are connected in series, but the connection plates 2462 to 2464 and the connection plates 2472 to 2474 are connected. Lead wires 2494 to 2499 for measuring the potential (however, 2497 and 2499 are not visible in FIG. 65) are connected. The ends of the lead wires shown in FIG. 58, 2494b, 2494b, 2497b, 2498b, 2499b, are soldered to the circuit board 2150. These lead wires are connected to the ends of the lead wires on the opposite sides of the lead wires 2494b, 2494b, 2497b, 2498b, and 2499b after the circuit board 2150 is fixed to the separator 2445 before soldering on the circuit board side. Solder to the plates 2464, 2465, 2472 to 2475. On the other hand, the connection plates 2462 and 2436 close to the circuit board 2150 are not connected to the circuit board 2150 by using lead wires, but are bent in an L shape, and the vertical plate portion extends upward. It is directly connected using 2462a and 2463a.

The drawer tabs 2461a and 2466a for the output (+ output, -output) of the upper cell unit 2146 are shaped so as to have a substantially L shape in front view or rear view, and the longitudinal direction thereof is a substantially rectangular circuit board 2150. Arranged so as to be parallel to the long side. For the drawer tabs 2461a and 2466a, the surface fixed to the terminal of the battery cell of the drawer plates 2461 and 2466 is extended upward and bent inward, and the upper surface of the separator is slightly extended inward in the horizontal direction and upward at an appropriate position. It is a bent body of a thin metal plate in which the bent vertical wall portion is formed into drawer tabs 2461a and 2466a by bending in an L shape. However, since the electrodes for the battery cells are located in the upper stage from the battery cells arranged in the lower stage, the same drawing method cannot be adopted. It is not impossible to adopt it, but it is necessary to ensure sufficient insulation by stacking the drawer plate on the connection tab arranged on the electrode of the upper cell portion. Therefore, in this embodiment, the drawer plate 2471 from the terminal surface 2471b (see also FIG. 64 (1)) of the lower cell is extended to the front side and then bent at a right angle to the left side to form the side surface portion 2471c. Extend upwards. That is, the drawer plate 2471 is extended upward by crawling the side surface on the short side in the top view of the separator 2445, and is bent rearward from the front side surface of the separator 2445 to form the horizontal plane portion 2471d, and the horizontal plane portion 2471d is on the upper side. The drawer plate 2471a was formed by extending it in a tab shape at right angles to the surface. The drawer plate 2471a is soldered by penetrating the slit-shaped through hole 2152c formed in the circuit board 2150 from the back surface to the front surface. The drawer tabs 2471a and 2476a are arranged so that the longitudinal direction is parallel to the short side of the substantially rectangular shape. By forming in this way, the drawer plate 2471 from the lower battery cell can be arranged without interfering with the drawer plate of the upper battery cell.

The drawer plate 2476 from the lower negative terminal is also pulled out in the same manner, and is pulled out to the drawer tab 2476a. In this way, by pulling out the separator upward using not only the left and right side surfaces but also the front side surface and the rear side side surface, the output from the battery cell arranged in the lower stage can be output from the upper portion of the battery cell in the upper stage. That is, it can be efficiently pulled out to the upper surface of the separator. In this embodiment, the drawer plate 2471 is further formed with a heat radiating portion 2471h having a surface area expanded so as to extend to the left side from the portion shown by the dotted line. This is because the drawer plate 2471 is formed of a thin metal plate, which is used to cool the battery cell whose temperature has risen. The position where the heat radiating portion 2471h is provided is a position facing the slit 1104 (see FIG. 58) of the lower case 1101, which is advantageous in terms of heat radiating. If the temperature rise of the battery cell is not a problem, it is not necessary to provide a portion (heat dissipation portion 2471h) on the left side of the dotted line of the drawer plate 2471. Further, a portion where the width of the connection path is greatly narrowed, that is, a fuse portion 2471e is formed on the drawer plate 2471. The fuse portion 2471e has a cutout portion 2471f formed from the right side of the drawer plate 2471 and a cutout portion 2471 g formed from the left side to sufficiently narrow the width (horizontal width) of the remaining portion. Has a function as a power fuse. When a specified current or more flows through the fuse portion 2471e for a predetermined time or longer, one of the output paths from the battery pack 2100 (output from the lower cell unit) is cut off by first blowing the fuse portion 2471e. A similar fuse function is similarly provided in the vicinity of the drawer tab 2461a of the drawer plate 2461 (see FIG. 64 (1)) from the positive terminal of the upper cell unit 2146. The oval connecting plates 2462, 2464, 2473, and 2474 for connecting the electrodes of adjacent battery cells are formed of a thin metal plate such as stainless steel, and are fixed by spot welding to the battery cells. Will be done.

The upper cell unit 2146 is provided with a drawer tab 2461a for positive output and a drawer tab 2466a for negative output. Further, the lower cell unit 2147 is provided with a drawer tab 2471a for positive output and a drawer tab 2476a for negative output. In this embodiment, the installation positions of the drawer tabs 2461a, 2466a, 2471a, and 2476a are also devised. The left and right center lines of the circuit board 2150 or the center lines of the positive electrode terminal pair (2162, 2172) and the negative electrode terminal pair (2167, 2177) are defined as the left and right center lines A1 indicated by dotted lines. Further, a dotted line connects the two center positions of the center position between the legs of the upper positive electrode terminal 2162 and the lower positive electrode terminal 2172 and the center position between the legs of the upper negative electrode terminal 2167 and the lower negative electrode terminal 2177. Let it be the virtual line A2 shown. When the left and right center lines A1 and the leg center line A2 in the front-rear direction are drawn, the lead-out tab 2461a of the positive electrode of the upper cell unit 2146 exists in the region where the legs of the upper positive electrode terminal 2162 are located, and the lower positive electrode terminal The drawer plate 2471a of the positive electrode of the lower cell unit 2147 was made to exist in the region where the leg portion of 2172 is located. By arranging the drawer tabs 2461a and 2471a in this way, the drawer tab 2461a and the upper positive electrode terminal 2162, and the drawer plate 2471a and the lower positive electrode terminal 2172 can be efficiently connected by a wiring pattern arranged on the circuit board 2150. Similarly, the drawer tab 2476a of the negative electrode of the lower cell unit 2147 exists in the region where the leg portion of the upper negative electrode terminal 2167 is located, and the negative electrode of the upper cell unit 2146 is located in the region where the leg portion of the lower negative electrode terminal 2177 is located. Drawer tab 2466a was made to exist. By arranging the drawer tabs 2476a and 2466a in this way, it is possible to efficiently connect the upper negative electrode terminal 2167 and the lower negative electrode terminal 2177 with the wiring pattern arranged on the circuit board 2150.

FIG. 66 is a perspective view showing a state in which the circuit board 2150 is fixed to the separator 2445, and shows a state seen from the upper right rear. Here, it will be possible to confirm the soldering points of the lead wires 2497 and 2498 (see FIG. 65) to the ends 2497b and 2498b, which were not visible in FIG. 65. Recesses 2150c and 2150d for positioning the circuit board 2150 with respect to the separator 2445 are formed on the left and right edges near the center when viewed in the front-rear direction of the circuit board 2150, and convex portions 2445c and 2445d formed on the separator 2445 are formed therein. Engage. Further, on the front side of the separator 2445, an abutting portion 2445e for holding the front end of the circuit board 2150 is formed, and abuts on the front edge portion of the circuit board 2150. The drawer plate 2461 is formed with a terminal surface 2461b extending in parallel with the electrode of the battery cell and a horizontal surface portion 2461c bent in a direction perpendicular to the upper side of the separator 2445 from the terminal surface 2461b, and the horizontal surface portion 2461c is formed on the upper side. A drawer tab 2461a was formed by extending it in a tab shape at a right angle. The fuse portion 2461d is formed by forming a cutout portion 2461e in which a part of the horizontal plane is largely cut out from the front side, thereby reducing the width (distance in the front-rear direction) of the fuse portion 2461d. Not only the drawer plate 2461 but also other drawer plates 2466, 2471, 2476 and the connection plates 2462 to 2465 and 2472 to 2475 are formed by pressing a thin plate such as stainless steel. Therefore, it is not necessary to add a separate fuse element to the upper cell unit 2146 and the lower cell unit 2147.

FIG. 67 is a diagram for explaining a method of connecting the drawer plates 2461, 2466, 2471, 2476 of the battery pack 2100 to the positive electrode terminals (2162, 2172) and the negative electrode terminals (2167, 2177). (1) is a view seen from the front side, and (2) is a view seen from the rear side. Of the connection terminal groups, the connection terminals other than the positive electrode terminals (2162, 2172) and the negative electrode terminals (2167, 2177) for discharge are not shown. The drawer tab 2461a, which is the + output of the upper cell unit 2146, is connected to the circuit board 2150 by the region circle 2 on the rear side of the upper positive electrode terminal 2162. Therefore, as shown by the dotted line, the drawer tab 2461a and the upper positive electrode terminal 2162 can be linearly connected at a short distance. The drawer tab 2466a, which is the output of the upper cell unit 2146, is connected to the circuit board 2150 by the region circle 3 on the front side of the lower negative electrode terminal 2177. Therefore, as shown by the dotted line, the drawer tab 2466a and the lower negative electrode terminal 2177 can be linearly connected at a short distance. The drawer tab 2471a, which is the + output of the lower cell unit 2147, is connected to the circuit board 2150 by the region circle 1 on the front side of the lower positive electrode terminal 2172. Therefore, as shown by the dotted line, the drawer tab 2471a and the lower positive electrode terminal 2172 can be linearly connected at a short distance. The drawer tab 2476a, which is the output of the lower cell unit 2147, is connected to the circuit board 2150 by the region circle 4 on the rear side of the upper negative electrode terminal 2167. Therefore, as shown by the dotted line, the drawer tab 2476a and the upper negative electrode terminal 2167 can be linearly connected at a short distance. As described above, since it can be linearly connected to the power connection terminals (2162, 2167, 2172, 2177) as shown by the dotted line on the circuit board 2150, the wiring patterns do not intersect with each other and are thick. Can be placed efficiently.

FIG. 68 is a diagram showing the shapes of the connection terminal groups (2161 to 2162, 2164 to 2168) and the substrate cover 2180 arranged around them, and FIG. 68 is a perspective view seen from the upper left front, and (2). ) Is a perspective view seen from the upper right rear. Although the circuit board 2150 is not shown here, after the legs of a plurality of connection terminal groups (2161 to 2162, 2164 to 2168, 2171, 2172, 2177) are fixed to the circuit board 2150 by soldering, they are fixed. A board cover 2180 is attached around the connection terminals. The board cover 2180 is manufactured by integral molding of a non-conductor, eg synthetic resin, to cover the perimeter of the connection terminals, especially the perimeter of the legs, to protect against electrical short circuits between adjacent connection terminals. .. The purpose of providing the board cover 2180 is to partition the connection terminals with an insulator. Therefore, a plurality of vertically extending partition walls 2182 to 2189 are arranged, and they are connected by the connecting member 2181 on the front side. The flat upper surface 2181a of the connecting member 2181 is formed so as to be flush with the lower surface 1111 (see FIG. 38) of the upper case 1110, and is relative to the main body side terminal portion from the lower surface 1111 to the connecting member 2181. It is easy to move. The horizontal wall of the connecting member 2181 is held in a floating state from the circuit board 2150, and a plurality of legs 2181b to 2181f are formed so as to form a gap between the lower surface of the horizontal wall of the connecting member 2181 and the circuit board 2150. Further, fitting ribs 2191a (see FIG. 68 (2)) and 2191b for alignment are formed on the left and right ends of the connecting member 2181 so as to sandwich the left and right sides of the circuit board 2150. Further, a vertical wall portion 2185a extends to the front side near the center of the left and right sides of the connecting member 2181 to partition the center of the upper surface 2181a. The tip of the vertical wall portion 2185a is used for positioning when an external charging device (not shown) is attached.

The substrate cover 2180 also serves as a covering that closes the opening in the unused area (slot 1123 in FIG. 38). As shown in FIGS. 68 (1) and 68 (2), vertical wall portions 2184a and 2184d and a closing plate 2184c connecting them on the rear side are formed in the portions corresponding to the slots 1123. In this way, the board cover 2180 closes the unused area (slot 1123 in FIG. 38) to prevent dust and dirt from entering the inside of the case of the battery pack 2100 from the empty slot.

As can be understood in FIG. 68 (2), the rear positions of the plurality of partition walls 2182 to 2189 are located further behind the rear positions of the respective connection terminals (2161 to 2168). Although the circuit board 2150 is not shown here, the lower side portions of the respective partition walls 2182 to 2189 extend to positions where they abut on the surface of the circuit board 2150. Step portions 2192a and 2192b are formed on the left side of the partition wall 2188 (see FIG. 68 (1)) and the right side portion of the partition wall 2182. The stepped portions 2192a and 2192b are contact portions with which the protruding portions 2516a and 2516b of the terminal portion described with reference to FIG. 78 come into contact with each other. The power terminals (2161, 2162, 2167) for transmitting electric power are formed of a metal plate thicker than the signal terminals (2164-2166, 2168) that only transmit a signal. The power terminal of this embodiment has an electrically independent upper terminal (2161, 2162, 2167) and a lower terminal (2171, 2172, 2177: both see FIG. 65), and the arms are adjacent to each other in the left-right direction. Has a unit. The board cover 2180 protects the power terminals from short-circuiting with the terminals (power terminals or signal terminals) adjacent in the left-right direction, and also with the arm sets of the upper terminals (2161, 2162, 2167) adjacent in the up-down direction. The lower terminal (2171, 2172, 2177: all see FIG. 65) is prevented from being short-circuited with the arm assembly. Therefore, in the board cover 2180, the partition wall (2182, 2183, 2184, 2187, 2188) adjacent to the power terminal is a high wall in the upward direction and extends in the horizontal direction as shown in FIG. 68 (1). Horizontal wall portions 2182b, 2183b, 2183c, 2184b, 2187b, 2188b are further formed.

FIG. 68 (3) is a front view of the connection terminal group (2161 to 2162, 2164 to 2168) and the board cover 2180. Of the partition walls, the partition walls 2185 and 2186 arranged between the signal terminals are wall portions having a low height H2 from the upper surface 2181a, and the upper end positions thereof are below the signal terminals (2164-2166) and the LD terminal 2168. It will be lower than the arm on the side. On the other hand, the partition walls 2182 to 2184 and 2187 to 2189 adjacent to the power terminals are wall portions having a high height of H3 from the upper surface 2181a, and the upper end positions thereof are the lower positive electrode terminals 2171 and 2172 and the lower side. It is located above the upper end position of the negative electrode terminal 2177 and below the arms of the upper positive electrode terminals 2161 and 2162 and the upper negative electrode terminal 2167.

As for the power terminal in the connection terminal group, as described with reference to FIGS. 60 to 63, the legs of the upper positive electrode terminals 2161 and 2162 and the lower positive electrode terminals 2171 and 2172 are arranged in the front-rear direction, and the respective arm sets are vertically arranged. Arranged so as to be separated in the direction. Similarly, the legs of the upper negative electrode terminal 2167 and the lower negative electrode terminal 2177 are arranged in the front-rear direction, and the arm portions are arranged so as to be separated in the vertical direction. When the battery pack 2100 is attached to the main body of an electric device with a rating of 18V, the potentials of the arms of the upper positive electrode terminals 2161 and 2162 and the upper negative electrode terminal 2167 and the potentials of the lower positive electrode terminals 2171 and 2172 and the lower negative electrode terminal 2177. Is the same, so there is no problem even if the upper terminal component and the lower terminal component come into contact with each other. However, when the battery pack 2100 is mounted on the main body of the electric device having a rating of 36 V, the potentials of the upper positive electrode terminals 2161 and 2162 and the lower positive electrode terminals 2171 and 2172 are different, and the potentials of the upper negative electrode terminal 2167 and the lower negative electrode terminal 2177 are different. Therefore, it is important to prevent a short circuit due to contact between the upper and lower arms. It is also important to have a shape that does not easily cause a short circuit due to the insertion of foreign matter. Therefore, the substrate cover 2180 of the present embodiment has the partition walls 2182 to 2184, 2187, which are adjacent to the power terminals (positive electrode terminal and negative electrode terminal) among the plurality of partition walls 2182 to 2189 formed so as to extend upward. With respect to 2188, the upper end position was formed large upward so as to have a height H3, and was greatly extended to the rear side. Further, horizontal wall portions 2182b, 2183b, 2183c, 2184b, 2187b, 2188b extending horizontally from the upper end positions of the vertical wall portions 2182a, 2183a, 2184a, 2187a, 2188a of the partition walls 2182 to 2184, 2187, 2188 are also formed. did.

The partition wall 2182 has a vertical wall portion 2182a and a horizontal wall portion 2182b, and the cross-sectional shape thereof is L-shaped. The horizontal wall portion 2182b has a shape extending horizontally so as to reach into the space between the arms of the adjacent power terminals (upper positive electrode terminal 2161 and lower positive electrode terminal 2171) from the vicinity of the upper end of the vertical wall portion 2182a. Ru. Further, the partition wall 2183 has a T-shaped cross-sectional shape, and is formed by a vertical wall portion 2183a and horizontal wall portions 2183b and 2183c extending in both directions from the upper end portion of the vertical wall portion 2183a. The horizontal wall portion 2183b extends toward the side adjacent to the adjacent horizontal wall portion 2182b, and the tip reaches the space between the arms of the upper positive electrode terminal 2161 and the lower positive electrode terminal 2171. Similarly, the horizontal wall portion 2183c extends toward the side adjacent to the adjacent horizontal wall portion 2184b, and the tip reaches the space between the arms of the upper positive electrode terminal 2162 and the lower positive electrode terminal 2172. Looking at the positive electrode terminal group from the front as shown in FIG. 68 (3), the right side surface position of the upper positive electrode terminal 2161 and the right side surface position of the lower positive electrode terminal 2171 are at the same position. The left end position 2182c of the horizontal wall portion 2182b is on the left side of the right side surface position of the upper positive electrode terminal 2161 and the lower positive electrode terminal 2171, that is, to the extent that it penetrates into the lower portion of the arm portion 2161a of the upper positive electrode terminal 2161. Is extended to the length of. At this time, the horizontal wall portion 2182b is located above the arm portion 2171a of the lower positive electrode terminal 2171.

As can be seen from FIG. 68 (2), the length of the vertical wall portion 2182a and the horizontal wall portion 2182b in the front-rear direction is formed longer than the length of the lower positive electrode terminal 2171 in the front-rear direction, and the front end position thereof is the lower positive electrode. It is located at substantially the same position as the tip of the arm of the terminal 2171, and the rear end position is on the rear side of the rear end position of the lower positive electrode terminal 2171. In this way, the vertical wall portion 2182a covers the entire right side surface of the lower positive electrode terminal 2171 and the entire left side surface, and also covers the upper portion except for the space where the device side terminal near the center of the left and right is inserted. .. Here, only the shapes of the vertical wall portion 2182a and the horizontal wall portion 2182b of the lower positive electrode terminal 2171 are mentioned, but also for the lower positive electrode terminal 2172, the entire right side surface, the entire left side surface, and the upper portion excluding the central portion. Since the partition walls 2183 and 2184 are provided so as to cover them, even if an external force is applied to the lower positive electrode terminals 2171 and 2172 and a force for bending them is applied, the board cover 2180 effectively holds them. This makes it possible to significantly reduce the risk of an unintentional short circuit between the lower terminal component for power transmission and the upper terminal component.

The negative electrode terminal side (2167, 2177) has the same idea as the positive electrode terminal side (2161, 2162, 2171, 2172), and large partition walls 2187 and 2188 are provided on both the left and right sides of the negative electrode terminal. The partition wall 2187 has the same shape as the partition wall 2182, and is formed by the vertical wall portion 2187a and the horizontal wall portion 2187b, and the cross-sectional shape thereof is L-shaped. The horizontal wall portion 2187b is formed so as to extend from the upper end portion of the vertical wall portion 2187a toward the negative electrode terminal side. The partition wall 2188 is formed symmetrically with the partition wall 2187, and is formed by the vertical wall portion 2188a and the horizontal wall portion 2188b. The horizontal wall portions 2187b and 2188b are large enough to allow the tip portion to enter the space between the arm assembly of the upper negative electrode terminal 2167 and the arm assembly of the lower negative electrode terminal 2177. Since the partition walls 2187 and 2188 are formed so as to cover the periphery of (2167, 2177), even if a strong external pressure is applied to the upper negative electrode terminal 2167 or the lower negative electrode terminal 2177 to move (bend) in the front-rear direction. The possibility of a short circuit phenomenon can be significantly reduced due to the presence of wall portions such as the horizontal wall portions 2187b and 2188b.

The partition walls 2185, 2186 between the signal terminals (2164 to 2166) have only a low height H2 in the upward direction, which means that the signal terminals (2164 to 2166) only carry a low power signal. This is because the degree of danger at the time of a short circuit is smaller than that on the power terminal side, and the need for insulation is low. Further, since each of the signal terminal groups (2164-2166) is one component and the upper arm portion and the lower arm portion have the same potential, it is necessary to worry about a short circuit between the upper and lower arms. Is low. The partition wall 2184 includes vertical wall portions 2184a and 2184d, and is connected between them by a closing plate 2184c and a rear connecting plate 2184e. The closing plate 2184c is a flat plate extending vertically and in the left-right direction, and has an effect of closing an empty space (internal space of the empty slot 1123 in FIG. 38) between the upper positive electrode terminal 2162 and the T terminal 2164. A horizontal wall portion 2184b extending toward the positive electrode terminal side is formed near the upper end of the vertical wall portion 2184a.

The connecting member 2181 connects the front side portions of the vertical wall portions 2182a, 2183a, 2184a, 2184d, 2185, 2186, 2187a, 2188a located between the connection terminals. The horizontal wall forming the upper surface 2181a of the connecting member 2181 is in a floating state with respect to the circuit board 2150. The lower edges of the vertical wall portions 2182a, 2183a, 2184d, 2185, 2186, 2187a, 2188a, 2189 are positioned so as to come into contact with the circuit board 2150 (not shown). The lower portion of the connecting member 2181 is also filled with a liquid curable resin covering the upper surface of the circuit board 2150 as described with reference to FIG. 48 and then hardened. By solidifying the curable resin, the circuit board 2150 is firmly fixed to the vicinity of the lower ends of the plurality of vertical wall portions 2182a, 2183a, 2184a, 2184d, 2185, 2186, 2187a, 2188a, 2189. A plurality of legs 2181b to 2181f are formed on the front wall surface of the connecting member 2181, and a notch is formed between the legs 2181b to 2181f. Instead of making the legs 2181b to 2181f continuous in the left-right direction in this way, the notch is formed so that the liquid resin is evenly distributed to the rear portion and the front portion of the circuit board 2150. To make it. Since the liquid resin has a relatively low viscosity, the resin flows in the front-rear direction through the legs 2181b to 2181f (details will be described later).

FIG. 69 is a view of the substrate cover 2180 alone, and FIG. 69 is a perspective view seen from the upper left front. In (1), the length L1 in the front-rear direction of the horizontal wall portions 2182b, 2183b, 2183c, 2184b, 2187b, 2188b is the arm portions 2265, 2266 of the upper terminal component 2260 and the lower terminal component shown in FIG. It is said to correspond to the lengths of the arms 2285 and 2286 of 2280. Here, the front ends of the horizontal wall portions 2183b, 2183c, 2184b, 2187b, 2188b are the front end positions of the arm portions 2265 and 2266 of the upper terminal component 2260 and the arm portions 2285 and 2286 of the lower terminal component 2280 shown in FIG. The length is such that the rear end is located on the rear side of the right side surface 2263 and the left side surface 2264 of the upper terminal component 2260 shown in FIG. 49. A closing plate 2184c extending in the vertical direction and a rear connecting plate 2184e are formed on the rear side of the partition wall 2184. A space 2184f is formed between the rear connecting plate 2184e and the closing plate 2184c.

FIG. 69 (2) is a perspective view of the substrate cover 2180 alone as viewed from the lower right front. As can be seen from this figure, the bottom position of the partition walls 2182 to 2189 is the same as the bottom position of the legs 2181b to 2181f, and the board cover 2180 is placed so that the bottom portion is in contact with the surface of the circuit board 2150. Will be done. Two fitting ribs 2191a and 2191b projecting downward are further formed on the legs 2181b and 2181f, and the circuit board 2150 is located in the space between the facing fitting ribs 2191a and 2191b so that the board cover 2180 is formed. Is positioned in the left-right direction. A bottom plate 2184 g is provided between the vertical wall portions 2184a and 2184d to close the lower surface of the unused slot 1123 (see FIG. 38).

FIG. 69 (3) is a front view of the substrate cover 2180 alone. After fixing the connection terminal group to the circuit board 2150, that is, as shown in FIG. 65, the board cover 2180 fixes the connection terminal group (2161-2162, 2164 to 2168, 2171 to 2172, 2177) to the circuit board 2150. After that, the circuit board 2150 is mounted by sliding it from the front side toward the connection terminal group. Therefore, the board cover 2180 can be attached without touching the arm, right side surface, and left side surface of the connection terminal group, and is normally attached to the arm portion, right side surface, and left side surface of the connection terminal group even after attachment. Sometimes the positional relationship is such that they do not touch. The height H7 of the fitting ribs 2191a and 2191b is equal to or greater than the plate thickness of the circuit board 2150 (not shown).

FIG. 70 is a diagram showing a group of connection terminals and a substrate cover 2180 arranged around the connection terminals, (1) is a top view, and (2) is a rear view. The charging positive electrode pair (2161, 2171) is arranged slightly offset forward from the adjacent positive electrode pair (2162, 2172). This is due to space restrictions, and is to avoid the movement range of the latch mechanism (not shown) immediately behind the positive electrode terminal pair (2161, 2171). Therefore, if there is no space limitation, the positive electrode terminal pair (2161, 2171) may be arranged so that the front end positions of the positive electrode terminal pair (2162, 2172) and the negative electrode terminal pair (2167, 2177) are aligned. Further, the LD terminal 2168 is formed to be slightly smaller in size than the other signal terminals (T terminal 2164, V terminal 2165, LS terminal 2166). This is also due to space restrictions, and is to avoid a latch mechanism (not shown) reaching immediately behind the LD terminal 2168. Due to the small size of the LD terminal 2168, the partition wall 2189 is also formed to have a smaller length in the front-rear direction.

FIG. 71 (1) is a right side view of the connection terminal group and the substrate cover 2180 arranged around the connection terminal group. Here, the substrate cover 2180 portion is illustrated so as to be distinguished from the connection terminal portion by hatching except for the vertical wall portion 2185a near the center of the left and right. As can be seen from this figure, the right side of the lower positive electrode terminal 2171 is almost entirely covered with the partition wall 2182 of the substrate cover 2180. Further, the upper positive electrode terminal 2161 also covers the lower portion of the arm assembly (2161a, 2161b) except for the rear end portion. Since the circuit board 2150 is not shown in the figure, the legs of the upper positive electrode terminal 2161 and the lower positive electrode terminals 2171 are visible, but in reality, these legs are inside the through holes of the circuit board. Will be placed. FIG. 71 (2) is a left side view. Since the partition wall 2189 is provided on the left side of the LD terminal 2168 here as well, most of the portion is covered. Further, it can be understood from the figure that the upper end position of the partition wall 2188 reaches between the arm portion 2167b of the upper negative electrode terminal 2167 and the arm portion 2177b of the lower negative electrode terminal 2177.

FIG. 72 is a diagram for explaining a situation in which the device-side terminal is inserted into the board cover 2180, and shows the vicinity of the upper positive electrode terminal 2162 and the lower positive electrode terminal 2172. In the partition walls 2183 and 2184 located on the left and right sides of the upper positive electrode terminal 2162, the horizontal wall portions 2183c so as to enter between the arms 2162a and 2162b of the upper positive electrode terminal 2162 and the arms 2172a and 2172b of the lower positive electrode terminal 2172. 2184b is formed. The distance between the horizontal wall portions 2183c and 2184b in the left-right direction is L2. As shown by the dotted line, the terminal portion 2052a of the positive electrode input terminal 2052 is inserted between the horizontal wall portions 2183c and 2184b and between the arm portions 2162a and 2162b. Here, since the thickness of the terminal portion 2052a is TH1, the relationship is TH1 <L2, and L2 has an interval of about twice that of TH1. As a result, even if the terminal portion 2052a is roughly inserted or some foreign matter is inserted, the minimum spacing portion of the arm portions 2162a and 2162b and the minimum spacing portion of the arm portions 2172a and 2172b are separated by L2 or more in the left-right direction. Can be effectively suppressed. Further, since the front end positions of the horizontal wall portions 2183c and 2184b are configured to be positioned forward by the distance F1 with respect to the front end positions of the arm portions 2162a and 2162b, the terminal portion 2052a of the positive electrode input terminal on the electric device main body side is configured. Is inserted, it is reliably guided between the arms 2162a, 2162b by the horizontal wall portions 2183c, 2184b. By configuring the intervals and front end positions of the horizontal wall portions 2183c and 2184b in this way, damage to the arm portions 2162a and 2162b and the arm portions 2172a and 2172b can be prevented, and the fitting state of the upper positive electrode terminal 2162 and the lower positive electrode terminal 2172. Can be kept good for a long period of time.

73 (1) and (2) are perspective views showing a terminal portion 2200 according to a ninth embodiment of the present invention. The terminal portion 2200 is used for an electric device having a rating of 36 V, and the terminal arrangement and the basic shape are the same as those shown in FIG. 62, and the same parts are given the same code number. The terminal portion 2200 can be mounted in place of the terminal portion 2050 in the power tool main body 1030 for 36V. In that case, the shape of the connection terminal of the battery pack 2100 may be the same. In FIG. 73, the portion where the metal terminal is exposed is hatched so that the resin portion and the metal portion can be easily distinguished. What is different here is the shape of the synthetic resin base 2201 that holds the metal terminal portions 2052a, 2054a to 2058a and the terminal portions 2059b, 2059c of the short bar. The basic shape is the same, it has an upper surface 2201a, and recesses 2201c and 2201d parallel to the upper surface 2201a are formed on the front side and the rear side near the upper surface 2201a, but near the rear end roots of the terminal portions 2052a to 2058a. The resin covering portions 2202a, 2204a to 2208a are formed on the surface. The covering portion is a portion covered with synthetic resin so that the metal surface is not exposed to the outside, and is formed by integrally molding with the base 2201 in the vicinity of the rear end root which does not interfere with the connection terminal of the battery pack 2100. Covering portions 2202b and 2207b are similarly formed near the roots of the terminal portions 2059b and 2059c of the short bar 2059.

Further, in the ninth embodiment, a partition 2210 made of synthetic resin is formed at a position corresponding to an empty slot 1123 (see FIG. 38) in which a terminal is not provided. The partition 2210 is a partition plate made of an insulating material to prevent the positive electrode input terminal 2052 and the terminal portion 2059b of the short bar 2059 from being short-circuited with other terminal portions. The metal terminals 2052a, 2054a to 2058a, 2059b, 2059c are made of highly elastic materials such as phosphor bronze for springs, and have high strength, bending resistance, and high wear resistance. The terminal portions 2052a, 2054a to 2058a, and the terminal portions 2059b, 2059c are firmly fixed by casting into the base 2201 made of synthetic resin, and in particular, the upper side portion is also cast into the base 2201. However, the terminal portions 2059b and 2059c only extend forward from the rear vertical plane of the terminal portion 2200, and the upper side portion and the lower side portion are in an open state. The partition 2210 is a wall-shaped portion formed by being integrally molded with the base 2201, and the size of the partition 2210 in the vertical direction is formed larger in the downward direction and the front direction than the adjacent terminal portion (2054a).

74 (1) and (3) are perspective views from another angle of the terminal portion 2200, and (2) is a front view. As can be seen from the figures of (1) and (3), here, horizontal holding portions 2204b, 2205b, 2206b, 2208b extending in the horizontal direction are provided near the lower roots of the resin covering portions 2204a, 2205a, 2206a, and 2208a. It is formed. The lower surfaces of the horizontal holding portions 2204b, 2205b, 2206b, and 2208b can be seen from the front view of (2). They are aligned so as to be flush with each other when viewed in the height direction, and when the battery pack 2100 is mounted, these lower surfaces are in a position close to or in contact with the upper surface 2181a of the substrate cover 2180 (see FIG. 68). By bringing the lower surfaces of the horizontal holding portions 2204b, 2205b, 2206b, and 2208b close to or in contact with the substrate cover 2180 in this way, the electrical insulation between the adjacent metal terminals is improved, and the terminal portion 2200 is the battery pack 2100. It is possible to limit the range of relative movement in the vertical direction with respect to the relative movement. It should be noted that predetermined gaps 2202c to 2207c are opened between the horizontal holding portions 2204b, 2205b, 2206b, and 2208b in the left-right direction, respectively. Since the connection terminal on the battery pack 2100 side has a shape that sandwiches the terminal part of the terminal part 2200 from the left and right, dust and dirt adhering to the metal terminal part is pushed out to the rear side by the mounting operation of the battery pack 2100. Therefore, dust and dirt are likely to adhere to the vicinity of the rear root of the metal terminal. Therefore, the gaps 2202c to 2207c are formed so that the attached dust and dirt can easily fall downward. As can be confirmed from the front view of FIG. 73 (2), the horizontal holding portions 2204b, 2205b, 2206b, and 2208b are formed in a so-called tapered shape in which the width in the left-right direction widens from the front to the rear. On the other hand, no horizontal holding portion is formed on the lower surfaces of the terminal portions 2059b and 2059c of the short bar. This is because making the terminal portions 2059b and 2059c easily deformed downward makes it difficult for the terminal portions 2052a and 2057a to come into contact with each other when a strong impact such as a drop of the battery pack 2100 is applied.

The partition 2210 is substantially rectangular when viewed from the left and right sides, its upper side 2210a is integrally molded so as to be in contact with the base 2201, and the rear side 2210d, which is the base portion, is in contact with the base 2201. The lower side 2210c is integrally formed with the horizontal holding portion 2203b. In this way, the partition 2210 can be formed at the same time as the base 2201 is molded. The thickness TH (width TH in the left-right direction) of the partition 2210 is formed to be thicker than the plate thickness T6 of the terminal portions 2052a and 2054a to 2058a which are metal portions. The height H6 of the partition 2210 is the same as the height of the vertical wall 2200a of the terminal portion 2200, and the length L6 in the front-rear direction (see FIG. 73 (1)) is substantially the same as the length of the horizontal wall 2200b of the terminal portion 2200. .. Further, the partition 2210 is longer in the front direction and larger in the downward direction than the terminal portions 2052a to 2058a, 2059b, and 2059c. The partition 2210 is only inserted into the empty slot 1123 (see FIG. 38) when the battery pack 2100 is attached to the power tool main body 1030 (see FIG. 36), and is any connection terminal of the battery pack 2100. Does not contact with. Regarding the partition wall 2184 of the substrate cover 2180 (see FIG. 68), the position of the closing plate 2184c may be shifted rearward so as not to interfere with the partition wall 2210 when it is inserted. The two small positive electrode terminals (2052a, 2059b) arranged in the vertical direction may be greatly deformed by a large impact such as dropping of the battery pack 2100, but due to the material, the positive electrode terminals (2052a, 2059b) ) Has a considerably large elastic deformation range, and although it deforms, it is difficult to bend. In this embodiment, when the positive electrode terminal portions (2052a, 2059b) are deformed inward (on the terminal portion 2054a side), the deformation range can be limited by abutting on the partition 2210.

FIG. 75 is a tenth embodiment of the present invention. The terminal portion 2050A shown here is a partially modified version of the terminal portion 2050 shown in FIG. 62, and the parts using the same components are designated by the same reference numerals. Here, the terminal portion 2052f of the positive electrode input terminal 2052A, which is a power terminal, has a length of only the front half of the terminal portion 2052a of FIG. 74, and the terminal portion 2079b of the short bar is the rear half of the terminal portion 2059b of FIG. 74. It was just as long. Since the lengths of the terminal portion 2052f and the terminal portion 2079b are shortened in this way, the terminal portion 2059b and the terminal portion 2079b of the short bar are prevented from overlapping when viewed in the vertical direction and in the front-rear direction. No metal terminal is provided on the rear side of the terminal portion 2052a as shown by the arrow 2052d. The same applies to the negative electrode input terminal 2057A side, and the terminal portion 2058f and the terminal portion 2079c of the short bar are arranged so as to be displaced in the front-rear direction, and viewed vertically and when viewed in the front-rear direction. 2079c did not overlap. No metal terminal is provided on the rear side of the terminal portion 2058f as shown by the arrow 2050e.

75 (2) and (3) are perspective views of the upper terminal component 1220 and the lower terminal component 1230 corresponding to the terminal portion 2050A. Here, the legs of the upper terminal component 1220 and the lower terminal component 1230 are arranged so as to be separated in the front-rear direction, and the arm assembly (1225, 1226) and the arm assembly (1235, 1236) are separated in the vertical direction. The points are the same as those of the upper terminal component 1260 and the lower terminal component 1280 shown in FIG. 40. However, the length of the upper arm assembly (1225, 1226) in the anteroposterior direction is short, and the length of the lower arm assembly (1235, 1236) in the anteroposterior direction is long. FIG. 75 (3) shows a state in which the conventional terminal portion 2020 (see FIG. 63) is fitted to the upper terminal component 1220 and the lower terminal component 1230 shown in (2). Here, when the terminal portion 2022a of the positive electrode input terminal 2022 is inserted, the positions in the front-rear direction of the fitting region of the upper terminal component 1220 and the fitting region of the lower terminal component 1230 are separated by a distance L7. If the fitting pressure of the arm assembly (1225, 1226) and the arm assembly (1235, 1236) are made equal, the same functions as those of the upper terminal component 1200 and the lower terminal component 1220 shown in FIG. 40 can be realized. can.

Next, the eleventh embodiment of the present invention will be described with reference to FIGS. 76 and 77. FIG. 76 is a schematic circuit diagram of the battery pack and the main body of the electric device according to the eleventh embodiment. The battery pack 2100 has the same configuration as the battery pack of the eighth embodiment described with reference to FIGS. 58 to 72. Here, only the circuit diagram of the battery pack 2100 is shown. The main body of the electric device is characterized in that a switch circuit, that is, a short bar connection switch 2059d is provided in the middle of the short bar 2059 with respect to the eighth embodiment. There is no change in other configurations. The drive unit such as a motor is controlled by a control unit including a microcomputer. This drive unit is connected to the positive electrode input terminal 2052 and the negative electrode input terminal 2057, and an operation switch 2034 such as a trigger switch is provided in these circuits. The short bar connection switch 2059d is an additional changeover switch for establishing or disconnecting an electrical connection between one terminal 2059b and the other terminal 2059c of the short bar 2059. By providing the changeover switch on the short bar 2059 in this way, various usage methods can be realized.

The first use is to configure the short bar connection switch 2059d to turn on or off in conjunction with the trigger switch 2034. For example, when the main body of the electric device has a trigger switch 2034 such as an impact driver, if the trigger switch 2034 remains off even if the battery pack 2100 is attached to the main body of the electric tool, the negative electrode of the upper cell unit 2146 and the lower cell unit The positive electrode of 2147 is not connected, and power is not supplied to the positive electrode input terminal 2052 and the negative electrode input terminal 2057. The second usage is when the short bar connection switch 2059d is used as the main switch of the main body of the electric device. An electric device using the battery pack 2100 may not use the trigger switch but only the main switch. In that case, the short bar connection switch 2059d may be used as the main switch, or may be configured to operate in conjunction with the main switch. Regardless of the first or second usage, the upper cell unit 2146 and the lower cell unit 2147 are reliably kept disconnected during storage and transportation, thus improving the safety of the battery pack 2100. Especially useful for. In addition, the on / off control is not performed only by the trigger switch 2034, but the on / off control is also possible on the short bar 2059 side. Therefore, when an emergency stop is required, the microcomputer on the electric device main body side is a short bar. By controlling the connection switch 2059d, it is possible to cut off the power supply. The trigger switch 2034 and the short bar connection switch 2059d may be configured to be completely interlocked and to switch the trigger switch 2034 on / off and the short bar connection switch 2059d on / off without a delay time. In this case, on / off interlocking may be realized by a mechanical mechanism, or on / off may be realized at the same timing by an electric circuit configuration. Further, the on / off switching of the short bar connection switch 2059d corresponding to the on / off switching of the trigger switch 2034 may be controlled to be slightly shifted by using an electric circuit configuration. FIG. 77 shows a method of slightly shifting the on / off switching of such a short bar connection switch 2059d from the on / off switching of the trigger switch 2034.

FIG. 77 (1) is a diagram showing the timing of the operation of the short bar connection switch 2059d (connection operation 2196) and the operation of the trigger switch 2034 (trigger operation 2197). Each horizontal axis shows time (unit: seconds), and is shown together on the same scale. (1) is a diagram showing the timing of the operation of the short bar connection switch 2059d (connection operation 2196) and the operation of the trigger switch 2034 (trigger operation 2197). When using a power tool, by turning on a main switch (not shown), the short bar connection switch 2059d is turned on in conjunction with it. Then, at times t ₂ , t ₄ , t ₆ and t ₈ , the operator turns on the trigger switch 2034 to rotate the motor. When the operator turns off the trigger switch at time t ₃ , t ₄ , t ₇ , and t ₉ , the rotation of the motor stops. When the operator turns off the main switch (not shown) at time t10, the short bar connection switch _2059d is also turned off in conjunction with it, so that the upper cell unit 2146 and the lower cell unit 2147 of the battery pack 2100 are disconnected. .. Therefore, even if the battery pack 2100 is inserted in the power tool main body, if the main switch is turned off, the series connection between the upper cell unit 2146 and the lower cell unit 2147 is released.

FIG. 77 (2) shows a short bar connection in the case of a power tool having an on or off changeover switch such as a grinder or a circular saw, rather than a trigger switch that requires continuous operation during work. It is a figure which shows the control timing of a switch 2059d, a microcomputer, and a motor. For models such as grinders and electric circular saws that do not have a trigger switch 2034 that requires continuous operation by the operator, the short bar connection switch 2059d can function as the main switch for the power tool. In that case, the main switch (short bar connection switch _2059d ) is turned on at time t11, and the power tool can be used. Then, since the operating voltage is also supplied to the microcomputer included in the control unit on the power tool main body side, the microcomputer 2198 is started. The activated microcomputer 2198 rotates the motor, but the timing is slightly delayed and the started microcomputer ₂₁₉₈ is activated at time t12. When the work is completed at time t20, the worker switches the main switch (short bar connection switch _2059d ) to the off side. Then, the power supply to the microcomputer is cut off, so that the microcomputer and the motor stop. As described above, by providing a slight time lag until the motor starts when the short bar connection switch 2059d is turned on, it is possible to prevent an excessive current from concentrating on the contact portion of the short bar connection switch 2059d. Further, by turning off the short bar connection switch 2059d as the main switch, it is possible to reliably maintain the state in which the output of the battery pack 2100 is not supplied to the positive electrode input terminal 2052 and the negative electrode input terminal 2057. This is because if the main switch is turned off, the series connection between the upper cell unit 2146 and the lower cell unit 2147 is in the disconnected state, which is also useful for improving the safety during transportation.

Next, the shapes of the terminal holders (2500, 2550) on the main body side of the electric device will be described with reference to FIGS. 78 to 88. In FIG. 78 (1), the terminal holder 2500 has a new shape that can be attached in place of the terminal portion 2020 (see FIG. 63) of the conventional electric device main body, and is for a rating of 18V. In the terminal portion 2020 shown in FIG. 63, the base 2021 made of synthetic resin for fixing the terminals has a small shape, but in the terminal holder 2500 of the twelfth embodiment, the horizontal wall 2501 forming the horizontal plane 2501a is front and rear. It is formed larger in the left-right direction. The terminal holder 2500 is a member for fixing a plurality of terminals (2522, 2524 to 2528) on the main body side of an electric device, and a metal part having a flat plate-shaped terminal portion is cast by integrally molding a non-conductor such as synthetic resin. It is fixed by inserting it. A flat plate-shaped positive electrode input terminal 2522, T terminal 2524, V terminal 2525, LS terminal 2526, negative electrode input terminal 2527, and LD terminal 2528 are arranged in the terminal holder 2500 in the left-right direction. The battery pack 2100 also has positive electrode terminals for charging (2161, 2171 shown in FIG. 65), but since the terminal holder 2500 shown here is used for an electric device dedicated to discharging, it is a positive electrode terminal for charging. No terminal is provided to fit (2161, 2171 in FIG. 58). The plurality of terminals (2522, 2524 to 2528) extending forward from the base portion 2510 of the terminal holder 2500 are firmly fixed so that the rear side portion and the upper side portion are cast into the horizontal wall 2501. Curved ribs 2503a to 2503d for fixing the terminal holder 2500 to the housing on the main body side of the electric device are formed on the rear side of the horizontal wall 2501. Curved ribs 2504a and 2504b that are curved in the opposite direction to the curved ribs 2503a and 2503d are formed at positions facing the curved ribs 2503a and 2503d. The rear side of the terminal holder 2500 is fixed to the housing on the main body side of the electric device by inserting a cylindrical member between the plurality of curved ribs 2503a to 2503d, 2504a, and 2504b. At this time, the front side of the terminal holder 2500 is hooked by the hooking claw 2502 at the housing on the main body side of the electric device. A horizontal plane 2515 elongated in the left-right direction is formed on the lower side of the plurality of terminals (2522, 2524 to 2528) near the vertical surface 2501b. The horizontal plane 2515 is manufactured by being integrally molded with the substrate portion 2510, and is a rectangular horizontal plate long in the lateral direction. At the right end of the horizontal plane 2515, a protrusion 2516a is formed so as to project further to the right than the right end of the substrate 2510. Similarly, a protruding portion 2516b is formed so as to project further to the left side of the left end of the substrate portion 2510.

FIG. 78 (2) is a left side view of the terminal holder 2500. A horizontal continuous horizontal plane 2515 is formed at the lower side portions of a plurality of terminals (2522, 2524 to 2528) in the terminal holder for 18V, and protrusions 2516a are formed at both left and right ends of the horizontal plane 2515. Connecting portions (2522b, 2524b, 2527b, etc.) for soldering are formed at the rear end portions of the plurality of terminals (2522, 2524 to 2528) cast into the rectangular parallelepiped base portion 2510. An elongated cylindrical member is inserted in the left-right direction inside the curved rib 2503d on the lower side of the connection portion (2522b, 2524b, 2527b, etc.) and the curved rib 2504b facing the curved rib 2503d, and the cylindrical member is screwed or the like. Can be fixed to the housing of the main body.

79 is a view showing the terminal holder 2500, (1) is a front view, and (2) is a bottom view. In the terminal holder 2500, a horizontal plane (horizontal wall) 2515 is further formed under the bottom surface portion 2510b connecting the lower sides of the terminals (2522, 2524 to 2528). A concave portion 2516 cut out in a concave shape is formed near the center of the horizontal plane 2515 in the left-right direction. The recess 2516 is a notch formed so as not to interfere with the vertical wall portion 2185a (see FIG. 38) of the battery pack 2100 when the terminal holder 2500 is mounted. A part of the rear side portion and the upper side part of the terminal (2522, 2524 to 2528) is cast in the base portion 2510, and a part of the lower side rear side is cast by the horizontal wall 2515, so that the terminal (2522, 2524 to 2528) is cast. ) Is firmly fixed without shaking in the left-right direction. A plurality of terminals (2522, 2524 to 2528) are cast into the substrate portion 2510 so as to penetrate the rear side. At that time, the hollow portions 2532 to 2538 and 2544 to 2546 that are not filled with the resin material are formed in the base portion 2510 on the rear side of the horizontal plane 2515. These cavities are unnecessary portions for covering the terminals (2522, 2524 to 2528) cast inside, and are formed for the weight reduction of the terminal holder 2500. FIG. 79 (3) is a top view, which is a portion exposed to the internal space of the housing 1003 of the power tool main body 1001. The terminal holder 2500 of the twelfth embodiment is relatively large, and a stepped surface 2506 that rises upward is formed on the upper surface of the horizontal plane 2501a. The outer peripheral side edge portion of the horizontal plane 2501a is fixed to the power tool main body 1001 by being sandwiched by an opening portion formed in the housing 1003 of the power tool main body 1001. At this time, a rubber sealing member (not shown) may be interposed on the outer peripheral surface of the horizontal wall 2501 to fill the gap between the terminal holder 2500 and the housing 1003.

FIG. 80 is a partial side view showing a state in which the conventional battery pack 1015 is attached to the power tool main body using the terminal holder 2500. In the conventional battery pack 1015, the connection terminal 1018 is fixed on the circuit board 1016 of the battery pack 1015. The size of the connection terminal 1018 is a size corresponding to the terminal portion of the positive electrode input terminal 2522. The connection terminal 1018 has left and right arm portions 1018a and 1018b (1018b cannot be seen in the figure) extending toward the front side in the mounting direction of the battery pack, and the terminal portion of the positive electrode input terminal 2522 is located between these arm portions 1018a and 1018b. A good electrical contact state is achieved by sandwiching the. When the conventional battery pack 1015 is attached to the main body of the electric device, the horizontal surface 2515 is located close to the upper surface 1115 of the upper case 1110 (see FIG. 38), and the vertical surface 2501b faces the step portion 1114 (see FIG. 38). Come to the position to do. At this time, the arm portions 1018a and 1018b of the connection terminal 1018 are fitted so as to sandwich the plate-shaped positive electrode input terminal 2522 from the left and right, thereby establishing an electrical connection state. In the conventional terminal portion 2020 (see FIG. 63), since the horizontal plane 2515 is not formed, a gap is generated in the portion indicated by the arrow 2517. However, in this embodiment, since the horizontal plane 2515 comes into contact with or is close to the board cover 1019, the gap between the terminal holder 2500 and the board cover 1019 is filled, and the connection terminals of the battery pack 1015 are connected to the power tool body 1001 side. Limit the range of relative movement. Therefore, the relative movement amount between the fitting portion of the arm portions 1018a and 1018b and the terminal portion 2027a during operation of the electric tool is also greatly limited, and the occurrence of rubbing of the fitting portion between the arm portions 1018a and 1018b and the connection terminal 1018 is suppressed. It can be electrically stabilized and the life of the battery pack 1015 and the power tool body 1001 can be extended. The upward movement of the terminal holder 2500 with respect to the battery pack 1015 can also be restricted by the protrusions 2516a and 2516b (see FIG. 78), but the action of the protrusions 2516a and 2516b will be described later in FIG. 85. ..

81 is a diagram showing the shape of the terminal holder 2550 for 36V according to the twelfth embodiment of the present invention, (1) is a perspective view seen from below, and (2) is a left side view. The difference from the terminal holder 2550 for 18V shown in FIG. 78 is slight, and it can be said that the shape of the resin portion is the same. The only difference is that the positive electrode input terminal 2572 and the negative electrode input terminal 2577 are narrow in the vertical direction as in the eighth embodiment, and the lower portion of the positive electrode input terminal 2572 and the negative electrode input terminal 2577. The terminal portions 2588b and 2588c of the short bar are provided so as to be parallel to each other. The side surface shape of FIG. 81 (2) is almost the same, and a horizontal plane 2565 is formed on the lower side of the connection terminal group, and protrusions 2566a and 2566b are formed on both left and right sides thereof.

82 is a view showing the terminal holder 2550 of FIG. 81, (1) is a front view, (2) is a bottom view, and (3) is a top view. Here, the positive electrode input terminal 2572 and the negative electrode input terminal 2577 are formed to have a smaller width in the vertical direction than the other terminals (2574 to 2578), and the terminal portion 2588b is formed below the positive electrode input terminal 2572 to form a negative electrode input. A terminal portion 2588c is formed on the lower side of the terminal 2577. The terminal portions 2588b and 2588c are both end portions of a short bar cast inside the base portion 2560 of the terminal holder 2550, and these are electrically connected to each other. The shape of the bottom surface portion of FIG. 82 (2) is also substantially the same as that of the terminal holder 2550 shown in FIG. 79. A plurality of terminals (2572, 2574 to 2578) and a short bar (not shown) are cast in the substrate portion 2560. A large number of cavities 2582 to 2588 and 2594 to 2596 are formed on the rear side of the horizontal plane 2565. These cavities are not required to cover the terminals (2522, 2524 to 2528) cast inside, and are formed for the weight reduction of the terminal holder 2500. FIG. 82 (3) is a top view, which is a portion exposed to the internal space of the housing 1032 of the power tool main body 1030. A stepped surface 2556 is formed on the horizontal plane 2551a which is the upper surface of the terminal holder 2550.

FIG. 83 is a diagram for explaining a connection state between the power tool main body using the terminal holder 2550 and the connection terminal of the battery pack 2100 according to the present embodiment. 83 (1) is a side view, and (2) is a side view of (1) in which the side wall portion of the substrate cover 2380 is not shown. Here, the upper positive electrode terminal 2162 is fitted only to the positive electrode input terminal 2272, and the lower positive electrode terminal 2172 is connected to the terminal portion 2588b of the short bar. Here, a plurality of power supply terminals (22162, 2172, etc.), a plurality of device-side power supply terminals (2572, etc.), a voltage switching element, and a short bar 2588 as a switching element are arranged at substantially the same height in the vertical direction. The horizontal plane 2565 is positioned so as to be in contact with or close to the lower surface 1111 of the upper case 1110 (see FIG. 38) and the upper surface 2381a of the substrate cover 2380. Since the horizontal plane 2565 and the protrusions 2566a and 2566b are formed in the terminal holder 2550 as well, the vertical movement of the terminal holder 2550 with respect to the battery pack 2100 can be restricted.

Next, another method of limiting the relative movement amount of the terminal holder 2550 with respect to the battery pack will be described with reference to FIG. 84. The method of FIGS. 78 to 83 limits the movement of the terminal holders 2500 and 2550 in the direction approaching the circuit boards 1016 and 2150, that is, the movement of the terminal holders 2500 and 2550 only in the downward direction. Therefore, the terminal holders 2500 and 2550 are used. Horizontal planes 2515 and 2565 were formed. However, the relative movement of the terminal holders 2500 and 2550 in the direction away from the circuit boards 1016 and 2150, that is, the upward movement cannot be restricted only by providing the horizontal planes 2515 and 2565. The terminal holder 2550 is held by the housing 1032 of the power tool body 1030. At this time, the fixing method of the terminal holder 2550 differs depending on the type of the power tool main body or the electric device main body. Normally, an opening for holding the terminal holder 2500 is provided on the split surface of the split type housing, and the terminal holder 2500 is sandwiched in the opening. At this time, in order to improve waterproofness and prevent vibration transmission, not only the opening and the terminal holder 2500 may be firmly fixed, but also a rubber sealing member may be interposed to hold the terminal holder 2500 in a slightly movable state. .. In this case, when the power tool is placed in a state where large vibration is generated during work, the terminal holder 2550 vibrates only slightly in a cycle different from that of the housing on the power tool body side, that is, within the movable range by the sealing member, and the battery pack. Relative movement occurs between the 2100 connection terminal and the plate-shaped device-side terminal. In order to suppress the relative movement of the connection terminal and the device side terminal, it is conceivable to increase the fitting pressure of the connection terminal of the battery pack 2100, but in that case, it becomes difficult to attach and detach the battery pack 2100. Therefore, in this embodiment, the projecting portions 2516a and 2566a projecting to the right are formed near the left and right ends of the horizontal planes 2515 and 2565, and the projecting portions 2516b and 2566b projecting to the left are formed with respect to the battery pack 2100. The upward movement of the terminal holder 2550 is also suppressed. In order to limit the upward movement of the terminal holders 2500 and 2550, a butt member (engaged portion) for holding the protrusions 2516a, 2516b, 2566a and 2566b from above is required. Here, as an engaged portion, in this embodiment, a convex portion is formed on a part of the upper case 1110, or a convex portion is formed on the substrate cover 2380, and the protruding portion 2516a is formed on the lower side of the convex portion. The 2516b or the protrusions 2566a and 2566b are brought into contact with each other. In the state where the battery pack is connected to the main body of the electric device in this way, the positive electrode terminal, the positive electrode input terminal, the negative electrode terminal, the negative electrode input terminal, the voltage switching element, and the switching element are arranged at substantially the same height in the vertical direction. Therefore, it was possible to realize a compact battery pack in the vertical direction while mounting a voltage switching element and a switching element.

FIG. 84 (1) shows a right side view of the battery pack 2100 with the terminal holder 2550 attached. Here, the horizontal plane 2551a of the terminal holder 2550 faces the upper surface 1115 of the upper case 1110. The battery pack 2100 is mounted on the power tool body 1030 by a rail mechanism. FIG. 84 (2) is a cross-sectional view of the CC portion of (1). Here, a plurality of device-side terminals (2572, 2574 to 2578, 2588b, 2588c) formed on the terminal holder 2550 are fitted with connection terminals (see FIG. 58) on the power tool main body 1001 side. A horizontal plane 2565 is formed on the lower surface of the device side terminals (2572, 2574 to 2578, 2588b, 2588c), and the horizontal plane 2565 abuts on the upper surface 2381a of the substrate cover 2380. However, in the vicinity of arrows 2590a and 2590b, the lateral side of the terminal holder 2550 is in a non-contact state with the upper case 1110.

FIG. 85 (1) is a diagram showing a terminal portion 2650 according to a modified example of the twelfth embodiment, and FIG. 85 (1) is a cross-sectional view of a portion corresponding to the DD portion of FIG. 84, (2). Is a partially enlarged view of (1). As can be understood from this figure, the terminal portion 2650 is provided with protruding portions 2666a and 2666b in the left-right direction. The upper case 1110 is provided with two parallel projecting portions 1139a and 1139b extending in the front-rear direction, and projecting from the vicinity of the upper end of each of these upward projecting portions to the left and right sides, the power tool. Rails 1138a and 1138b that engage with the side rail groove are provided. Further, in the opening formed between the protruding portions 1139a and 1139b, ribs 1140a and 1140b serving as engaged portions to be fitted with the terminal portion 2650 are provided, and the terminal portion 2650 is provided in the upward direction with respect to the battery pack 2100. Prevent relative movement. The downward relative movement of the terminal portion 2650 with respect to the battery pack 2100 is restricted by the protrusions 1139a and 1139b contacting the stepped portions 2386a and 2386b formed at the left and right ends of the upper surface 2381a of the substrate cover 2380. Here, if the distance between the lower surface of the ribs 1140a and 1140b forming the stepped portion and the upper surface of the protruding portions 1139a and 1139b is 3.0 mm and the height of the protruding portions 2666a and 2666b is about 2.5 mm, the battery pack. The 2100 can be smoothly attached to and detached from the power tool body 1030, and the terminal holder 2550 can be effectively suppressed from shaking in the vertical direction.

FIG. 86 is a diagram showing a modified example of fixing the terminal portion 2650 to the substrate cover 2680, FIG. 86 is a cross-sectional view of a portion corresponding to the DD portion of FIG. 84, and FIG. It is a single view of the terminal part 2650, and (3) is the left side view of the terminal part 2650. Here, guiding rails 2695a and 2695b for fitting with the protruding portions 2666a and 2666b of the terminal portion 2650 are formed at both end portions of the substrate cover 2680. The guide rails 2695a and 2695b are concave second rail grooves extending in the front-rear direction, and when the terminal portion 2650 is relatively moved so as to slide from the front side of the battery pack 2100, the guide rails 2695a and 2695b are included. The protruding portions 2666a and 2666b of the terminal portion 2650 are inserted into the terminal portion 2650. That is, in addition to the power tool bodies 1001 and 1030 being engaged with the rail mechanism for mounting, that is, the rails 1138a and 1138b and the rail grooves 1011a and 1011b, they are guided to the protruding portions 2666a and 2666b of the second rail mechanism. By fitting the rails 2695a and 2695b, the relative movement between the terminal portion 2650 and the battery pack 2100 was restricted. Looking at the side view of FIG. 86 (3), the shape of the terminal portion 2650 is formed to be smaller than the shapes of the terminal holders 2500 and 2550 of the twelfth embodiment shown in FIGS. 78 to 83. However, the size of the metal terminal portion (for example, the positive electrode input terminal 2672 and the terminal portion 2688b of the short bar) constituting the connection terminal is the same. Further, the horizontal plane 2665 is formed on the lower side of the plurality of metal terminals, and the protrusions 2666a and 2666b are formed on the left and right ends of the horizontal plane 2665. It has the same shape as 2500 and 2550. By forming in this way, the relative movement range of the terminal portion 2650 mounted on the power tool main body or the electric device main body to which the battery pack is mounted can be effectively suppressed in the vertical direction.

FIG. 87 shows the cushion material 2690 interposed in the lower surface 2665a of the horizontal plane 2665 of the terminal portion 2650A of FIG. The cushion material 2690 may be a member having sufficient elasticity while having good slidability so as not to cause a large resistance when the battery pack 2100 is attached to the power tool main body. Here, the cushion material 2690 was attached to the flat lower surface 2665b of the terminal portion 2650A by an adhesive member such as double-sided tape. Further, a convex portion 2665b formed having a predetermined length in the front-rear direction was formed in the vicinity of the center of the lower surface 2665b on the left and right sides. The convex portion 2665b is manufactured integrally with the base portion 2660A, and is a stopper that protects the cushion material 2690 from being compressed more than necessary. Looking at the side view of FIG. 87 (2), the cushion material 2690 is on the rear side of the protrusion 2666b and on the lower side of the base portion 2660. However, the total length of the cushion material 2690 in the left-right direction may be about half or less of the left-right region of the lower surface 2665b.

FIG. 88 is a diagram showing a terminal portion 2650B according to a further modification of the twelfth embodiment, (1) is a front view, (2) is a left side view, and (3) is a battery pack 2100. It is a left side view of the terminal part 2650B fitted with the connection terminal on the side. Here, the guide portions 2692a to 2692c made of synthetic resin are interposed at the upper and lower edges of the positive electrode input terminal 2672 and the terminal portion 2688b of the short bar. Similarly, guide portions 2697a to 2697c made of synthetic resin are interposed at the upper and lower edges of the negative electrode input terminal 2677 and the terminal portion 2688c of the short bar. The guide portions 2697a to 2697c may be manufactured of a non-conductor such as a synthetic resin and may be formed of a member separate from the base portion 2660, or may be manufactured by integral molding with the base portion 2660. As shown in the side view of FIG. 88 (2), the guide portions 2692a to 2692c and the guide portions 2697a to 2697c are continuously formed from a portion in front of the front end of the positive electrode input terminal 2672 until they come into contact with the vertical wall 2661b. Therefore, in the metal terminal portion, as shown in FIG. 88 (2), the positive electrode input terminal 2672 is exposed between the guide portions 2697a and 2697b, and the short bar terminal portion 2688b is exposed between the guide portions 2697b and 2697c. It will be. By forming the guide portions 2692a to 2692c and the guide portions 2697a to 2679c in this way, the upper side between the guide portions 2692a and 2692b is guided by the guide portions 2692a to 2692c as shown in FIG. 88 (3). The positive electrode terminal 2162 is guided by the arm portions 2162a and 2162b of the positive electrode input terminal 2052, and the upper positive electrode terminal 2162 is guided by the arm portions 2162a and 2162b of the positive electrode input terminal 2052 between the guide portions 2692b and 2692c. With this configuration, the connection terminal on the battery pack 2100 side can be reliably guided to a predetermined position on the terminal portion 2650B when mounted, and further, the connection terminal on the device side and the battery pack side of the terminal portion when the power tool is operating. Can significantly suppress the phenomenon of wear due to sliding.

Next, a thirteenth embodiment of the present invention will be described with reference to FIGS. 89 to 94. In the eighth embodiment, the upper terminals (2162, 2167) and the lower terminals (2172, 2177) are provided as power terminals (positive electrode terminal and negative electrode terminal), respectively, and the battery pack is mounted on the low voltage electric tool main body. In this case, the upper terminal and the lower terminal are commonly connected to the power terminal of the low voltage power tool main body. When the battery pack is attached to the high-voltage power tool body, only one of the upper terminal and the lower terminal is connected to the power terminal of the high-voltage power tool body, and the other terminal that is not connected to the power terminal is short-circuited. Shorted by a bar. On the other hand, in the thirteenth embodiment, the arms of the power terminals are not arranged separately in the vertical direction but separated in the front-rear direction.

FIG. 89 is a perspective view for explaining a mounting state of the battery pack 2860 of the power tool of the thirteenth embodiment. The power tool is composed of a power tool main body 2801 and a battery pack 2860 mounted on the power tool body, and drives advanced tools and work equipment by using the rotational driving force of a motor. The power tool main body 2801 includes a housing 2802 which is an outer frame forming an outer shape, a handle portion 2803 is formed in the housing 2802, and a trigger switch 2804 operated by an operator is provided near the upper end of the handle portion 2803. A battery pack mounting portion 2810 for mounting the battery pack 2860 is formed below the handle portion 2803.

Here, the mounting direction 2818 of the battery pack 2860 is described as the direction in which the battery pack 2860 is brought closer to the power tool main body 2801 as in the eighth embodiment. This is only defined as such for convenience of explanation. Actually, by holding the battery pack 2860 and moving the power tool body 2801 forward, relative movement in the same direction as the movement of arrow 2818 is realized. can. In this specification, the front-back and left-right directions of the battery pack 2860 are determined based on the mounting direction. On the other hand, the power tool main body side defines front, back, left and right based on the direction when the operator grips it. Therefore, when the electric device is a power tool main body such as an impact driver, it should be noted that the directions in the front-rear direction of each other are opposite to each other as shown in FIG. 89.

The shape of the battery pack 2860 is different from that of the battery pack 2100 described in the eighth embodiment in the arrangement of the connection terminals and the latch mechanism. Rails 2864a and 2864b (2864b cannot be seen in the figure) are formed on the left and right sides of the battery pack 2860. The latch button 2865 is formed on the upper part of the rear surface of the battery pack 2860, and one large button is provided in the center of the left and right. When the battery pack 2860 is attached to the power tool body 2830, press the latch button 2865 and then move the battery pack 2860 in the direction opposite to the arrow 2818 (or move the power tool body 2830 away from the battery pack 2860). The battery pack 2860 can be removed.

FIG. 90 is a diagram for explaining a state in which the battery pack according to the thirteenth embodiment is attached to the power tool. The power tool main bodies 2801 and 2830 are provided with housings 2802 and 2832, handle portions 2803 and 2833, and trigger switches 2804 and 2834, and a battery pack mounting portion 2810 for mounting the battery pack 2860 below the handle portions 2803 and 2833. , 2840 are formed.

The power tool body 2801 operates at a rated voltage of 18V, and the power tool body 2830 operates at a rated voltage of 36V. Inside the battery pack 2860, two sets of cell units in which five cells of a 3.6 V lithium ion battery are connected in series are accommodated, and the connection of the two sets of cell units is changed in series or in parallel to reduce the voltage. Both voltage (18V) and high voltage (36V) outputs can be switched. Since the battery pack 2860 is configured to support two voltages, it can be attached to the power tool main body 2830 corresponding to 36V as shown by the arrow d4, and can also be attached to the power tool main body 2801 as shown by the arrow d3. Rail grooves 2811a and 2811b extending in parallel in the front-rear direction are formed on the inner wall portions on both the left and right sides of the battery pack mounting portion 2810 of the power tool main body 2801, and the terminal portion 2820 is formed in the space portion surrounded by the left and right rail grooves 2811a and 2811b. Is provided. The terminal portion 2820 is manufactured by integrally molding a non-conductor material such as synthetic resin, and has a vertical surface 2820a and a horizontal plane 2820b which are abutting surfaces in the mounting direction (front-back direction), and the horizontal plane 2820b is mounted on the battery pack 2860. Occasionally, it becomes a surface adjacent to and facing the upper surface 2862. The terminal portion 2820 is provided with a plurality of metal connection elements, for example, a positive electrode input terminal 2822, a negative electrode input terminal 2827, and an LD terminal (abnormal signal terminal) 2828. The positive electrode input terminal 2822 and the negative electrode input terminal 2827 are formed of a metal flat plate, and have a length in the mounting direction that is at least twice as long as the terminal portion 2020 (see FIG. 63) of the eighth embodiment. The LD terminal 2828 is arranged on the right side of the negative electrode input terminal 2827.

On the upper side of the battery pack 2860, a flat lower surface 2861 is formed on the front side, and an upper surface 2862 formed higher than the lower surface 2861 is formed near the center. The connecting portion between the lower surface 2861 and the upper surface 2862 is formed in a stepped shape, and a group of slots for inserting a device-side terminal is arranged in the stepped portion. In the slot group, large slots 2872 and 2877, which are like long notches in the front-rear direction, and slots 2878, which are about half the length of them, are formed. Slot 2872 becomes the first slot for the positive electrode terminal, slot 2877 becomes the second slot for the negative electrode terminal, and slot 2878 becomes the third slot for the LD terminal. Inside the notched slots 2872 and 2877, a plurality of connection terminals that can be fitted with the device-side terminals on the power tool main body 2801 and 2830 are provided. Although only three slots are provided here, it may be configured to further provide slots. Rails 2864a and 2864b are formed on the right side surface and the left side surface of the upper surface 2862. The rails 2864a and 2864b are convex portions protruding to the right and left. A raised portion 2863 is provided on the rear side of the upper surface 2862, and a latch button 2865 is provided on the rear side thereof.

The power tool body 2830 operates at a rated voltage of 36 V. The power tool main body 2830 is provided with two sets of connection terminals inserted into the positive electrode side slot 2872 and the negative electrode side slot 2877 separated from each other in the front-rear direction according to the same idea as in the eighth embodiment. The connection terminals corresponding to the positive electrode side slot 2872 are one terminal portion 2859b of the short bar arranged on the front side and the positive electrode input terminal 2852 arranged on the rear side. Similarly, the connection terminals corresponding to the negative electrode side slot 2877 are one terminal portion 2859c of the short bar arranged on the front side and the negative electrode input terminal 2857 arranged on the rear side. In the eighth embodiment, the positive electrode input terminal and the short bar and the negative electrode input terminal and the short bar are arranged at a distance in the vertical direction, but in this embodiment, they are arranged in the front-rear direction, that is, the mounting direction of the battery pack 2860. It was arranged in a direction parallel to the above and separated by a predetermined distance.

FIG. 91 is a perspective view showing the connection state of the power terminal to the power tool main body, (1) shows a state in which the battery pack 2860 is attached to the power tool main body 2801 for 18V, and (2) is for 36V. The state in which the battery pack 2860 is attached to the power tool main body 2830 is shown. Here, the mounting direction of the battery pack 2860 is the direction of the two arrows shown by the dotted lines. Inside the positive electrode side slot 2872 of the battery pack 2860, the front positive electrode terminal 2882 and the rear positive electrode terminal 2892 as a power switching terminal group (or parallel positive electrode terminal group) are arranged so as to be separated in the front-rear direction. Similarly, inside the negative electrode side slot 2877, the front negative electrode terminal 2887 and the rear negative electrode terminal 2897 are arranged so as to be separated in the front-rear direction as a power switching terminal group (or parallel negative electrode terminal group). Inside the battery pack 2860, an upper cell unit 2146 and a lower cell unit 2147 composed of five lithium ion battery cells are housed. The positive electrode output of the upper cell unit 2146 is connected to the rear positive electrode terminal 2892, and the negative electrode output is connected to the front negative electrode terminal 2887. The positive electrode output of the lower cell unit 2147 is connected to the front positive electrode terminal 2882, and the negative electrode output is connected to the rear negative electrode terminal 2897. In this embodiment, the voltage switching element for switching between parallel connection and series connection is realized by the front positive electrode terminal 2882, the rear positive electrode terminal 2892, the front negative electrode terminal 2887, and the rear negative electrode terminal 2897.

The device-side terminal of the power tool main body 2801 is composed of a positive electrode input terminal 2852, a negative electrode input terminal 2857, and a short bar 2859. These functions are basically the same as the configuration of the eighth embodiment, and the terminal group (2852, 2857, 2859b, 2859c) of the power tool main body is relatively moved as shown by the arrow 2855 and becomes a dotted line arrow. As shown, it is configured to be attached to the connection terminal group (2882, 2887, 2892, 2897) of the battery pack 2860. Regarding the terminal group (2852, 2857, 2859b, 2859c) of the power tool main body, only the metal terminal portion is shown, not the entire terminal portion 2850 (see FIG. 90). The positive electrode input terminal 2852 is a metal plate material bent in a crank shape, and a terminal portion 2852a that fits with the front positive electrode terminal 2882 is formed on one end side, and a terminal portion 2852c for wiring to the motor 2836 side is formed on the other end side. It is formed. Between the terminal portion 2852a and the wiring terminal portion 2852c is a connection portion 2852b extending in the lateral direction, and the entire connection portion 2857b, a part on the rear side of the terminal part 2852a and a part on the front side of the wiring terminal part 2852c are terminals. It will be cast into the synthetic resin portion of the portion 2850 (see FIG. 90). The negative electrode input terminal 2857 has the same shape, and the terminal portion 2857a that fits with the front negative electrode terminal 2887 is formed on one end side, and the terminal portion 2857c for wiring to the motor 2836 side is formed on the other end side. The positive electrode input terminal 2852 and the negative electrode input terminal 2857 have a plane-symmetrical shape. Between the terminal portion 2852a and the wiring terminal portion 2852c is a connection portion 2857b extending in the lateral direction, and the entire connection portion 2857b, a part on the rear side of the terminal part 2852a and a part on the front side of the wiring terminal part 2852c are terminals. It will be cast into the base made of synthetic resin of the part 2850. The horizontal portion of the short bar 2859 is completely cast into the terminal portion 2850 together with the connection portion 2852b of the positive electrode input terminal 2852 and the connection portion 2857b of the negative electrode input terminal 2857, so that the relative portions of the terminal portions 2852a, 2857a, 2859b, 2859c are relative to each other. Positions, especially in the front-back and left-right directions, do not change.

When the battery pack 2860 is attached, the terminal portion 2859b of the short bar 2859 is fitted to the rear positive electrode terminal 2892 and the rear negative electrode terminal 2897. Further, the positive electrode input terminal 2852 is fitted with the front positive electrode terminal 2882, and the negative electrode input terminal 2857 is fitted with the front negative electrode terminal 2887. As a result, a series connection circuit between the upper cell unit 2146 and the lower cell unit 2147 is formed, and a voltage rated at 36 V is supplied to the power tool main body 2830 side. In the state where the battery pack 2860 is connected to the electric device main body 2801 in this way, the positive electrode terminal (2882) and the positive electrode input terminal 2852 are connected via the first slot (slot 2872), and the negative electrode terminal (2887) and the negative electrode are connected. The input terminal 2857) is connected via the second slot (slot 2877), and these voltage switching elements and switching elements are engaged via the first and second slots.

FIG. 91 (2) shows a situation in which the battery pack 2860 is attached to the low voltage power tool main body 2801. The positive electrode input terminal 2822 is a metal plate material bent in a crank shape, and a terminal portion 2822a that is fitted at the same time as the front positive electrode terminal 2882 and the rear positive electrode terminal 2892 is formed on one end side and toward the motor 2806 side on the other end side. The wiring terminal portion 2822c of the above is formed. Between the terminal portion 2822a and the wiring terminal portion 2822c is a connection portion 2822b extending in the lateral direction, and the entire connection portion 2822b, a part of the terminal portion 2822a, and a part of the wiring terminal portion 2822c are combined with the terminal portion 2820. It will be cast in the resin part. Similarly, the negative electrode input terminal 2827 is also formed in a crank shape, and a terminal portion 2827a, a wiring terminal portion 2827c, and a connection portion 2827b that are fitted at the same time as the front negative electrode terminal 2887 and the rear negative electrode terminal 2897 are formed. As a result, a voltage with a rating of 18V is supplied to the power tool main body 2801 side. Here, the terminal portion 2822a is formed to have a sufficient length to be fitted to the front positive electrode terminal 2882 and the rear positive electrode terminal 2892 at the same time, and the terminal portion 2827a is fitted to the front negative electrode terminal 2887 and the rear negative electrode terminal 2897 at the same time. It is formed to be long enough.

The rear positive electrode terminal 2892 has an inverted Ω shape when viewed from the device side terminal insertion direction (direction indicated by the dotted arrow). Here, a rectangular flat plate portion 2892a for fixing to the circuit board is formed, and two arm portions 2892b and 2892d bent upward from the left and right side sides of the flat plate portion 2892a are formed. The two arms 2892b and 2892d are bent so as to approach each other as they go upward, and contact terminals 2892c and 2892e (both see FIG. 94) are formed at the upper ends of the arms 2892b and 2892d. The contact terminal portions 2892c and 2892e are substantially rectangular electrodes arranged at predetermined intervals so as to be parallel to each other, and the front side and the rear side thereof are bent so as to be separated from the facing contact terminal portions, and the device side. The shape is such that the terminals can be easily fitted from the front to the back. The metal terminal component used as the rear positive electrode terminal 2892 is a common component commonly used for the front positive electrode terminal 2882, the front negative electrode terminal 2887, and the rear negative electrode terminal 2897, and is a screw (not shown) or / and soldered. Is fixed to the circuit board (not shown).

FIG. 92 is a diagram for explaining a situation when the battery pack 2860 is attached to the power tool main body 2830 of the 36V specification. When the power tool main body 2830 is further moved relative to the battery pack 2860 from the state of FIG. 91 (1), the terminal portions 2859b and 2859c of the short bar 2859 are first fitted with the front positive electrode terminal 2882 and the front negative electrode terminal 2887. do. At this point, since the positive electrode of the upper cell unit 2146 and the negative electrode of the lower cell unit 2147 are not connected, the electric power of the battery pack 2860 is not transmitted to the electric device main body 2831 side.

When the power tool body 2830 and the battery pack 2860 are further moved relative to each other in the direction of arrow 2855, the short bar 2859 passes through the front positive electrode terminal 2882 and the front negative electrode terminal 2887, and the direction of the rear positive electrode terminal 2892 and the rear negative electrode terminal 2897. Will approach. At this time, the short bar 2859 is not in contact with any of the connection terminals, the positive electrode input terminal 2852 is not in contact with the front positive electrode terminal 2882, and the negative electrode input terminal 2857 is not in contact with the front negative electrode terminal 2887. Therefore, even at this point, since the upper cell unit 2146 and the lower cell unit 2147 are not connected, the electric power of the battery pack 2860 is not transmitted to the electric device main body 2831.

When the power tool body 2830 and the battery pack 2860 are further moved relative to each other in the direction of the arrow 2855, the short bar 2859 fits into the rear positive electrode terminal 2892 and the rear negative electrode terminal 2897. At the same time, the terminal portion 2852a of the positive electrode input terminal 2852 is fitted to the front positive electrode terminal 2882, and the terminal portion 2857a of the negative electrode input terminal 2857 is fitted to the front negative electrode terminal 2887. As a result, the upper cell unit 2146 and the lower cell unit 2147 are connected in series, and a direct current rated at 36 V is supplied between the positive electrode input terminal 2852 and the front negative electrode terminal 2887.

FIG. 93 is a diagram for explaining a situation when the battery pack 2860 is attached to the 18V specification power tool main body 2801. When the power tool main body 2801 is further moved relative to the battery pack 2860 from the state shown in FIG. 91 (2), the terminal portions 2822a and 2827a become the front positive electrode terminals as shown in FIGS. 93 (1) to (2). The 2882 and the front negative electrode terminal 2887 are fitted. At this point, since the positive electrode of the upper cell unit 2146 and the negative electrode of the lower cell unit 2147 are not connected, the electric power of the battery pack 2860 is not transmitted to the power tool main body 2801.

In FIG. 93 (2), when the power tool main body 2801 and the battery pack 2860 are further moved relative to each other in the direction of the arrow 2825, the terminal portions 2822a and 2827a, which are long in the front-rear direction, are in contact with the front positive electrode terminal 2882 and the front negative electrode terminal 2887. , The rear positive electrode terminal 2892 and the rear negative electrode terminal 2897 approach each other. In the state of FIG. 93 (2), the terminal portions 2822a and 2827a are not in contact with the rear positive electrode terminal 2892 and the rear negative electrode terminal 2897. Therefore, even at this point, since the positive electrode of the upper cell unit 2146 and the negative electrode of the lower cell unit 2147 are not connected, the electric power of the battery pack 2860 is not transmitted to the power tool main body 2801.

When the power tool main body 2801 and the battery pack 2860 are further moved relative to each other in the direction of the arrow 2825, the terminal portions 2822a and 2827a come into contact with the rear positive electrode terminal 2892 and the rear negative electrode terminal 2897. At this time, since the terminal portions 2822a and 2827a are also in a state of being fitted to the front positive electrode terminal 2882 and the front negative electrode terminal 2887, a parallel connection circuit of the upper cell unit 2146 and the lower cell unit 2147 is established, and the positive electrode input terminal is established. A direct current with a rating of 18V will be supplied between the 2822 and the negative electrode input terminal 2827.

FIG. 94 is a top view of the terminal arrangement on the battery pack 2860 side and the terminal shape of the power tool main body 2830. In order to explain the size and arrangement of each terminal, the scale ratio of each part is shown together. Contact terminal portions 2882c, 2882e, 2892c, 2892e, 2887c, 2887e, 2897c, 2897e facing the front positive electrode terminal 2882, the rear positive electrode terminal 2892, the front negative electrode terminal 2887, and the rear negative electrode terminal 2897, respectively. Is provided. The contact terminal portions 2882c, 2892c, 2887c, 2897c are connected to the right arm portions 2882b, 2891b, 2887b, 2897b, and the contact terminal portions 2882e, 2892e, 2887e, 2897e are connected to the left arm portions 2882d, 2891d, 2887d, 2897d. Will be done. The length L7 of these contact terminals in the front-rear direction is set to be sufficiently smaller than the distance L8 between the front positive electrode terminal 2882 and the rear positive electrode terminal 2892. Since all the terminal parts (2882, 2892, 2887, 2897) are common, the lengths of the contact terminal portions 2882c, 2882e, 2892c, 2892e, 2887c, 2887e, 2897c, 2897e in the front-rear direction are the same at L7. .. The front negative electrode terminal 2887 and the rear negative electrode terminal 2897 also have the same spacing L8. The length L9 of the terminal portion of the short bar 2859 in the front-rear direction is configured to be sufficiently smaller than the distance L8 between the front terminal (2882, 2887) and the rear terminal (2892, 2897). With this formation, it is possible to effectively prevent the possibility that the short bar 2859 causes a short circuit between the front terminal (2882, 2887) and the rear terminal (2892, 2897) when the battery pack 2860 is mounted. The length of the terminal portion 2852a of the positive electrode input terminal 2852 and the terminal portion 2857a of the negative electrode input terminal 2857 may be at least L9 or more.

FIG. 94 (2) is a diagram showing a state when the battery pack 2860 is attached to the power tool main body 2830. Here, the horizontal portion 2859a of the short bar 2859 appears to be exposed, but since the horizontal portion 2859a is cast inside the resin portion of the terminal portion (not shown), it is not exposed to the outside. As described above, the battery pack 2860 uses a plurality of power terminals (positive electrode terminal and negative electrode terminal) provided as voltage switching elements for switching between parallel connection and series connection, and agrees with the power terminal (in the present specification, the "power supply terminal"). ) Is arranged separately in the front-rear direction, so it is possible to automatically obtain an appropriate output voltage just by attaching it to the main body of the electric device without relying on a mechanical switch mechanism for switching the output voltage. .. In addition, it has become possible to share battery packs between electrical devices with different voltages. Further, when the battery pack is connected to the main body of the electric device, the voltage switching element by the positive electrode terminal, the positive electrode input terminal, the negative electrode terminal, and the negative electrode input terminal and the switching element by the short bar 2859 have substantially the same height in the vertical direction. Since it is placed in a position (range), it was possible to realize a compact battery pack in the vertical direction while mounting a voltage switching element and a switching element.

Although Examples 6 to 13 of the present invention have been described above, the present invention is not limited to the above-mentioned Examples, and various modifications can be made without departing from the spirit of the present invention. For example, in the above embodiment, the voltage switching type battery pack of 18V and 36V has been described, but the voltage ratio that can be switched is not limited to this, and other voltage ratios that can be switched by the combination of series connection and parallel connection are used. Is also good.

1, 1A, 30A, 30B, 30C Power tool body 2, 32 Housing 3, 33 Handle part 4, 34 Operation switch (trigger)
10 Battery pack mounting part 11a Rail groove 12 Curved part 15 Battery pack 20, 20A Terminal part 20a Vertical surface 20b Horizontal plane 21 Positive electrode input terminal 22 Negative electrode input terminal 23 LD terminal 24 Protrusion part 24A Switching protrusion 26 Screw 35 Motor 35a Rotor 35b Controller 40 Battery pack mounting part 40a Mounting surface 40b Recessed part 41 Terminal part 48a, 48b Rail groove 49, 49A AC socket 49a First terminal 49b Second terminal 49c Third terminal 51 Calculation part 52 Control signal output circuit 53 Rotational position detection Circuit 54 Rotation detection circuit 55 Current detection circuit 56 Operation switch 57 Switch operation detection circuit 58 Applied voltage setting circuit 59 Voltage detection circuit 60 Diode bridge 61 Condenser 62 Shunt resistance 66a Control signal line 66 Switching element 67 Battery voltage detection circuit 68 Commercial power supply Detection circuit 70 Inverter circuit 75 Connection adapter 76a, 76b Power line 80 Terminal part 81 Positive electrode input terminal 82 Negative electrode input terminal 84 Switching protrusion 90 Power cord 91 Plug part 92a Terminal 93 Connector part 93a Connector body 93b Fixing screw 94 Connection cord 95a No. One terminal 95b Second terminal 95c Third terminal 100 Battery pack 101 Lower case 110 Upper case 111 Lower surface 112 Stepped portion 115 Upper surface 120 Slot group arrangement area 121 Positive terminal insertion port 122 Negative terminal terminal insertion port 123 Low voltage switching member insertion port 124 High voltage switching member insertion port 131 Stopper 132 Raised 134 Slit (cooling air intake) 138a, 138b Rail 141 Latch 142 Spring 150 Cell pack 151, 151A Cell 152, 152A Separator 156 to 158 Cell unit 159 Thin plate 160 Board 161 Positive electrode 162 Negative electrode terminal 170 Voltage switching mechanism 171 Rotating terminal base 172 Swing shaft 173a to 173d Connection terminal 176a to 176j Contact 200, 200A, 200B Battery pack 201 Lower case 210 Upper case 211 Lower surface 212 Step portion 215 Upper stage Surfaces 221 to 225 Terminal insertion ports 231 and 235 Terminals 232, 233, 234 Terminal groups 232a to 232c, 233a to 233d, 234a to 234 c Terminal 238a, 238b Rail part 240 Raised part 241 Latch part 241a Latch claw 270, 280, 280A Terminal part 271, 281 Positive electrode input terminal 272, 282 Negative electrode input terminal 283 Connection element 283a Conductive part 283b Insulator 283c Conductive part 300 Battery pack 310 Upper case 311 Lower surface 312 Step part 315 Upper surface 316 Guide rail 320 Voltage switching mechanism 321 to 324 Slit 330, 340 Movable guide member 331, 341 Terminal mounting part 332, 342 Inclined part 333, 343 Parallel surface 334a, 334b Guide groove part 335, 345 Intermediate terminal 335a, 335b, 335c, 335d Contact 345a, 345b, 345c, 345d Contact 348 Spring 351 1st + terminal 351a, 351b Contact 352 2nd + terminal 352a, 352b, Contact 352c Pin 353 1st -Terminal 353a, 353b Contactor 354 Second terminal 354a, 354b Contactor 356, 357 Cell unit 360 Terminal board 361 Guide rail 370, 380 Terminal part 371, 381 Positive electrode input terminal 372, 382 Negative electrode input terminal 600, 600A Battery pack 611 Lower surface 612 Stepped portion 615 Upper surface 621 Upper surface 621 Slot for positive electrode terminal 622 Slot for negative electrode terminal 623 Slot for parallel switching element 623A First slot 624A Second slot 640 Battery pack cover 641 Lower part 642 Vertical surface 643 Upper part 644 Edge 645 Ribs 646 to 648 Vertical ribs 650 Terminal part 651 Positive electrode input terminal 652 Negative electrode input terminal 661 Positive electrode output terminal 662 Negative electrode output terminal 663 Parallel connector pair 663a, 663b Parallel connector 664 Series connector 673 Parallel connector pair 673a, 673b Parallel connection Child 674 Series connector 680, 680A Terminal part 681 Positive electrode input terminal 682 Negative electrode input terminal 683 Serial / parallel switching terminal 683a Cutoff terminal 683b Conduction terminal 693 First series / parallel switching terminal 693a Cutoff terminal 693b Conduction terminal 694 Second series / parallel switching terminal 700 Battery pack 701, 704, 707 Slot 709 Opening 711, 714, 717 Terminal board 712, 713 Positive electrode terminal 715, 716 Negative electrode terminal 718, 71 9 Series connection terminal 720 Terminal part 720a Horizontal plane 720b Vertical surface 721 Positive electrode input terminal 722 Negative electrode input terminal 723 LD terminal 730 Terminal part 730b Vertical surface 731 Positive electrode input terminal 731a Wiring connection part 732 Negative electrode input terminal 733 LD terminal 734 Conduction terminal 735 , 736 Insulated terminal 750, 770, 790, 800 Terminal part 751, 771, 791, 801 Positive electrode input terminal 752, 772, 792, 802 Negative electrode input terminal 753, 773 LD terminal 754, 774, 804 Conductive terminal 795, 769, 775 , 776 Insulation plate 812, 813 Positive electrode terminal 770b Vertical surface 777 Gap 781 Terminal board 782 Positive electrode terminal 782a Upper part 782b Lower part 783 Positive electrode terminal 787a Inlet side 787b Outlet side 1001, 1001A Power tool body 1002 Housing 1003 Handle part 1004 (Operation switch)
1005 Motor 1010 Battery pack mounting part 1011a Rail groove 1012 Curved part 1014 Projection part 1015 Battery pack 1020 Terminal part 1020a Vertical surface 1020b Horizontal plane 1021 Base 1022 Positive electrode input terminal 1022a Terminal part 1027 Negative electrode input terminal 1028 LD terminal 1030 1030B Power tool body 1032 Housing 1033 Handle part 1034 Operation switch 1035 Motor 1040 Battery pack mounting part 1045 Motor 1050 Terminal part 1051 Base 1052 Positive electrode input terminal 1052a Terminal part 1052b Connection part 1052c Wiring part 1053 Input / output port group 1053a Gap 105 Connection terminal 1054a Terminal part 1054b Connection part 1054c Wiring part 1057 Negative electrode input terminal 1057a Terminal part 1057b Connection part 1057c Wiring part 1058 LD terminal 1059 Short bar 1059a Connection part 1059b, 59c Terminal part 1060 Control part 1061 Power supply circuit 1062 Battery voltage detection circuit 1063 Switch state detection circuit 1064 Current detection circuit 1065 Input line 1072A, 1072B Positive electrode terminal 1072d Notch 1079 Short bar 1079b Terminal part 1079d Notch 1082 Positive electrode input terminal 1082a Terminal part 1082b Connection part 1082c Wiring terminal part 1087 Negative electrode input terminal 1087a Terminal part 1087c Wiring terminal 1089 Short bar 1089a Connection 1089b, 1089c Terminal 1100, 1100A Battery pack 1101 Lower case 1101a Front wall 1101b Rear wall 1101c Right side wall 1101d Left side wall 1103a, 1103b Screw hole 1104 Slit (wind window)
1110 Upper case 1111 Lower surface 1113 Opening 1114 Stepped part 1115 Upper surface 1115a Convex part 1120 Slot group placement area 1121-1128 Slot 1131 Stopper part 1132 Raised part 1134 Slit (wind window)
1138a, 1138b Rail 1141 Latch 1142a Locking part 1142b Locking part 1145 Separator 1146 Upper cell unit 1147 Lower cell unit 1147a Battery cell 1148 Cell unit 1149 Upper cell unit 1150 Circuit board 1150a Front side 1150b Back side 1151 Mounting hole 1153a Land 1155, 1155a Adhesive resin 1156a (Pour resin) Main area 1156b (Pour resin) Sub area 1157 to 1159 Wiring pattern 1161, 1162 Upper positive terminal 1162a, 1162b Arm 1164 T terminal 1165 V terminal 1166 LS terminal 1167 Upper negative Terminal 1167a, 1167b Arm 1168 LD terminal 1171 Lower positive terminal 1172 Lower positive terminal 1172a Arm 1177 Lower negative terminal 1177a, 1177b Arm 1180 Board cover 1181 Connecting part 1181a Upper surface 1181b Front wall surface 1181c Notch 1182 1182a Vertical wall part 1182b Horizontal wall part 1182c Left end position 1183 Partition wall 1183a Vertical wall part 1183b, 1183c Horizontal wall part 1184 Partition wall 1184a, 1184d Vertical wall part 1184b Horizontal wall part 1184c Closing plate 1185 Partition wall 1185 1187b Horizontal wall 1188 Partition wall 1188a Vertical wall 1188b Horizontal wall 1190 Switch 1191 Prism 1200, 1200A Upper terminal part 1201 Base part 1202 Bridge part 1203 Right side side 1204 Left side side 1203a, 1204a Bent part 1203b, 1204b Convex part 1203c, 1204c Cutout part 1205, 1206 Arm part 1205a, 1206a Flat part 1205b, 1206b Bending part 1205c, 1206c Flat part 1205d, 1206d Fitting part 1205e, 1206e Guide part 1205f, 1206f Notch part 1207, 1208 Leg part 1207a, 1208a Cutout part 1209, 1211 Gap 1220, 1220A Lower terminal part 1221 Base part 1222 Bridge part 1223 Right side side 1223a Bent part 1223c Cutout part 1224 Left side side 1225, 1225A, 1226 Arm part 1 225a, 1226a Flat part 1225b, 1226b Bending part 1225c, 1226c Flat part 1225d, 1226d Fitting part 1225e, 1226e Guide part 1225f, 1226f Notch part 1227, 1228 Leg part 1227a, 1228a Cut out part 1231 Notch part 1241 Base part 1242 Bridge part 1243 Right side surface 1243a Extension part 1243b Bent part 1243c Cutout part 1244 Left side side 1245, 1246 Arm part base part 1249, 1250 Leg part 1249a Cutout part 1250a, 1250b Step part 1251 to 254 Arm part 1256 Upper terminal part 1262 Bridge part 1263 Right side side 1263a Folded part 1264 Left side side 1264b Dotted line 1264c Reinforcing surface 1265, 1266 Arm part 1265d Fitting part 1267, 1268 Leg part 1280, 1280A Lower terminal part 1282 Bridge part 1283 Right side side 1284 Left side Side 1284b Dot line 1284c Cut-off part 1285, 1286 Arm part 1285d Fitting part 1291 Notch part 1400 Battery pack 1401 Lower case 1411 Lower surface 1415 Upper surface 1420 Slot 1432 Raised part 1441 Latch 1446 Battery cell 1450 Circuit board 1461 Upper positive terminal 1464 T terminal 1465 V terminal 1466 LS terminal 1467 Upper negative terminal 1468 LD terminal 1471, 1472 Lower positive terminal 1474 T terminal 1475 V terminal 1476 LS terminal 1477 Lower negative terminal 1478 LD terminal 1480 Upper terminal part 1482 Bridge part 148 Right side 1484 Left side 1485 Arm 1485a Flat surface 1485b Bending 1485c Fitting 1485d Guide 1485e Tip 1486 Arm 1486c Fitting 1500 Terminal parts 1505 Arm 1506, 1507 Arm piece 1508 Notch groove 1509 Arm 1510 1511 Arm piece 1512 Notch groove 2020 Terminal 2021 Base 2022 Positive input terminal 2027 Negative input terminal 2027a Terminal 2028 LD terminal 2028a Terminal 2034 Trigger switch (operation switch) 2035 Motor (drive unit)
2050, 2050A Terminal part 2051 Base 2051b Recessed 2052, 2052A Positive electrode input terminal 2052a, 2052b Terminal part 2052c Wiring part 2052f Terminal part 2054 T terminal 2054a Terminal part 2054c Wiring part 2055 V terminal 2055a Terminal part 2056 LS terminal 2056a 2057, 2057A Negative electrode input terminal 2057a Terminal part 2058 LD terminal 2058a Terminal part 2058c Wiring part 2058f Terminal part 2059 Short bar 2059a Connection part 2059b, 2059c Terminal part 2059d Short bar connection switch 2079b, 2079c (Short bar) Terminal part 2100 Battery Pack 2146 Upper cell unit 2146a to 2146e Battery cell 2147 Lower cell unit 2147a to 2147e Battery cell 2496 to 2499 Lead wire 2150, 2150A Circuit board 2150a Front side 2150b Back side 2150c, 2150d Recess 2151 Mounting hole 2152a to 152f Through hole 2153a, 2153b Land 2155 Adhesive resin 2155a to 2155c Adhesive resin 2156a (Pour resin) Main area 2156b (Pour resin) Sub area 2157 Wiring pattern 2160 Connection terminal group Arrangement area 2161, 2162 Upper positive electrode terminals 2161a, 2161b, 2162a, 2162b Arms 2164 T terminal 2165 V terminal 2166 LS terminal 2167 Upper negative electrode terminal 2167a, 2167b Arm 2168 LD terminal 2171, 2172 Lower positive electrode terminal 2171a, 2171b, 2172a, 2172b Arm 2177 Lower negative electrode terminal 2177a, 2177b Arm 2180 Board cover 2181 Connecting member 2181a Top surface 2181b-2181f Leg 2182 Partition wall 2182a Vertical wall 2182b Horizontal wall 2182c Left end position 2183 Partition wall 2183a Vertical wall 2183b, 2183c Horizontal wall 2184 Partition wall 2184a, 2184d 2184c Closing plate 2184e Rear connecting plate 2184f Space 2184g Bottom plate 2185, 2186 Partition wall 2185a Vertical wall part 2187 Partition wall 2187a Vertical wall part 2187b Horizontal wall part 2188 Partition wall 2188a Vertical wall part 2188b Horizontal wall part 2191a, 2191b Fitting rib 2192a, 2192b Step part 2196 (Short bar connection switch 2059) Connection operation 2197 Trigger operation 2198 Microcomputer (operation)
2199 Motor (operation) 2200 Terminal 2200a Vertical wall 2200b Horizontal wall 2201 Base 2201a Top 2201c Recess 2202a 2202b Cover 2203b Horizontal holding 2204a-2208a Cover 2204b Horizontal holding 2210 Partition 2210a Upper side 2210c Lower side 2210c Upper terminal part 2230 Lower terminal part 2240 Signal terminal part 2241 Base part 2242 Bridge part 2243 Right side side 2243a Extension part 2243b Bent part 2243c Cutout part 2244 Left side side 2245 Arm part base 2245b Notch groove 2246 Arm part base 2246b Notch Groove 2249, 2250 Leg 2250a, 2250b Step 2251-2254 Arm 2256 Solder 2260 Upper terminal part 2261 Base 2262 Bridge 2262a Step 2263 Right side 2263a Bent 2264 Left side 2264c Reinforcing surface 2265 Arm 2265a 2265d Fitting part 2266 Arm part 2267 Leg part 2280 Lower terminal part 2281 Base part 2482 Bridge part 2283 Right side side 2284 Left side side 2284c Cut off part 2285, 2286 Arm part 2291 Notch part 2380 Board cover 2381a Top surface 2386a Step part 2445 Screw holes 2445c, 2445d Convex part 2445e Plate part 2446 Space 2447a, 2447b Screw boss 2450 Tab holder 2461, 466 Drawer plate 2461a, 2466a Drawer tab 2461b Terminal surface 2461c Horizontal part 2461d Fuse part 2461e Cutout part 2462, 2464 , 2464a Intermediate drawer tab 2464a, 2465a Connection terminal 2471, 2476 Drawer plate 2471a, 2476a Drawer tab 2471b Terminal surface 2471c Side surface part 2471d Horizontal part 2471e Fuse part 2471f, 2471g Cutout part 2471h Heat dissipation part 2472, 2473, 2474 ~ 2475a Connection terminal 2482a, 2482b Insulation sheet 2494 ~ 2499 Lead wire 2494b, 2494b ~ 2498b End 250 (of lead wire) 0 Terminal holder 2501 Horizontal wall 2501a Horizontal surface 2501b Vertical surface 2502 Hook claw 2503a to 2503d Curved rib 2504a, 2504b Curved rib 2506 Step surface 2510 Base part 2510b Bottom part 2515 Horizontal surface (horizontal wall) 2516 Recessed part 2516a, 2516b Terminal 2524 T terminal 2525 V terminal 2526 LS terminal 2527 Negative input terminal 2528 LD terminal 2532 Cavity 2550 Terminal holder 2551a Horizontal 2556 Step surface 2560 Base 2565 Horizontal (guide surface) 257 2 Positive input terminal 2578 Negative input terminal 2582 Cavity 2588b, 2588c Terminals 2650, 2650A, 2650B Terminals 2660, 2660A Bases 2661b Vertical wall 2665 Horizontal 2665a (horizontal) Bottom surface 2665b Convex 2666a, 2666b Projections (engagement)
2672 Positive electrode input terminal 2677 Negative electrode input terminal 2680 Board cover 2688b, 2688c Terminal part 2690 Cushion material 2692a, 2692c (second) guide part 2692b (first) guide part 2695a, 2695b Guiding rail 2697a, 2697b Guide part 2801 Electric Tool body 2802 Housing 2803 Handle part 2804 Trigger switch 2806 Motor 2810 Battery pack mounting part 2811a Rail groove 818 Mounting direction 820 Terminal part 2820a Vertical surface 2820b Horizontal surface 2822 Positive electrode input terminal 2822a Terminal part 2822b Connection part 2822c Negative electrode part 2827 2827a Terminal 2827b Connection 2827c Wiring terminal 2828 LD terminal 2830 Electric tool body 2836 Motor 2850 Terminal 2852 Positive electrode input terminal 2852a Terminal 2852c Wiring terminal 2857 Negative input terminal 2857a Terminal 2857b Connection 2857c Wiring terminal 2859 Short bar 2859a Horizontal part 2859b, 2859c Terminal part 2860 Battery pack 2861 Lower surface 2862 Upper surface 2863 Raised part 2864a, 2864b Rail 286 Latch button 287 Positive electrode side slot 2877 Negative electrode side slot 2878 Slot 2882 Front positive electrode terminal 2882b, 2882d , 2882e Contact terminal (fitting part) 2887 Front negative electrode terminal 2892 Rear positive electrode terminal 2892a Flat plate 2892b Arm 2892d Contact terminal 2897 Rear negative electrode terminal

Claims (22)

A battery pack equipped with a plurality of cell units and capable of switching the connection state of the plurality of cell units.
The switching terminal group connected to the positive electrode or the negative electrode of each cell unit is arranged adjacently in a common slot, the terminal of the electric device main body is inserted into the slot, and the switching terminal group is short-circuited by the terminal of the electric device main body. A battery pack characterized in that the connection state of the plurality of cell units can be switched by being used. An electric device having the battery pack according to claim 1 and the electric device main body having a high voltage that can be connected to the battery pack.
The electric device main body has a short circuit element for connecting the plurality of cell units in series with each other.
When the battery pack is connected to the electric device main body having a high voltage, at least one of the plurality of terminals constituting the switching terminal group is connected to the short circuit element, and the plurality of cell units are connected. Connected in series with each other
When the battery pack is not connected to the electric device main body having a high voltage, none of the terminals constituting the switching terminal group is connected to the short circuit, and the plurality of cell units are cut off from each other. Electrical equipment characterized by being configured to be. An electric device having the battery pack according to claim 1 and the electric device main body having a low voltage that can be connected to the battery pack.
The electric device main body has an input terminal for connecting the plurality of cell units in parallel to each other.
When the battery pack is connected to the electric device main body having a low voltage, at least two of the plurality of terminals constituting the switching terminal group are connected to the input terminal, and the plurality of cell units are parallel to each other. Connected to
When the battery pack is not connected to the electric device main body having a low voltage, none of the terminals constituting the switching terminal group is connected to the input terminal, and the plurality of cell units are cut off from each other. Electrical equipment characterized by being configured to be. The electric device system comprising the battery pack according to claim 1, a high voltage electric device main body connectable to the battery pack, and a low voltage electric device main body connectable to the battery pack.
The high voltage electric device main body has a short circuit element for connecting the plurality of cell units in series to each other, and when the battery pack is connected to the high voltage electric device main body, constitutes the switching terminal group. At least one of the plurality of terminals is connected to the short circuit, and the plurality of cell units are connected in series with each other.
The low-voltage electric device main body has an input terminal for connecting the plurality of cell units in parallel to each other, and when the battery pack is connected to the low-voltage electric device main body, constitutes the switching terminal group. At least two of the plurality of terminals are connected to the input terminal, and the plurality of cell units are connected in parallel with each other.
When the battery pack is not connected to either the high voltage or the low voltage electrical device main body, any of the plurality of terminals constituting the switching terminal group is connected to the short circuit element and the input terminal. An electrical equipment system characterized in that the plurality of cell units are configured to be isolated from each other. The battery pack according to claim 1.
The battery pack has a pair of rails extending in the front-rear direction on the left and right sides of the battery pack, and first and second slots arranged in the left-right direction between the pair of rails.
The switching terminal group includes a first switching terminal group configured by arranging a plurality of positive electrode terminals connected to the positive electrodes of each cell unit constituting the plurality of cell units adjacent to each other in the first slot. It is characterized by having a second switching terminal group configured by arranging a plurality of negative electrode terminals connected to the negative electrode of each cell unit constituting the plurality of cell units adjacent to each other in the second slot. Battery pack. An electric device having the battery pack according to claim 5 and the electric device main body having a high voltage that can be connected to the battery pack.
The electric device main body has a short circuit element for connecting the plurality of cell units in series with each other.
When the battery pack is connected to the electric device main body having a high voltage, at least one of the plurality of positive electrode terminals constituting the first switching terminal group is connected to the short circuit and the positive electrode terminal is connected to the short circuit. At least one of the plurality of negative electrode terminals constituting the second switching terminal group is connected to the short circuit element, and the plurality of cell units are connected in series with each other.
When the battery pack is not connected to the high voltage electric device main body, none of the terminals constituting the first and second switching terminal groups is connected to the short circuit, and the plurality of terminals are not connected to the short circuit. An electrical device characterized in that the cell units of the above are configured to be isolated from each other. An electric device having the battery pack according to claim 5 and the electric device main body having a low voltage that can be connected to the battery pack.
The electric device main body has a positive electrode input terminal and a negative electrode input terminal for connecting the plurality of cell units in parallel to each other.
When the battery pack is connected to the electric device main body having a low voltage, at least two positive electrode terminals among the plurality of positive electrode terminals constituting the first switching terminal group are connected to the positive electrode input terminals and are electrically connected to each other. At the same time, at least two negative electrode terminals among the plurality of negative electrode terminals constituting the second switching terminal group are connected to the negative electrode input terminals and electrically short-circuited with each other, and the plurality of cell units are parallel to each other. Connected to
When the battery pack is not connected to the electric device main body having a low voltage, any of the terminals constituting the first and second switching terminal groups is connected to the positive electrode input terminal and the negative electrode input terminal. An electric device characterized in that the plurality of cell units are configured to be cut off from each other. The electric device system comprising the battery pack according to claim 5, a high voltage electric device main body connectable to the battery pack, and a low voltage electric device main body connectable to the battery pack.
The high voltage electric device main body has a short circuit element for connecting the plurality of cell units in series with each other, and when the battery pack is connected to the high voltage electric device main body, the first switching terminal group. At least one of the positive electrode terminals constituting the plurality of positive electrode terminals is connected to the short-circuited element, and at least one of the negative electrode terminals constituting the second switching terminal group is connected to the short-circuited element. Connected to the short circuit, the plurality of cell units are connected in series with each other.
The low-voltage electric device main body has a positive electrode input terminal and a negative electrode input terminal for connecting the plurality of cell units in parallel to each other, and when the battery pack is connected to the low-voltage electric device main body, the first At least two positive electrode terminals out of the plurality of positive electrode terminals constituting the switching terminal group 1 are connected to the positive electrode input terminal and electrically short-circuited with each other, and a plurality of negative electrode terminals constituting the second switching terminal group are provided. Of these, at least two negative electrode terminals are connected to the negative electrode input terminal and electrically short-circuited with each other, and the plurality of cell units are connected in parallel with each other.
When the battery pack is not connected to any of the high-voltage or low-voltage electrical equipment main bodies, any of the terminals constituting the first and second switching terminal groups is the short-circuited element. An electric device system characterized in that the plurality of cell units are configured to be disconnected from each other without being connected to the positive electrode input terminal and the negative electrode input terminal. The battery pack according to claim 5.
The plurality of positive electrode terminals constituting the first switching terminal group are arranged so as to be arranged in a direction substantially orthogonal to the left-right direction in the first slot, and a plurality of negative electrodes constituting the second switching terminal group. A battery pack characterized in that the terminals are arranged in the second slot in a direction substantially orthogonal to the left-right direction. An electric device having the battery pack according to claim 9 and the electric device main body having a high voltage that can be connected to the battery pack.
The electric device main body has a short circuit element for connecting the plurality of cell units in series with each other.
The short-circuited element has first and second terminal portions extending in a direction substantially orthogonal to the left-right direction, and a connecting portion connecting the first terminal portion and the second terminal portion.
When the battery pack is connected to the electric device main body having a high voltage, at least one of the plurality of positive electrode terminals constituting the first switching terminal group is the first terminal portion of the short circuit element. At least one of the plurality of negative electrode terminals constituting the second switching terminal group is connected to the second terminal portion of the short circuit element, and the plurality of cell units are connected to each other. Connected in series,
When the battery pack is not connected to the high voltage electric device main body, none of the terminals constituting the first and second switching terminal groups is connected to the short circuit, and the plurality of terminals are not connected to the short circuit. An electrical device characterized in that the cell units of the above are configured to be isolated from each other. An electric device having the battery pack according to claim 9 and the electric device main body having a low voltage that can be connected to the battery pack.
The electric device main body has a positive electrode input terminal and a negative electrode input terminal for connecting the plurality of cell units in parallel to each other.
The positive electrode input terminal and the negative electrode input terminal are configured to extend in a direction substantially orthogonal to the left-right direction.
When the battery pack is connected to the electric device main body having a low voltage, at least two positive electrode terminals among the plurality of positive electrode terminals constituting the first switching terminal group are connected to the positive electrode input terminals and are electrically connected to each other. At the same time, at least two negative electrode terminals among the plurality of negative electrode terminals constituting the second switching terminal group are connected to the negative electrode input terminals and electrically short-circuited with each other, and the plurality of cell units are parallel to each other. Connected to
When the battery pack is not connected to the electric device main body having a low voltage, any of the terminals constituting the first and second switching terminal groups is connected to the positive electrode input terminal and the negative electrode input terminal. An electric device characterized in that the plurality of cell units are configured to be cut off from each other. The battery pack according to claim 9 and the battery pack.
It has first and second terminal portions extending in a direction substantially orthogonal to the left-right direction, and a connection portion for connecting the first terminal portion and the second terminal portion, and connects the plurality of cell units in series with each other. When the battery pack has a short circuit and the battery pack is connected, at least one of the plurality of positive terminal terminals constituting the first switching terminal group is connected to the first terminal portion of the short circuit. At the same time, at least one of the plurality of negative voltage terminals constituting the second switching terminal group is connected to the second terminal portion of the short circuit element, and the plurality of cell units are connected in series with each other. When the battery pack is connected and the battery pack is not connected to the high voltage electric device main body, none of the terminals constituting the first and second switching terminal groups is connected to the short circuit element. , The high-voltage electric device main body configured so that the plurality of cell units are cut off from each other, and
The positive electrode input terminal and the negative electrode input terminal are configured to extend in a direction substantially orthogonal to the left-right direction, and when the battery pack is connected to the electric device main body having a low voltage, a plurality of components constituting the first switching terminal group. At least two positive electrode terminals of the positive electrode terminal are connected to the positive electrode input terminal and electrically short-circuited with each other, and at least two negative electrode terminals of the plurality of negative electrode terminals constituting the second switching terminal group are described. When the battery pack is connected to the negative electrode input terminal and electrically short-circuited to each other, the plurality of cell units are connected in parallel to each other, and the battery pack is not connected to the electric device main body having a low voltage, the first and second cells are described. Of the plurality of terminals constituting the switching terminal group, none of the terminals is connected to the positive electrode input terminal and the negative electrode input terminal, and the plurality of cell units are configured to be cut off from each other. And has an electrical equipment system. In the battery pack according to claim 1,
The switching terminal group connected to the positive electrode is an electrically independent upper terminal and a lower terminal.
The switching terminal group connected to the negative electrode is an electrically independent upper terminal and a lower terminal.
The upper terminal of the positive electrode and the lower terminal of the negative electrode are connected to the first cell unit.
A battery pack, wherein the upper terminal of the negative electrode of the lower terminal of the positive electrode is connected to a second cell unit. In the battery pack according to any one of claims 1, 5, 9, and 13.
An insulating partition wall is provided between a plurality of terminals constituting the switching terminal group, and the partition wall is configured to allow terminals of the electric device main body to be connected to the switching terminal group. Battery pack. The battery pack according to any one of claims 1 to 14.
One terminal constituting the switching terminal group is arranged at a position above the plurality of cell units, and is connected to one battery cell of the one cell unit constituting the plurality of cell units.
The other switching terminals constituting the switching terminal group are arranged at positions above the plurality of cell units, and are connected to other battery cells of the other cell units constituting the plurality of cell units. ,
An electric device system characterized in that the other switching terminal is arranged at a position above or behind the one switching terminal, and the other battery cell is arranged at a position behind the one battery cell. .. An electric device having a high-voltage electric device main body that operates at a predetermined voltage and a battery pack that can be connected to the electric device main body.
The battery pack includes a plurality of cell units having at least one cell, a group of positive electrode terminals configured by arranging a plurality of positive electrode terminals extending from the positive electrodes of the plurality of cell units adjacent to each other, and the plurality of cells. It has a negative electrode terminal group configured by arranging a plurality of negative electrode terminals extending from the negative electrode of the unit adjacent to each other, and a housing accommodating the plurality of cell units, the positive electrode terminal group, and the negative electrode terminal group.
The high voltage electric device main body has a high voltage that can be connected to a high voltage positive electrode input terminal that can be connected to one of the plurality of positive electrode terminals and a negative electrode terminal that can be connected to one of the plurality of negative electrode terminals. It has a negative electrode input terminal for use, and a short circuit that can be connected to both the other positive electrode terminal of the plurality of positive electrode terminals and the other negative electrode terminal of the plurality of negative electrode terminals.
When the battery pack is connected to the high voltage electric device main body, the one positive electrode terminal is fitted with the high voltage positive electrode input terminal, and the one negative electrode terminal is the high voltage negative electrode input. Fitted with the terminals, the other positive electrode terminal and the other negative electrode terminal are electrically connected via the short circuit, and the plurality of cell units are connected in series with each other.
The plurality of cell units are configured to be cut off from each other when the battery pack is not connected to the high voltage electric device main body.
The battery pack or the high voltage electric device main body is located between one positive electrode terminal and another positive electrode terminal constituting the positive electrode terminal group in a state where the battery pack is connected to the high voltage electric device main body. An electric device characterized by having an insulating member between terminals composed of an insulating member extending from the terminal. In the electrical device according to claim 16,
The battery pack has a signal terminal for inputting or outputting information or a signal.
An electric device characterized in that the signal terminal is arranged at a position between the positive electrode terminal group and the negative electrode terminal group. In the electrical equipment according to claim 16 or 17.
The housing of the battery pack has a first slot provided at a position corresponding to the positive electrode terminal group and a second slot provided at a position corresponding to the negative electrode terminal group.
When the battery pack is connected to the high voltage electric device main body, the high voltage positive electrode input terminal is inserted into the first slot and fitted with the one positive electrode terminal for high voltage. The electric device is characterized in that the negative electrode input terminal of the above is inserted into the second slot and fitted with the one negative electrode terminal. In the electric device according to any one of claims 16 to 18.
The positive electrode terminal group is arranged at a position above the plurality of cell units.
One positive electrode terminal constituting the positive electrode terminal group is connected to one battery cell of one cell unit constituting the plurality of cell units via one connecting member.
The other positive electrode terminals constituting the positive electrode terminal group are connected to other battery cells of the other cell units constituting the plurality of cell units via other connecting members.
The other positive electrode terminal is arranged above or behind the one positive electrode terminal, and the other battery cell is arranged at a position behind the one battery cell, or the other positive electrode terminal is arranged. Is arranged at a position below or in front of the one positive electrode terminal, and the other battery cell is arranged at a position in front of the one battery cell. In the electric device according to any one of claims 16 to 19.
The battery pack has a circuit board to which the positive electrode terminal group and the negative electrode terminal group are connected.
The one connecting member has one wiring pattern provided on the circuit board, the other connecting member has another wiring pattern provided on the circuit board, and the other wiring pattern is used. An electric device characterized in that it is arranged behind the one wiring pattern or the other wiring pattern is arranged in front of the one wiring pattern. The electrical device according to any one of claims 16 to 20.
In the terminal-to-terminal insulating member, the plurality of positive electrode terminals constituting the positive electrode terminal group are low in the state where the battery pack is connected to a low-voltage electric device main body operating at a voltage lower than the predetermined voltage. An electrical device characterized in that it is configured to allow mating with a positive electrode input terminal of a voltage electrical device body. An electric device system comprising the electric device according to any one of claims 16 to 20 and a low voltage electric device main body that operates at a voltage lower than the predetermined voltage.
The low-voltage electric device main body can be connected to a low-voltage positive electrode input terminal that can be connected to the plurality of positive electrode terminals constituting the positive electrode terminal group and the plurality of negative electrode terminals constituting the negative electrode terminal group. Has a negative electrode input terminal for low voltage,
When the battery pack is connected to the low voltage electric device main body, the plurality of positive electrode terminals are fitted with the low voltage positive electrode input terminals, and the plurality of negative electrode terminals are the low voltage negative electrode inputs. An electrical equipment system characterized in that the plurality of cell units are fitted to terminals and connected to each other in parallel.

Images